Below is an excerpt from an article on Daily Mail:

A British Airways pilot has died during a layover between flights at a resort on the island of St Lucia, according to reports.

The 47-year-old Senior First Officer is believed to have collapsed at a luxury hotel in front of shocked tourists on the Caribbean island yesterday.

His death meant that BA had to cancel  Flight BA2158 from Vieux Fort, which was due to land at London Gatwick at 08.50 today.

‘This tragedy has left British Airways staff stunned and deeply upset,’ a source reportedly told The Sun.

‘The Senior First Officer was very popular and his death was completely out of the blue.’

Devastated crew members are expected to return to the UK on another flight tonight.

The crew who had flown with the pilot have been offered counselling by bosses.

BA said in a statement to MailOnline: ‘Our thoughts and condolences are with the family and friends of our colleague at this difficult time.’

.

.

Pilot Incapacitations on Duty in 2024 (12 So Far)

Nov. 3, 2024 – British Airways Flight BA2158 (UVF-LGW) Saint Lucia to London, 47 year old pilot died suddenly during layover, after collapsing in Saint Lucia resort.

Oct. 9, 2024 – Turkish Airlines Flight TK204 (SEA-IST) from Istanbul to Seattle, Captain Ilcehin Pehlivan, age 59, died mid-flight

Sep. 8, 2024 – Southwest Flight SW3584 (LAS-DAL) departed LAS at 0834PDT headed to DAL, diverted to LBB due to incapacitation of the captain. FO landed, stopped and removed the captain from the seat to get to the gate.

Aug. 19, 2024 – Wizz Air Flight W6-1451 (WAW-LCA) from Warsaw (Poland) to Larnaca (Cyprus), pilot became incapacitated, plane forced to return to Warsaw, incident identified as serious

July 22, 2024 – Edelweiss Flight WK-5 (TPA-ZRH) from Tampa, FL, USA to Zurich, Switzerland, pilot suffered a medical condition and was incapacitated

June 12, 2024 – Nesma Airlines Flight NE-130 (CAI-TIF) Cairo, Egypt to Taif (Saudi Arabia) – pilot Captain Hassan Youssef Adas in his late 30s collapsed and died from a presumed heart attack

June 4, 2024 – Aeromexico Flight AM-34 (MTY-MAD) from Monterrey (Mexico ) to Madrid (Spain), first officer became unwell, had a medical problem, flight diverted to Mexico City.

Mar. 24, 2024 – Jetblue Pilot Captain Keith Duncan died suddenly during layover in Curacao

Mar. 14, 2024 – British Airways BA-2272 (JFK-LGW) New York to London-Gatwickone of the pilots became incapacitated, plane forced to divert to St.John’s, NL, Canada.

Feb. 17, 2024 – Lufthansa Flight LH-1140 (FRA-SVQ) Frankfurt to Seville on Feb.17, 2024 – First Officer Incapacitated, plane turned around back to Madrid

Feb. 16, 2024 – DELTA – NYC – 58 year old Capt Geoffrey John Brock died unexpectedly on Feb.16, 2024 during a layover in Honolulu, HI

Jan. 16, 2024 – LATAM Brasil Flight LA-3744 (BSB-JPA) Brasilia to Joao Pessoa on Jan.16, 2024 – Pilot Incapacitated, plane diverted to Salvador for safe landing

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0 de


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Israel is really struggling with how difficult its present circumstances make playing the victim. It keeps having to invent new abuses to be victimized by like the imaginary Amsterdam “pogrom” and the fake mass rape narrative that surfaced months after October 7, because it can’t sit comfortably in the role of victimizer while on trial for genocide in international courts.

Playing victim is too deeply ingrained in the narrative control strategies of Israel and its apologists, so they have to keep coming up with new and innovative ways for Israel to be victimized even when it is very clearly the last state on earth who has any business being viewed as such.

*

We keep seeing the word “pogrom” used to refer to Israeli hooligans getting their asses kicked for obnoxious behavior in Amsterdam even as Israeli settlers keep committing textbook pogroms in the occupied West Bank. 

Just a week ago armed Israeli settlers went on a violent rampage torching Palestinian people’s houses, vehicles and olive trees in order to terrorize them and drive them away. This is the exact type of behavior that the word “pogrom” has historically been used to describe, but you never hear that word used in the mass media to describe Israeli thuggishness. Instead we’re seeing it used to describe Israeli soccer hooligans getting beat up after they tore down Palestinian flags and sang chants about murdering children in Gaza.

.

Read on X

.

So we’re seeing some good news and some bad news about Donald Trump’s potential cabinet picks when it comes to US warmongering and militarism.

The good news is that Trump has publicly ruled out giving psychopathic war hawks Nikki Haley and Mike Pompeo a role in his next administration, explicitly naming them in a post on Truth Social and saying they won’t be invited.

This announcement suggests that Trump is at least trying to win the favor of the more anti-interventionist faction of his base. Pundits like Tucker Carlson have been publicly crusading against both Haley and Pompeo throughout this election cycle, and I mention Carlson specifically because he reportedly has Trump’s ear and was believed to have played a role in talking Trump out of bombing Iran in 2019.

The bad news is that other professional warmongers appear to be working their way into the administration. Reports from both Bloomberg and Fox News say the horrible Mike Rogers is under consideration to be the next secretary of defense. The Ron Paul Institute’s Daniel McAdams has a good thread on Twitter calling Rogers “an utter warhawk neocon” who is “arguably worse than Pompeo and Rubio,” noting that Rogers has promoted insanely hawkish positions on Ukraine/Russia, Israel/Iran, and China.

This news, in addition to Trump’s selection of Iran hawk Brian Hook to help staff the incoming State Department, makes it clear that Trump could still easily wind up with a cabinet packed full of warmongering swamp monsters just like last time. Hopefully he keeps getting pressured not to do so.

.

Read on X

.

In a new article on “the expanding ground occupation of the Gaza Strip by the IDF” about the way Israel has been carving up Gaza and seizing more and more territory, Israel’s Ynet News reports that far right elements within the Israeli government are simply waiting for the Israeli hostages held by Hamas to die so that their deaths can be used to justify continued occupation and the construction of Jewish settlements in Gaza. 

It’s like a false flag conspiracy theory, except it’s definitely happening and is being done right out in the open, and is even being announced ahead of time.

*

Democrats: Oh no the right wing voters we again tried to win over voted Republican again and we lost again.

Leftists: So stop doing that and win over the left instead by promoting immensely popular social policies.

Democrats: No way man, if we do that we’ll lose.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: A woman in black lies face down on the Israeli flag, symbolizing sadness and despair (Source)

Over 180 media workers have been killed and 60 detained as Israel’s methodical destruction of the brutalized Gaza Strip continues.

The US and UN have given Israel free reign to methodically kill the population of northern Gaza Palestinians. This is a genocide within a genocide.

In spite of experiencing two Israeli wars on Gaza, I never imagined the horrific scenes coming out of northern Gaza now: Israel is exterminating the population in broad daylight, broadcast for all the world to see.

And no one is doing a damn thing to stop it.

As of October 21, Israel has besieged northern Gaza for 17 consecutive days, preventing humanitarian aid from entering, putting the population of 400,000 already starved Palestinian civilians in the north at severe risk of full starvation.

More recently, the Israeli parliament has voted to ban UNRWA, the United Nations agency for humanitarian aid, which has been the sole lifeline for many Palestinians. 

Israeli forces have also bombarded water stations and wells, depriving Palestinians there of water, and cut off communications with the outside world, leaving the civilians trapped, isolated, and unable to communicate to the outside world what terrorism Israel is unleashing on them.

According to Euro-Med Monitor, as of November 2,

“For nearly a month, a full-scale invasion of northern Gaza has been unfolding openly, aiming to eradicate the Palestinian population and forcibly displace residents through terror. In addition to a crippling siege that blocks aid, prevents ambulance services, and shuts down hospitals, the Israeli army has conducted numerous massacres, killing over 1,300 people and injuring around 2,000 more.

As they did elsewhere throughout the Gaza Strip during the past over one year of genocide, Israeli forces are targeting hospitals in Gaza’s north. Euro-Med reported that,

Israeli army forces surrounded the Indonesian Hospital in the northern Gaza Strip town of Beit Lahia. They fired two artillery shells at the hospital, cut off its electricity, and targeted anyone moving in the area.”

The army is firing on medics and other rescuers, as they’ve done throughout 2023-2024, as they did in 2009 when medics I was with came under Israeli sniper fire, another medic I knew killed by Israeli shelling with a flechette (dart) bomb. By killing the rescuers and destroying the hospitals, Israel ensures maimed Palestinians will go without medical care, and probably die.

This is, of course, illegal under international law. But as Israel’s genocidal actions have shown the world, the Israeli government (and army and illegal colonists) believe laws don’t apply to them.

Take the horrific video of an Israeli drone precision-targeting a Palestinian child, killing it, and then bombing the civilians who ran to try to rescue the child. Par for the course for the Israeli army. Were the perpetrator one of the United States’ enemies, there would be calls for No Fly Zones, sanctions and corporate media howling 24/7.

.

Read on X

.

Not content to merely murder Palestinian civilians by bombing, sniping and starvation, the Israeli army has been deploying robots with explosives and leaving booby trapped barrels to remotely detonate.

The scenes which journalists have been able to publish are surreal, like science fiction, with quadcopters policing the streets. A few weeks ago, a friend messaged me that he had to choose between starving or risking being shot dead by Israel soldiers or quadcopters if he tried to get bread.

Some days later he messaged me at 4 in the morning: Israeli tanks were outside his home, the audio he sent was terrifying. He chose to stay in his home, not endure another Nakba.

I don’t know if he is alive now.

.

Read on X

.

Israel’s War on Journalists

In early October, Palestinian cameraman Fadi al-Wahidi was shot in his neck by an Israeli quadcopter, leaving him paralyzed.

.

.

Aside from al Jazeera, for which Fadi worked, most Western media and journalist projection organizations are unsurprisingly not reporting on Fadi being targeted by Israel.

Reporters Without Borders, which I previously wrote about for its downplaying the number of Palestinian journalists killed by Israel, has no entry on Fadi.

.

.

The Committee to Protect Journalists, at least, does. Its entry notes:

“Al Wahidi was critically injured in the neck by a bullet fired from an Israeli reconnaissance aircraft while Al Wahidi and correspondent Anas Al-Sharif were covering an Israeli siege on northern Gaza’s Jabalia refugee camp. Both men were wearing “Press” vests and clearly identifiable as journalists.”

Anas al-Sharif—who continues to courageously report from northern Gaza—told CJP they’d been in an area

“completely far from the areas of operations of the Israeli occupation forces,” and full of residents when, “an Israeli reconnaissance drone fired at us. After the shooting, we tried to move to another safer place and hide from any danger, but a bullet from the plane hit our colleague Fadi Al-Wahidi in the neck, which led to his complete paralysis.”

Wahidi has since fallen into a coma. His colleagues and friends are pleading for some sort of international intervention to allow him to be taken abroad for medical care, to save his life.

In central Gaza, Ali Al-Attar is likewise in critical condition after an Israeli airstrike. He, too, needs lifesaving medical care unavailable in Gaza (because Israel destroyed Gaza’s health care system). See this.

The United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) reported, citing the Palestinian Journalists Syndicate (PJS), that (between 7 October 2023 and 10 October 2024) 168 Palestinian journalists and media workers have been killed in the Gaza Strip, including 17 women, 360 were injured, and 60 were detained (taken hostage).

Al Mayadeen updated on November 2 that the number of Palestinian journalists killed in Gaza is now 183.

.

.

Israel’s Mass Extermination Campaign Continues

It’s absolutely devastating to watch every day pass with alarming new updates from or on northern Gaza. Like Anas al-Sharif, Palestinian journalist Hossam Shabat courageously reports apocalyptic scenes of Israeli bombarding in northern Gaza.

In a live update on X recently, he said:

We are witnessing genocide and ethnic cleansing in northern Gaza, specifically in Jabalia, which is under siege from all directions. Israeli occupation forces are bombing displaced civilians, detaining them, and attempting to ethnically cleanse them. They are targeting shelters for displaced civilians, and bodies are scattered everywhere in the north, along the roads. Thousands of civilians are being forcefully displaced (ethnically cleansed) from the north.”

Meanwhile, in a bout of meaningless theatrics, US Secretary of State and Pentagon chief Lloyd Austin have, “demanded Tel Aviv improves the humanitarian situation in Gaza within 30 days or risk losing US military aid and face possible legal action.”

But clearly Israel’s biggest backer is spouting nonsense: there will be no cut to military aid, there will be no legal action, the US will never take a position to cease the Israeli genocide of Gaza. In fact, giving Israel one month before any supposed repercussion is, in my opinion, giving Israel a green light to ethnically cleanse northern Gaza as quickly as possible.

Israel seems hell-bent on implementing former Prime Minister Ariel Sharon’s ‘Five Fingers’ project, which envisioned carving Gaza into segments, all under Israeli security control.

If this is Israel’s intent, we will see block by block Israel repeating its extermination campaign of northern Gaza all over the rest of the already brutalized Strip.

.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image: Palestinian families walk through destroyed neighbourhoods in Gaza City on 24 November 2023 as the temporary truce between Hamas and the Israeli army takes effect (MEE/Mohammed al-Hajjar)

Netanyahu’s dismissal of the Minister of Defence, Yoav Gallant, would have created an underground crisis within the army that could lead to a coup de main against Netanyahu, who is led by the former member of the Israeli emergency government, Benny Gantz, the recently dismissed Minister of Defence, Galant and the Army Chief of Staff, Herzi Halevi.

Netanyahu and the Banality of Evil

Netanyahu would have trivialized evil because of the total absence of morality in his actions that leads him to commit crimes against humanity without thinking about their consequences and without discerning the good or bad of their acts. Thus, the use by Israel of systematic torture, the genocide of the Gazan population and other evil practices would not be considered by Netanyahu from their effects or their final outcome because the deities have chosen him to “the high mission of eliminating Hamas from the face of the earth and building the Great Israel,” a dystopian situation that has led the Jewish civil rights activist and Holocaust survivor, Israel Shakak to affirm “The Nazis made me fear being a Jew and the Israelis make me ashamed of being a Jew.”

Coup de Main Against Netanyahu?

Following the decision of the International Criminal Court to seek arrest warrants against Netanyahu and Galant accused of “crimes against humanity,” Netanyahu is aware that once the asymmetric war against Hamas has ended, he risks an international criminal prosecution. 

Consequently, after razing Gaza, Netanyahu decided to invade South Lebanon to displace the 400,000 inhabitants of Southern Lebanon across the Litani River, hoping to gain time until Donald Trump’s victory in the certainty that he will be able to count on his blessings to exonerate him from all guilt before the International Criminal Court.

However, the Biden administration holds Netanyahu directly responsible for the massive loss of votes in the recent US elections, reflected in a very high abstention among the Muslim population and the left wing of the Democratic Party, what would have facilitated the comfortable victory of Trump. Thus, Joe Biden, in an interview published by Time magazine, admitted that

“Netanyahu, would be prolonging the war for political reasons and to stay in power at the head of a complex coalition government.”

This —coupled with the obvious anger of the Israeli military leadership after the manifest failure of the Israeli army to engage in a ground offensive on Lebanon, the pressing need to enlist another 20,000 troops due to the countless casualties suffered against Hizbullah and the refusal of reservists to join the ranks— would be the ideal breeding ground for a coup de main led by former Israeli Emergency Government member Benny Gantz and the recently dismissed Minister of Defence, Galant and the Army Chief of Staff, Herzi Halevi.

This coup should materialize before President Trump is inaugurated in the month of January and would count on the support of high-ranking officials of the Israeli Army and the blessings of the Biden Administration and AIPAC. And after ending the invasion of Gaza and the hostages held by Hamas, this would lead to the early calling of new elections with the declared objective of forming a Government of National Unity of Benny Gantz with Yair Lapid and whose primary task will be to rewrite the Oslo Accords, which make possible the peaceful coexistence of two peoples in two states.

While Netanyahu, a nefarious politician who attempted an autocratic coup d’état to subsequently establish a presidential regime, could face criminal prosecution where he will be accused of negligence and crimes against human rights, what could mean a criminal conviction and his definitive exit from the Israeli political scene.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Germán Gorraiz Lopez is a political analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Can There be an American-Russian Reset?

November 11th, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

The New York Post reports that Russians are floating the idea of a “reset” with the US made possible by Trump’s election as President. Kirill Dmitriev, CEO of Russia’s sovereign wealth fund said that Trump’s “convincing victory shows that ordinary Americans are tired of the unprecedented lies, incompetence, and malice of the Biden administration.  This opens up new opportunities for resetting relations between Russia and the United States.” 

Trump and Putin are in favor of this, and so is the Russian media which is asking these kind of questions:

“What does the Trump administration mean for the conflicts in Gaza and Ukraine? Do you think he will be able to broker a peace, or at least a ceasefire, in at least one of those conflicts?

“Do you expect the US to scale back its defense commitments in Europe under Trump? If so, will this create an opportunity for European countries to move ahead with some sort of of vision of collective security that does not rely on the US? Perhaps something in line with Macron’s proposals?

“Do you expect any changes in the US-NATO relations? Will  the alliance’s new secretary general, Mark Rutte, be able to effectively deal with the Trump White House?”

My response is that these are relevant questions. Trump has these intentions.  Does he have the means?

Trump has confidence, but he also has ego and blusters, two traits unsuitable to dealing with Putin, Xi, and the Iranian “Supreme Ruler”.  

Also, Trump is a strong personality. Some strong men are comfortable with strong subordinates, but others prefer yes-men.  Trump’s first term was littered with people of weak character and low integrity and they were traitorous.  Did he learn his lesson as he claims, and can he find strong men who will put their reputation in the line of fire?  If so, will he fight for their confirmation by the Senate, or will his advisors convince him that he risks bad publicity and defeats at the beginning of his administration?  

There is some indication of that already in a report that a businessman on Trump’s transition team said that Bobby Kennedy is not to have a position except as an advisor who collects information on harmful food and vaccines.  Little doubt, nominating Bobby as FDA chief or Health and Human Services Secretary would have Big Pharma in every Senator’s office threatening the cut-off of all campaign contributions and their redirection to challengers.  Maneuvering Trump into non-confrontation erodes his image as a fighter for America and will disappoint his supporters.  It is unlikely that Trump’s advisors realize that the Senate’s refusal to confirm Bobby in office would enhance Trump’s power.  He could present the people with the names of the Senators who are actively blocking the restoration of Americans’ health and ask why voters elected obstacles to making America great again.  Trump has the people. He could bring the power of the people to bear on the Big Pharma stooges. 

Another problem is that many, probably most, of Trump’s supporters believe America loses its wars because leaders are too weak to “stand up for America” and properly fight wars.  It is important to Trump to stand up strong for America.  Being tough for America also protects him against media lies that he is a Russian agent or some such accusation, whereas a reasonable deal with Putin opens him to these charges.  Unfortunately, this plays into the hands of the warmonger neoconservatives who have controlled US foreign policy since the Soviet collapse.  Their hawkishness makes them attractive associates for Trump, because together they present a tough front which Trump’s supporters want to see.  Even Trump supporters have been indoctrinated with the belief that Russia, China, and Iran are America’s enemies.

A big problem for Trump in the trouble in the Middle East is that he is so heavily aligned with Israel, as are the US Congress and US media.  There is so much he has to go against, including the powerful Israel Lobby, in order to bring Israel to heel.  Moreover, some analysts are convinced that it is the US that uses Israel in behalf of US hegemony over oil in the Middle East.  If they are correct, to change this policy is an enormous undertaking.

I believe Trump would like to withdraw from NATO. Like Putin, Trump wants to focus on domestic problems and issues.  Whether Trump can put together a government that would support a NATO withdrawal  is not easy to believe.  Many American economic interests benefit from Washington’s rule over Europe and Ukraine. (According to reports US agri-business now owns one-third of Ukraine’s farmland.)  Moreover, the threat to Europe is not Russia.  European ethnic nations are being turned into Towers of Babel by their own governments who allow the countries to be over-run by immigrant-invaders while they warn of Russian invasion. It is unclear that such a nonsensical situation as this can be dealt with politically.

Ukraine, of course, will be played as another American defeat if Putin stays true to his goals of de-militarizing Ukraine and prohibiting NATO membership.  If Trump accepts Putin’s terms, Trump’s opponents will try to play it not as a victory of peace over war but as an American defeat on Trump’s watch.  If Putin accepts a Trump face-saving solution, it likely will play as a Putin defeat, which after three years of sacrifice will be difficult perhaps for Russians to accept.

NATO is Washington’s creation, and the General Secretary is Washington’s Puppet.  Absent the US, NATO is meaningless and cannot possibly take a hostile position toward Russia.  In place of mutual defense, European countries would have to develop civilized relations with Russia.  

To sum up, the questions being asked cannot be answered until we see the government that Trump is able to form.  Moreover, for the next two and one-half months the US government remains in the hands of Democrats and the ruling elite.  This gives them plenty of time to commit the US in directions contrary to Trump’s agendas.  It also gives them time for another assassination attempt.  Trump has no executive power until he is inaugurated in mid-January.  It is important to understand that, unless the ruling elite can tame Trump or box him in, the ruling elite regard Trump’s presidency as an existential threat to themselves. They will not fold up their tents and fade away.

The world’s population supports a reset.  People everywhere are tired of wondering if some fool in Washington is going to commit them to nuclear Armageddon.  Let’s pray that Trump can break the hold that the corrupt American ruling elite has on the United States and the world.  It will require strong men and women, such as Tulsi Gabbard, in strong positions.  A compromised administration will fail. It is past time to end war for US armaments industry profits and the unrealism of the neoconservatives’ ideology of US hegemony.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

World War I: Whence the Poppies of Flanders Fields?

November 11th, 2024 by Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels

[This was first published by GR in May 2015, updated on 11 November 2024.]

The enthusiasm for war in the summer of 1914 was never as great or as widespread as we have been conditioned to believe. By early 1915, after six months of massacres and with no end in sight, the soldiers and civilians of all the belligerent countries were disillusioned and disgusted, and this alarmed the authorities. In Britain, and throughout the British Empire, the widespread war weariness manifested itself in a drastic reduction of the number of men who volunteered to join the army, and the government was forced to consider introducing compulsory military service, a measure that might trigger opposition, resistance, possible even unrest, and even worse. 

The fact that the enthusiasm for the war had virtually gone up in smoke, was reflected in 1915 by the success of a pacifist song born in the United States, then still a neutral country, which became an immediate hit in Britain. Its title said it all: I Didn’t Raise My Boa to Be a Soldier.

Ten million soldiers to the war have gone,
Who may never return again.
Ten million mothers’ hearts must break
For the ones who died in vain.
Head bowed down in sorrow
In her lonely years,
I heard a mother murmur thro’ her tears:
I didn’t raise my boy to be a soldier,
I brought him up to be my pride and joy,
Who dares to place a musket on his shoulder,
To shoot some other mother’s darling boy?
Let nations arbitrate their future troubles,
It’s time to lay the sword and gun away,
There’d be no war today,
If mother’s all would say,
“I didn’t raise my boy to be a soldier.”

Indeed, in 1915, leading personalities in all belligerent as well as many neutral countries began to argue in favour of ending the war by means of negotiations. However, both sides stuck stubbornly — and literally — to their guns. It is remarkable also that the song mentions ten million mothers whose “hearts must break”: the Great War would indeed cause the death of approximately ten million soldiers.

The popularity of this song was a matter of grave concern for Britain ‘s political and military leaders. They wanted at all costs to fight on to a victory they had expected before Christmas 1914. Even more disturbing for these gentlemen was an echo that reached them from the front in France and Belgium, where the murderous battles of the war’s early stages had given way to an equally deadly trench warfare. The ordinary British soldiers as well as their comrades from the other countries of the Empire had produced, and popularized, a song with a title that expressed their war weariness: “I want to go Home”: 

I want to go home,
I want to go home.
I don’t want to go in the trenches no more,
Where whizzbangs and shrapnel they whistle and roar.
Take me over the sea, where the Alleyman can’t get at me.
Oh my, I don’t want to die, I want to go home.
(…)
Take me over the sea, where the snipers they can’t get at me.
Oh my, I don’t want to die, I want to go home. 

The British authorities would undoubtedly have preferred more patriotic and warlike songs to be cranked out by their cannon fodder. 

It was in this context that on May 3, 1915, an officer came to the rescue. in the vicinity of Ypres, a town right on the front line in Flanders, John McCrae a lieutenant-colonel in the Canadian army, known as a keen supporter of the British Empire and of the war, wrote a poem in which he urged the men to carry on with their task despite all the hardship. This composition, entitled “In Flanders Fields”, was predestined to become famous all over the world, presumably on account of its potent description of poppies floating in a sea of crosses marking the tombs of the dead, and also of larks singing, high above the heads of the trench-bound combatants, in spite of the rumble of the guns:  

In Flanders fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below. 

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie,
In Flanders fields.
Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be yours to hold it high.
If ye break faith with us who die,
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders Fields.

In his brilliant book on the First World War, The Great War and Modern Memory, the American historian Paul Fussell has critically dissected this poem. He denounces it as an almost “vicious and stupid” but particularly powerful and effective literary instrument of war propaganda, of what the French called jusqu’au boutisme, “fighting until the [triumphant] end,” in which the line “take up our quarrel with the foe” naturally jumps to the fore. 

The poem was indeed potent and effective, because it evoked images the denizens of the trenches were familiar with and found appealing, such as they sky stretching high above their heads, the dawn and sunset they observed keenly every single day, the mesmerizing larks, untouchable high in the sky, the blissful “mock-death” (Fussell) of the sleep they cherished so much – and the red poppies, traditionally associated not only with sleep, dreams, and oblivion, but also with love, blood, and martyrdom. To the British soldier and poet Isaac Rosenberg too, the poppies were a strong symbol in the sense of blood and sacrifice; in his poem “Break of Day in the Trenches”, he wrote that “the roots” of the poppies “are in man’s veins.” 

Larks and other birds deserve some comments, as they were important to soldiers on both sides of no man’s land, who were aptly described as moles by the Irish poet and actor Cyril Morton in a poem, “The Moles,” written in 1915. For years on end, hundreds of thousands of men did indeed live underground like moles in a stinking labyrinth of narrow and crooked corridors, between two walls of dirt, with high above their heads a sky that was all too often grey, but sometimes tantalizingly blue. Only the sky made them realize that they were not holed up in a long and narrow kind of mass grave. And so it is not surprising that the birds flying and singing high above their heads played an important role in the life of the combatants. 

Larks appealed to the imagination of the British soldiers, while the Germans were mesmerized by nightingales. This was not a coincidence: in the British literary tradition back to Chaucer and Shakespeare, the lark, with its appearance and its song, announces the dawn and therefore, symbolically, a new life, as well as “passage from Earth to Heaven and from Heaven to Earth,” in other words, the link between life and death, which was of course particularly fragile at the front. And the German fascination for the nightingale had a lot to do with the fact that for them this songbird conjured up foreboding, above all a presentiment of death, but also a sign of spring and of love, in other words, of the life to which one was so attached, of the joy of life to which one aspired so passionately; and the Nachtigall also bespoke the loved ones who, for the denizens of the trenches, were as far away and as untouchable as the birds circling and singing high in the sky.

The soldiers lived below ground and, other than their comrades, they never saw a human being. One could occasionally look at the other side through a periscope, but in most cases no sign of life was visible, neither in no man’s land nor at the enemy lines beyond. One saw virtually nothing and no one, but one could smell all the more, namely, a repulsive stench. Indeed, countless corpses of men and horses were lying around unburied near the trenches, and it even happened that parts of bodies were integrated in the walls and parapets of the trenches. 

The stench not only of cadavers, but also of excrement, was part and parcel of life in a system of trenches that had become one huge open sewer, a modern-day cloaca maxima. Admittedly there were latrines, and it goes without saying that the very class-conscious British had separate privies for officers and ordinary soldiers; however, the latrines were often hit by shells, which caused the contents to be scattered over a large area. It also did not help that diarrhoea was pandemic. Bits and pieces of horse carcasses might also rain down occasionally on the soldiers on account of explosions. And the cadavers of horses reportedly smelled even worse than those of human beings. In any event, the “human moles” had no choice but to learn to live with the stench. They got used to the odour, as is illustrated by the following two lines from George Willis’s poem “Any Soldier To His Son”: “I learned to sleep by snatches on the fire step of a trench, And to eat my breakfast mixed with mud and Fritz’s heavy stench.” If the soldiers of all armies smoked a lot, pipes as well as cigars and cigarettes, it was to calm their nerves and forget their hunger, but most of all to mask the omnipresent and insupportable stench of corpses and excrement.

The generals and other high-ranking officers who occasionally visited the trenches were not used to the odours that prevailed there and were disgusted by the stench and the sight of excrement. But they did not get any sympathy from the ordinary soldiers who had to live permanently in such nasty circumstances. This lack of sympathy oozes out of the text of a humorous song that was very popular among the Tommies, “That Shit Shute”:

The General inspecting the trenches
Exclaimed with a horrified shout,
‘I refuse to inspect a division Which leaves excreta about’
But nobody took any notice
No one was prepared to refute
That the presence of shit was congenial Compared with the presence of Shute
And certain responsible critics
Made haste to reply to his words
Observing his staff of advisers Consisted entirely of turds
For shit may be shot at odd corners
And paper supplied there to suit
But shit would be shot without mourners
If someone shot that shit Shute.

A typical day in the trenches started before the first rays of sunlight pierced through the darkness of night, which, during the summer, meant around 4:30 a.m. Everybody had to appear fully equipped, weapon in hand, as if an attack were imminent. The British called this routine “stand-to,” or “standing to arms.” The Tommies, like the French, stared in the direction of the rising sun, saw the first larks, and wondered if they would survive the coming day and if they would ever return home and reunite with their loved ones. On the other side of no man’s land, the Germans’ gaze chased the fleeing night and their ears strained to hear the nightingales’ finales, conjuring up life and loved ones. Then came the order to “stand down,” followed by permission for the men to have breakfast. In certain British units, rum was served on this occasion, two spoonfuls per person, to add to tea or to drink separately. The distribution of rum was a much-prized ceremony. And before an attack the Tommies received a more generous ration than usual. After an attack by the British, an odour not only of corpses and excrement but also of rum floated throughout the no man’s land.

During the day, there was work to be done. The majority of the soldiers were peasants or industrial workers, very much used to hard work. And their bosses — the officers — liked to order them to perform all sorts of tasks, feeling that it had to be that way, and observed keenly to see that the work was done properly. They also felt that it was necessary to keep the soldiers permanently occupied in order to prevent boredom and keep morale high. Trenches had to be dug, enlarged, strengthened, or repaired after a bombardment. The weapons had to be cleaned and the uniforms and boots made to look as good as possible under the circumstances. The men were subjected to frequent inspections, and there was a constant need for soldiers to perform guard duty. The daily routine ended in the evening with the same stand-to ritual as in the morning. This time, the Germans eyed the sun setting in the west, and the British, French, and Belgians observed the approaching night; everyone looked out longingly for larks and nightingales.

McCrae wrote his poem in the spring of 1915, and it was not a coincidence that poppies flowered abundantly in Flanders’ Fields at that time. Normally, that flower’s minuscule seeds penetrate deep into the earth to wait there, sometimes for years, for the soil to be upturned for some reason, and thus exposed to the sunlight and warmth they suddenly germinate. With the digging of miles of trenches and the explosion of tens if not hundreds of thousands of shells starting in the fall of 1914, the conditions were created for an unprecedented burgeoning of poppies the following spring in that corner of Belgium, of course most spectacularly so in the immediate vicinity of the trenches and in the pockmarked no man’s land.

With its poppies, McCrae’s poem thus certainly catered to the sensibilities of the Canadian and British soldiers. Even more effective as a tool of motivation was the fact that the poem loomed like an appeal emanating from the fallen comrades, rather than from officialdom, including officers like McCrae himself. It insinuated in a particularly subtle way that not to persevere in “our [sic] quarrel with the foe” would have amounted to a kind of treason, a gross shattering of the chain of solidarity that bound the men together – the living as well as the dead! Not “holding high the torch” thus became unthinkable, as it would have meant betraying the dead comrades. Such disloyalty would have prevented the latter from finding rest in an eternal sleep, even though they were cradled by a lovely landscape bursting with soporific blossoms: 

If ye break faith with us who die,
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders fields. 

Such a jusqu’au-boutiste poem could hardly fail to find favour with military and political authorities keen to find ways to motivate the men, with the media, and thus with the public. McCrae received heaps of letters and telegrams congratulating and praising him. In Flanders Fields was published on December 6, 1915, in the satirical but nationalist British magazine Punch and thus embarked on a career as one of the most celebrated and cited literary products of the Great War. The reason was not its literary merits, nor was it because ordinary soldiers liked it, which does not seem to have been the case at all. It became famous because it would be used systematically, year after year, to make propaganda in favour of the war and against pacifism, in favour of the sale of war bonds, of the recruitment of volunteers all over the British Empire and later, in 1917, in the United States – and in Canada, again in 1917, in favour of the introduction of conscription, a measure that met with much opposition, especially in the province of Québec. Even today, the red poppy is associated not only with remembrance, but with nationalism and militarism, which is why on occasions such as Remembrance Day pacifists have turned to wearing an alternative, white poppy. 

The poppy also made an appearance in a very different literary and musical creation of 1915, but one of a strongly anti-militarist nature, namely a French song inspired by the bloody fighting in the infamous forest known as Bois-le-Prêtre, in Lorraine. In this song, entitled Au bois Le Prêtre, the red poppy is an analogue of the futile medals bestowed on the soldiers who “fell” for the fatherland on that particular “field of honour”: 

Si, du canon bravant l’écho,
Le soleil y risque un bécot,
On peut voir le coquelicot
Partout renaître…
Car, dans un geste de semeur,
Dieu, pour chaque Poilu qui meurt,
Jette des légions d’honneur
Au Bois-le-Prêtre
If the sun dares to ignore the gunfire,
And comes to bless us with a little kiss,
Red poppies all around us
Spring to life again . . .
It is God who, like a sower,
Generously casts decorations
One for every soldier
Who dies in Bois-le-Prêtre

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Jacques R. Pauwels, is a renowned author, historian and political scientist, Research associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization. His books include The Myth of the Good War: America in the Second World War (second edition, 2015), Big Business and Hitler (2017), and Myths of Modern History: From the French Revolution to the 20th century world wars and the Cold War — new perspectives on key events (2022).

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on World War I: Whence the Poppies of Flanders Fields?

This question is rhetorical, of course, because such an event was never scheduled. The properly formulated question is why a classical colour revolution isn’t now in progress in Moldova, after the fraudulent elections that recently took place in that country? The blatantly unfair “electoral” process which resulted in Maia Sandu’s alleged victory, critical to the collective West as its adventure in Ukraine turns into a  debacle, meets all the criteria that trigger a “spontaneous” colour revolution of the sort to which we have grown painfully accustomed.

But instead of facing civil turbulence for the dishonestly conducted 3 November Presidential election, on the contrary, fervent NATO and EU advocate and World Economic Forum Young Leader Sandu has been effusively praised and warmly congratulated on her bogus triumph.

At the same time, a concerted attempt to provoke regime change using classical colour revolution instruments is being made in Georgia.

So far, it has fizzled out not for lack of trying but because of the political maturity shown by the Georgian people, who refused to take the bait. The pretext was the allegedly disputed parliamentary election in Georgia, the numerical result of which favouring the governing party (about 54%) and the opposition (45%) roughly corresponds to the contrastingly acceptable outcome in Moldova. What was the crucial difference? It was chiefly the geopolitical orientation of the respective governments that in those elections were up for public approval and the fact that the “non-governmental organisations” which on command trigger regime change agitation are under the control of collective West intelligence agencies. Those agencies, in turn, and the governments whose instructions they execute, operate not with a factual but a utilitarian concept of what is a fair and free election. If as in Moldova the outcome serves collective West’s goals the election is fair; if as in Georgia it hinders them, it is fraudulent. Things are quiet in Moldova because local hirelings there were ordered not to stir up public discontent whilst in Georgia they were issued the opposite directive.

The other noteworthy difference is that the egregious irregularities of the electoral process in Moldova are amply documented whilst allegations of similar misconduct in Georgia remain unsupported by any evidence whatsoever. But in the rules based order that hardly matters.

The completely utilitarian nature of the assessments, by Western political institutions and media at least, of whether an election was legitimate or not, is demonstrated by the fact that the large segment of the Moldavian electorate residing in Russia, estimated to number about half a million, were effectively disenfranchised from the voting process. That was accomplished by drastically reducing to just a handful the number of Moldovan polling stations on Russian territory and making available only 10,000 paper ballots (curiously, it did not occur to anyone in Kishinev to use Dominion voting machines instead) to those Moldovan citizens residing in Russia who managed to overcome all obstacles in order to exercise their right to vote.

On the other hand, to stress the Moldovan regime’s strict adherence to “European values”, no hindrances were placed in the way of the Moldovan diaspora in the European Union to take part in presidential elections in the country to which they may have a connection but where they do not reside. The Moldovan regime’s calculus was that the bulk of the Moldovans living and employed in the EU have a private interest to not disrupt Moldova’s European Union accession process, however remote the prospects, because their legal residence in Europe and consequently the jobs they hold there enabling them to send remittances to relatives in impoverished Moldova depend on it. Unlike Moldovans residing in Russia, that segment of the Moldovan diaspora are highly motivated out of economic self-interest to vote for Maia Sandu and her pro-European policies. In the referendum to enshrine the goal of EU accession within the Moldovan Constitution, held under identically unequal conditions and simultaneously with the first round of presidential elections on 20 October, it was the vote of the Moldovan diaspora residing in the EU which enabled the proposed measure to prevail, albeit with a razor-thin margin of a fraction of a single percentage point.

In both instances, the majority of the people actually living in Moldova, who were to be most directly affected by the outcome of the voting, did not support either their government’s pro-European Union policy or the election of Western puppet Maia Sandu to the presidency of their country. Results favourable to Western interests were achieved by resorting to corrupt practices and flagrant electoral engineering.

Understandably therefore a colour revolution was not engendered in the aftermath of the recent elections in Moldova, although all the objective conditions from Gene Sharp’s playbook for launching one have been fulfilled. It suffices to recall in this regard one of the fundamental triggers which in the past have led to the overthrow of numerous legitimate governments that were indisposed to bow to the political dictates laid down by arrogant Western hegemons.

Sharp’s doctrine prescribes that a close election result ideally facilitates the task of professionally organised and amply financed colour revolutionaries who are in need of a plausible pretext to mobilise and direct the clueless masses. That is because it lends credibility to the allegation of malfeasance levelled against the targeted “regime” and fuels a sense of grievance among the populace, who supposedly were cheated out of effectively asserting their political will.

Such malfeasance is precisely what happened in Moldova but did not occur in Georgia. But Moldova is covered by a tight and, unlike in Georgia, unsupervised network of Western financed “NGOs,” which by default exercise a monopoly on disinformation and “civil society” activities. Consequently, in Moldova there is no movement to denounce flagrant systemic fraud or to challenge the legitimacy of the regime of foreign vassals who base their rule on the simulacrum of authority derived from that fraud. That is because, as we explained, the criteria that are always applied are unabashedly utilitarian; “constructive” fraud as in Moldova, which serves the interests of the puppeteers, is always proper and irreproachable.

By contrast, honest elections, as in Georgia, which go against the grain are always and irrespective of the factual matrix denounced as fraudulent.

Whoever is endowed with even a modest capacity for political reasoning will easily recognise the crooked game and the malignant rules by which it is being played.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image: President Maia Sandu delivering a speech on May 29, 2023. Photo: Moldovan Presidential Administration Facebook

 


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase

The Valdai Club, a well-recognized and influential Russian academic think tank, marked its 21st annual meeting with the traditional indepth and broad discussions, coincidentally on November 7th, which is a significant date both for Russia and the entire world. The Valdai Club’s substantive discussions, with participation of both local and foreign experts from Asia, Africa, Europe and Latin America, largely centered on the changing geopolitics and its impact on developments and, most essentially on the emerging new global order of the 21st century.

As the Valdai Club passed its 20th year,  it has witnessed significant political developments on a dramatic scale these two decades. This alone shows its historical uniqueness, the period, characterized with complexity and contradictions, also generated a solid platform for making tremendous contributions to shaping political history. The history brings in its fold different political waves and economic crises, which sometimes makes the future world unpredictable. But experts, as the popular saying goes ‘two heads are better than one’, have conscientiously studied the dynamics of the changes and design an analytical future.

With an increasing influence, Russian President Vladimir Putin, under his leadership on November 7th, outlined the shape and components of the emerging new world architecture. It took him and the entire Valdai Club experts and participants deep into the night, ended close to midnight. Here are a few significant features Putin tried to outline to the world:

i) Building a new world system: If you look back 20 years and evaluate the scale of changes, you can assume that the next twenty years will be no less, if not more difficult. There comes, in a way, the moment of truth. The former world arrangement is irreversibly passing away, actually it has already passed away, and a serious, irreconcilable struggle is unfolding for the development of a new world order. It is irreconcilable, above all, because this is not even a fight for power or geopolitical influence. It is a clash of the very principles that will underlie the relations of countries and peoples at the next historical stage. 

Hegemony in the new international order is not a consideration. When, for instance, Washington and other Western capitals understand and acknowledge this incontrovertible fact, the process of building a world system that addresses future challenges will finally enter the phase of genuine creation. The world is changing radically and irreversibly. This is the dynamics of historical development. God willing, this should happen as soon as possible.

ii) Soviet Union’s contributions: Russia, then called the Soviet Union, made a major contribution to consolidating some political trends. The Soviet Union assisted states that had renounced colonial or neo-colonial dependence, whether in Africa, Southeast Asia, the Middle East or Latin America. It can be emphasized that in the mid-1980s, it was the Soviet Union that called for an end to ideological confrontation, the overcoming of the Cold War legacy, an end to the Cold War and its legacy, and the elimination of barriers that hampered global unity and comprehensive world development. Undoubtedly, the Soviet Union was motivated by sincere aspirations for peace and universal wellbeing. Both Russia and the vast majority of nations are committed to bolstering the spirit of international advancement and the aspirations for lasting peace that have been central to development since the mid-20th century.

iii) Six principles of a new phase of historical progression. (a) Firstly, openness to interaction stands as the paramount value cherished by the overwhelming majority of nations and peoples. The endeavour to construct artificial barriers is not only flawed because it impedes normal and advantageous to everyone economic progression, but also because it is particularly perilous amidst natural disasters and socio-political turmoil, which, unfortunately, are all too common in international affairs.

(b) Secondly, it has consistently underscored the diversity of the world as a prerequisite for its sustainability. It may appear paradoxical, as greater diversity complicates the construction of a unified narrative. Naturally, universal norms are presumed to aid in this regard. Can they fulfil this role? It stands to reason that this is a formidable and complicated task. Firstly, we must avoid a scenario where the model of one country or a relatively minute segment of humanity is presumed universal and imposed upon others. Secondly, it is untenable to adopt any conventional, albeit democratically developed code, and dictate it as an infallible truth to others in perpetuity.

(c) Thirdly, we have said more than once that the new world can develop successfully only through the broadest inclusion. The experience of the last couple of decades has clearly demonstrated what usurpation leads to, when someone arrogates to themselves the right to speak and act on behalf of others. Those countries that are commonly referred to as great powers have come to believe that they are entitled to dictate to others what their interests are – in fact, to define others’ national interests based on their own. Not only does this violate the principles of democracy and justice, but worst of all, it hinders an actual solution to the problems at hand.

(d) Next, the key principle of security for all without exception is that the security of one nation cannot be ensured at the expense of others’ security. It is not anything new. It has been set out in OSCE documents. We only need to implement them. The bloc policy and the legacy of the Cold War colonial era run contrary to the essence of the new international system, which is open and flexible. There is only one bloc in the world that is held together by the so-called obligations and strict ideological dogmas and cliches. It is the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation, which continues expansion to Eastern Europe and is now trying to spread its approaches to other parts of the world, contrary to its own statutory documents. It is an open anachronism.

(e) The fifth point is about justice for all. Inequality is the true scourge of the modern world. Countries face social tension and political instability within their borders due to inequality, while on the international stage the development gap that separates the so-called Golden Billion from the rest of humankind may not only result in more political differences and confrontation, but also, and even more importantly, exacerbates migration-related issues.

There is hardly a developed country on this planet that has not faced an increasingly uncontrolled and unmanageable inflow of people seeking to improve their wellbeing, social status and to have a future. Some of them are simply trying to survive. We are confident that such issues as food security, energy security, access to healthcare and education, and finally, the orderly and free movement of people must not be impacted by whatever conflicts or disputes. These are fundamental human rights.

(f) The sixth point is that we keep emphasising that sovereign equality is an imperative for any lasting international framework. Of course, countries differ in terms of their potential. This is an obvious fact. The same applies to the capabilities and opportunities they have. In this context, we often hear that achieving total equality would be impossible, amounting to wishful thinking, a utopia.

However, what makes today’s world special is its interconnected and holistic nature. In fact, sometimes countries that may not be as powerful or large as others play an even greater role compared to great powers by being more rational and results-driven in using their human, intellectual capital, natural resources and environment-related capabilities, by being more flexible and smart when tackling challenging matters, by setting higher living and ethical standards, as well as in administration and management, while also empowering all their people to fulfil their potential and creating a favourable psychological environment. This approach can bring about scientific breakthroughs, promote entrepreneurial activity, art and creativity, and empower young people. Taken together, all of this counts in terms of global influence and appeal. Let me paraphrase a law of physics: you can outperform others without getting ahead of them.

(iv) Russia’s role in shaping the new world. Russia is is playing roles in structuring this emerging new world. It has an aspiring to global dominance in its tracks. Russia’s role is certainly not limited to protecting and preserving itself. It may sound a bit grand, but Russia’s very existence guarantees that the world will retain its wide colour, diversity and complexity, which is the key to successful development. Russia is fighting for its freedom, rights, and sovereignty. By way of history, Russia is guided by its own values, interests and ideas of what is right and what is not, which are rooted in the identity, history and culture. It does protect its sovereignty, and further upholds universal rights and freedoms, and the existence and development of the absolute majority of the countries around the world. In a nutshell, at least these are some of the broad and multi-dimensional description of the future world.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Kester Kenn Klomegah, who worked previously with Inter Press Service (IPS), Weekly Blitz and InDepthNews, is now a regular contributor to Global Research. He researches Eurasia, Russia, Africa and BRICS. His focused interest areas include geopolitical changes, foreign relations and economic development questions relating to Africa. As a versatile researcher, he believes that everyone deserves equal access to quality and trustworthy media reports.

Featured image: President Vladimir Putin at the plenary session of the 21st annual meeting of the Valdai International Discussion Club. Photo – Kremlin.ru


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Trump’s reported plan for a Western/NATO peacekeeping mission in Ukraine places Russia in the dilemma of either preempting this with another large-scale nationwide offensive, targeting those forces after they enter at the risk of sparking World War III, or tacitly accepting this endgame.

The Wall Street Journal’s report that Trump’s peace plan for Ukraine envisages the creation of an 800-mile demilitarized zone that would be patrolled by Europeans adds a lot of urgency to Russia’s nearly 1000-day-long struggle to achieve its maximum goals in this conflict. The potential entrance of conventional Western/NATO forces into Ukraine as peacekeepers places Russia in the dilemma of accepting yet another “red line” being crossed or risking World War III by targeting them.

To refresh everyone’s memory since it’s been so long since the special operation started, Russia officially aims to: 1) demilitarize Ukraine; 2) denazify it; and 3) restore its constitutional neutrality, among other supplementary and informal goals. September 2022’s referenda then added the official goal of removing Ukrainian forces from the entirety of the four regions that Russia now claims as its own, including the areas of Kherson and Zaporozhye on the other side of the Dnieper, which will be challenge.

At the same time, Putin has repeatedly refused to reciprocally escalate in response to egregious Ukrainian provocations like its bombing of the Kremlin, early warning systems, strategic airfields, oil refineries, and residential buildings, et al, all due to him not wanting the conflict to spiral out of control. For as responsible of an approach as this is, the drawback is that it created the perception that he might accept the crossing of even more “red lines”, including conventional Western/NATO forces in Ukraine.

Putin’s aversion to escalation might therefore be exploited by Trump, who was reportedly handed a plan in June advising him to give Ukraine whatever it wants if Russia refuses whatever peace deal he proposes, ergo the high likelihood of a conventional Western/NATO intervention to decisively freeze the conflict. Trump’s track record of “escalating to de-escalate” with North Korea and Iran suggests that he’d also go through with this plan against Russia, hence why it should take this scenario seriously.

Provided that Putin lacks the political will to risk an unprecedented escalation by targeting those conventional Western/NATO forces, and his behavior thus far in response to other provocations suggests that this is indeed the case, then he’ll have to race against the clock to achieve his maximum goals. It’ll still take some time for the US to get key stakeholders like Poland on board, where 69% of the public is against dispatching troops to Ukraine in any capacity, so this likely won’t happen by mid-January.

In any case, Russia no longer has a hypothetically indefinite amount of time like before to:

1) demilitarize Ukraine;

2) denazify it;

3) restore its constitutional neutrality; and

4) remove Ukrainian forces from the entirety of the four regions that Russia now claims as its own, including those areas across the Dnieper. Even though the military-strategic dynamics of the conflict favor it, and capturing Pokrovsk could lead to huge gains in Donetsk, it’ll be very difficult to achieve all these goals by the time an intervention occurs.

To explain in the order that they were mentioned, Ukraine was initially supposed to be demilitarized upon the swift success of the special operation in its early phase, but the UK and Poland (whose role most observers aren’t aware of) convinced Zelensky to rubbish spring 2022’s draft peace treaty. That document would have greatly slashed its military capabilities, but it’s no longer realistic to imagine that he’d agree to this, especially after being given tens of billions of dollars’ worth of NATO arms.

NATO is also unlikely to agree to ask for them back due to the perception (regardless of its veracity) that Ukraine must be able to “deter” Russia from supposedly recommencing the conflict after it finally ends. The Taliban’s swift capture of Afghanistan after Biden’s bungled withdrawal from there was viciously lambasted by Trump, who’d go down in history as an even bigger loser if he agreed to “demilitarize” Ukraine and was then played for a fool by Putin if Russia steamrolls through it sometime later.

The only viable way in which Russia could implement Ukraine’s demilitarization in today’s context is to control as much of its territory as possible in order to ensure that no threatening weapons are deployed there. The problem though is that Russia is unlikely to obtain military control over all of Ukraine, or even just significant parts of its territory east of the Dnieper in proximity to the internationally recognized border across which Kiev’s shells still regularly fly, by the time of a Western/NATO intervention.

One of the reasons why the special operation’s opening phase didn’t result in ending the conflict on Russia’s terms is because the West informed Zelensky about how overextended its military logistics had become and thus encouraged him to exploit that to push it back like he ultimately did. Given how cautious of a leader Putin is, he’s unlikely to act out of character once more by ordering a repeat of this same risky strategy even if the frontlines collapse and Russia is able to roll into other regions.   

Another unforeseen challenge that Russia experienced during the special operation’s opening phase was actually holding the broad swaths territory that it nominally controlled. Ukraine’s hidden Javelin and Stinger stockpiles inflicted enough losses behind Russia’s lines to engender the large-scale pullback that coincided with the failure of spring 2022’s peace talks. There’s also the obvious difficulty of swiftly capturing large cities like Kharkov, Sumy, and Zaporozhye, which hasn’t yet happened.

Moving along to Russia’s second maximum goal of denazifying Ukraine after explaining how tough it’ll be to achieve the first one of demilitarizing it, this too can’t succeed without a political agreement that’s no longer realistic in today’s context after such a chance slipped away in spring 2022. What Russia has in mind is Ukraine promulgating legislation that aligns with these goals, such as banning the glorification of World War II-era fascists and rescinding restrictions on ethnic Russians’ rights.

Zelensky has no reason to go along with this anymore like he flirted with doing in early 2022 and Trump’s team doesn’t seem to care all that much about this issue anyhow. It’s therefore unclear how Russia can achieve this before a Western/NATO intervention except in the unlikely scenario of a Russian-friendly Color Revolution and/or military coup, neither of which the US would accept, and both of which would probably thus prompt the aforesaid intervention out of desperation to salvage “Project Ukraine”.

The third maximum goal of restoring Ukraine’s constitutional neutrality is comparatively more likely but nevertheless moot at this point given that the raft of security guarantees that it already clinched with NATO states since the start of this year de facto amount to continued Article 5 support. Contrary to popular perceptions, this clause doesn’t obligate the dispatch of troops, but only for each country to do whatever it deems fit to help allies under attack. Their existing military aid to Ukraine aligns with this.

Coercing Ukraine to rescind 2019’s constitutional amendment making NATO membership a strategic objective would therefore be a superficial concession to Russia on the US’ part to make Trump’s peace plan a little less bitter for Putin to swallow. As with the previous two maximum goals, Zelensky has no reason to comply with Putin’s demands in this regard since the latter’s forces aren’t in a position to impose this upon him, thus meaning that it can only realistically be done if Trump orders him to.

As the reader probably already picked up on, the common theme is that Russia’s inability to militarily coerce Zelensky into complying with its maximum goals greatly reduces the possibility that they’ll be achieved, which also holds true for the final one of obtaining control over all its new regions’ land. It’s unimaginable that Zelensky will voluntarily cede Zaporozhye with its over 700,000 population, for example, or that Trump will accept the Western opprobrium that would follow coercing him to do so.

The same goes for letting Russia cross the Dnieper to obtain control over that region’s and Kherson’s areas on the other side, thus creating the opportunity for it to build up its forces there in the future for a lightning strike across Ukraine’s western plains in the event that the conflict ever rekindles after it ends. There’s no way that Trump would ever give Putin such an invaluable military-strategic gift so Russia’s supporters shouldn’t deceive themselves by getting their hopes up thinking that this will happen.

The only way in which Russia can achieve its maximum goals before the entrance of Western/NATO troops into Ukraine as peacekeepers is through military means, which would require another large-scale multi-pronged offensive of the sort that characterized the special operation’s early days. Even then, however, the high risk of once again overextending its military logistics, being ambushed by Stingers/Javelins, and thus risking reputational costs and even on-the-ground losses, will remain.

As such, there are really only three options left for Russia: 1) escalate now before Western/NATO troops enter Ukraine and either coerce Zelensky into agreeing to these demands or capture and hold enough land in order to demilitarize as much of the country as possible; 2) escalate after they enter at the risk of sparking a Cuban-like brinksmanship crisis that could spiral into World War III; or 3) accept the fait accompli of freezing the conflict along the Line of Contact and begin preparing the public accordingly.

It’s unclear which option Putin will choose since he hasn’t yet signaled a preference for any of them. Nevertheless, it’s timely to quote 19th-century Russian Foreign Minister Alexander Gorchakov, who famously said that “Russia is not sulking; she is composing herself.” Russia knows that the clock is ticking for achieving its maximum goals before Trump likely orders Western/NATO peacekeepers to enter Ukraine. The Kremlin is quiet for now precisely because policymakers have yet to decide what to do.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image: Michael Joiner, 360info.org CCBY4.0


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

It’s now more than 48 hours after the election, the dust has settled, and the results are in except for a late counting in the state of Arizona–the outcome of which won’t affect the results of the election. Trump has won an undeniable victory, both in the electoral college and in the popular vote.

Political pundits, pollsters, and over-paid political strategists who seem to get it wrong repeatedly every election cycle are now concocting all manner of explanations and mightily spinning their excuses. Some say Harris lost because the Democrats’ ‘ground game’—i.e. get out the vote efforts—failed; or that the $1 billion in campaign contributions she received during the summer was ill spent; or her TV ads were poorly focused; or her ‘politics of joy’ theme grated on the mood of voters who were anything but happy. But all these tactical explanations of the Democrats’ devastating defeat—which was across the board and not just for Harris—are obviously irrelevant.

The pundits and political strategists who forecast the election wrong are now failing to understand its results as well. Here are the more important takeaways from the election:

A Popular Vote Anomaly?

The electoral college result thus far, with Arizona’s 11 votes pending, is 301 for Trump and 226 for Harris (270 needed to win). Trump also won the popular vote with 73.4 million vs. 69.1 million for Harris—as of the popular vote count late November 8.

.

Source: AP

.

Perhaps the most glaring indicator of what went wrong for Harris, however, is the big shift in the popular vote away from Democrats in 2024. In 2020 the Democrats polled 81 million votes in the presidential race. In 2024 so far only 69.1 million. That’s 12 million fewer votes for Democrats! How to explain that fact?

Did all the 12 million cross over to Trump? Apparently not. Trump’s 2024 popular vote was not that much different from 2020. He received 74 million in 2020 and in 2024 so far about 73.4 million.

These contrasting numbers raise two interesting questions:

Where did Harris’s missing 12 million popular votes go, if not to Trump? The corollary question also arises: did Biden and the Democrats really receive 81 million votes in 2020?

.

Both photos are from the public domain

.

Whichever the explanation, the mainstream legacy media (CNN, MSNBC, NY Times, WAPO, etc) are conspicuously avoiding any analysis of this missing 12 million or the apparent vote count anomaly.

But one thing is irrefutable in the official vote tally: roughly 13 million fewer turned out to vote for either candidate in 2024 and 12 million were Democrat voters. The only logical conclusion therefore is that 12 million Democrrat voters apparently stayed home and did not vote. So why?

Whatever the popular vote, it is irrelevant for US presidential elections. Only the archaic electoral college vote matters. Why the USA keeps that institution when it allows ‘one person one vote’ for all other voting for members of Congress is interesting. Two-thirds of voters have indicated in multiple surveys recently that they want a direct vote for the president and an end to the Electoral College. Why both parties continue with the system says much. Nevertheless it’s a question—like a Florida 2000 election ballot ‘chad’—that will be left hanging for now.

Electoral College Vote Repeat

Trump’s 301 (eventual 312) electoral college votes confirms this writer’s prediction this past summer that the swing states would flip back to 2016 numbers and Trump. 2024 would be a 2016 swing states déjà vu election.

In the 2020 election, Biden’s electoral college vote was 306 to Trump’s 232. In 2016 Trump won 304 electoral college votes to Hillary Clinton’s 227. The winning margins of 304 (2016), then 306 (2020), now 301 (312) in 2024 is not merely coincidental.

The largely similar electoral college counts in 2016, 2020, and 2024 suggests strongly that deeper forces in the US political system created a shift beginning 2016 and have continued ever since.
Trump’s election in 2016 was therefore not the aberration as many Democrats and mainstream media argued in 2020; Biden’s in 2020 was.

Events of the past decade suggests the fallout from the economic crash and crisis of 2008-10 is still having its longer term political impact. Voters’ overwhelming concern with economic issues in 2024 reveal it is still reverberating. In 2024 it was manifested in inflation. In 2020 it was massive Covid job loss. Since 2008 it’s been the steady decline in real income and living standards for tens of millions of American households—amidst the accelerating income and wealth for the 1% or 5% households largely attributable to accelerating financial asset markets and values. As one famous pundit said more than three decades ago: “It’s the economy, stupid!”

One might clarify that: “it’s the lopsided economy, stupid!” Economic conditions have deteriorated much further since the 1990s when that statement was made, especially after the 2008-10 crash and crisis followed by the Covid induced crash. Some political elites apparently never learned the economic lesson.

Throughout this past summer this writer has been predicting Trump would win the electoral college vote by slightly more than 300—by 302 to 236 to be exact. This forecast was based on the assumption he would win all the seven swing states, except for Michigan. In retrospect he has won the latter state as well. (see my piece “November 2024: A Swing States Déjà vu Election?” at the LA Progressive website last week).

Inflation and other economic conditions during the Biden years were firmly established by opinion polls since the start of 2024 as the primary concerns of voters, thereafter strongly confirmed again in the September Gallup poll.

Put in a long term perspective, Trump’s victory over Hillary Clinton in 2016 and her loss of the ‘blue wall’ states in the north can be largely attributed to the weak GDP economic recovery after 2010 and the even weaker related job recovery during the Obama years. GDP grew around only 60% of normal after 2010 when compared to the prior nine US recessions since 1948. More importantly, jobs lost after 2007 due to the 2008-09 crash did not recover to 2007 levels until 2015. It took six years just to get back to pre-recession job levels. Add to this Hillary Clinton’s well known approval of free trade treaties and its offshoring of jobs effect—as well as her strategic error of not even bothering to campaign in the blue wall states—and the result was a predictable 2016 Trump sweep of Wisconsin, Michigan and Pennsylvania and victory. It was still ‘the economy, stupid’.

In 2020 Biden also largely won for economic reasons—specifically the severe recession and job losses of 2020 due to the Covid pandemic economy partial shutdown. Biden swept back the blue wall states and won handily—almost exactly with the same electoral college votes that Trump had won with four years earlier! That stupid old economy had not gone away.

In 2024, the Covid induced mass layoffs in 2020 no longer prevailed but were replaced by another Covid induced economic consequence: inflation which erupted in fall of 2021. Prices for goods started abating by 2023 but inflation in the much more ubiquitous services sector of the US economy remained chronically high throughout 2023 and into early 2024.

Official government statistics estimate the price level rose 24% over the four Biden years but real inflation adjusted take home pay for tens of millions of households was impacted more severely than the statistics or politicians and media suggested during the recent election.

Actual inflation impact on family budgets was more like 30%-35%, especially after considering the sharp rise in interest rates starting March-June 2023 and rise in taxes, neither of which are included in calculations of the government’s price statistics. Households also pay for interest out of their take home pay and family disposable income. Mortgage rates rose 114% under Biden. Credit card average rates rose from 16% to 23% and households carried over record level of that debt monthly. New student loan rates rose from 4% to around 7%. And new auto loans from4% to 9%. And that’s not considering local taxes and fee hikes. Or problems with the methodologies and assumptions in government price calculations that tend to under-estimate actual inflation.
Households and voters knew what the real picture of affordability was the past four years—even if politicians, media, and mainstream economists did not!

This background of the voting outcomes since 2016 and longer term economic causes raises the more immediate question ‘why Harris’ lost in 2024. It certainly wasn’t due to irrelevant tactical explanations as the media and pundits now argue. And while jobs and inflation were the critical, even key, longer term causes determining election outcomes, in themselves they still don’t explain it all.

There were strategic failures for Harris’s defeat’; nor indeed defeat for the Democrat party in general since its losses in November were across the board in both houses of Congress, governorships, and other local elections. In addition, Trump’s strategy targeting disaffected you males, mostly working class and across racial lines, proved effective in turn.

Why Harris & Democrats Lost

Failure to Differentiate from Biden…

High on the list of why Harris lost must be her failure to differentiate her proposals from those of Biden, especially on economic issues. When directly asked in an interview during the campaign what she would change from Biden’s policies she replied: “nothing”. That was perhaps the turning point of sorts in the campaign. Voters weren’t looking for ‘nothing new’. They wanted economic change that directly affected their declining real take home pay that had been slashed by 30%-35% inflation since 2020.

Harris this past week experienced what might be called the ‘Hubert Humphrey’ effect. In 1968, Democrat Lyndon Johnson decided not to run for re-election. His policy for escalating the war in Vietnam, combined with the inflation of the late 1960s, meant it likely would not win. His VP was Humphrey who became the Democrat party presidential candidate that year. But Humphrey would not break with Johnson’s war policy nor did he offer any answer to the rising inflation of the mid 1960s. War and inflation doomed his campaign in 1968, which he lost convincingly to Richard Nixon. Similarly, Harris’s refusal to break from Biden war policies in 2024 or to offer any answer how she’d lower prices for households played a big role in her defeat. Both she and Humphrey were convincingly defeated.

The Hubert Humphrey Effect should consequently be renamed the Humphrey-Harris Effect.

US voters wanted to hear specifics on how the candidates proposed to reverse the decline in their living standards. Harris gave them mostly platitudes. The Democrat party leaders may have removed Biden as their candidate over the summer, replacing him with Harris, but they left his policies intact. Voters understood they were still voting for Biden. Especially Democrat voters as 12 million of them stayed home.

Some traditional Democrat constituencies jumped ship. Election data already show that many more black male voters voted Trump than in prior elections. So too did Hispanic voters in key swing states like Pennsylvania. Even Puerto Rican voters—who the mainstream media hyped would turn on Trump because of some comic at one of his rallies made disparaging remarks about Puerto Ricans—voted Trump in key constituencies. And there were the white suburban women who the Democrats bet would vote Democrat based on the reproductive and women’s rights issues. In key swing states like Pennsylvania it appears they too voted by narrow margins for Trump.

Identity Politics Themes No Longer Resonate….

What all this may mean is economic issues and questions of class trumped identity issues of gender, sexual orientation, and race on which Democrats had based their campaigns in recent years had become of secondary at best importance to voters. Legitimate polls like Gallup were shouting this message all year and especially in latter months of the campaign. Democrat leaders were deaf, however. They apparently believed just changing the face of their candidate and throwing billions of dollars into the race this past summer would ensure re-election. It was another big strategic error.

If Harris failed to differentiate herself from Biden, then the Democrat party leadership kept her largely campaigning on issues of identity—gender, race, and sexual orientation.

January 2021 Is Not the Issue…

A third related strategy failure was the Democrat elevation of the January 6, 2021 events and Trump’s often out of context rally statements as a key issue. It wasn’t. It ranked well down the list in almost all voter opinion polls. Just as in 2016 allegations that the Russians were interfering in the election and had Trump in their pocket had little influence on voters choices. In 2024 did voters didn’t believe the charge that Trump was the destroyer of American democracy incarnate, a felon, or closet fascist—or just didn’t care even if true—any more than they believed in 2015 Trump was the puppet of Putin.

Both the Democrats pushing of identity issues and the personality attacks on Trump as either foreign agent or a felonious fascist gained much traction. The economy was paramount in both 2016 and 2024, as it was in 2020. But Harris and the Democrats just couldn’t let go of the old saws and themes that no longer worked, and get focused on the economy.

Emerging Electorate & Party Realignment…

Another strategic reason why Harris and Democrats lost has to do with the shift in constituencies in the past decade. It’s now clear that Trump has been able to start building a base in the working class, especially among young male voters. This is now being called the ‘Bros Vote’. But it’s mostly young, non-college, males who have been among the most disaffected segments of the voting population in recent decades. They are young millennials and GenZers who have experienced the most negative effects of low wages, housing unaffordability, low paying jobs at which they must work two and sometimes three to get by, and other related issues. Democrats appear to have abandoned them, as the party has drifted steadily away from the traditional working class since the 1990s and toward suburban women, LGBTQ voter constituencies, professionals, and college graduates. This is a cultural thing that sometimes gets expressed in elites’ slips of the tongue—like Hillary’s calling them ‘deplorables’ in 2016 and Biden recently referring to them as Trump’s ‘garbage’.

Not all of Harris’s lost is attributable to her failures or Democrat party leaders failures. Some of the loss is explainable by Trump’s own personal appeal, his policy initiatives during the campaign, and his political strategy in general.

Trump Talks & Appears Like They Do…

Part of Trump’s appeal is evident when he speaks. He’s crude, sometimes incoherent, makes off the wall statements, insults people he doesn’t like, embarrasses himself. In other words, he often sounds like them in their own every day conversations. It makes him appear authentic to them. Democrats and their intellectual, educated supporters are often shocked by this behavior. They find it abhorrent. They are turned off by the crude working class ‘banter’ that is part of normal communication for this constituency. But they live in a different cultural world than the Bros constituency as well as the working class black and Hispanics.

The difference could be viewed in Harris rally speeches and even her final concession. It was all too perfect. Not a missed phrase. Straight from the teleprompter. As if she’s reading her comments, which of course she was. Too many platitudes, canned metaphors, and planned anecdotes. In other words, not natural or authentic.

Trump’s Working Class Policy Proposals…

Overlaid on this class cultural divide is the fact that Trump appealed to working class voters with policy measures that should have been Democrat, and often were in decades past but no more. Trump proposed no taxes on tip income, which Harris quickly copied; he proposed no tax on overtime pay and to remove taxing of social security benefits—which Harris conspicuously did not copy. Trump’s proposal for child care credits were more generous than Harris’s. And his proposals on tariffs as way to force corporations to relocate jobs back to the US seemed more convincing than Harris’s which was ‘no different’ than Biden’s which was to shower grants of tens of billions on companies to bribe them to ‘onshore’ back to the US. Even Trump’s immigration proposals were often stated as job creating, even if somewhat questionable in that effect.

In short, Trump at least verbally turned toward working class voters in the election, while Harris and Democrats seemed to further champion suburban women, identity issues, and push the worn out hackneyed line ‘Trump is a Russian pawn and closet fascist who’ll destroy democracy, the country and civilization itself’.

Widening Generational Divide…

But for the tens of millions of new younger voters who came of voting age a decade ago, the Democrats’ leading election themes tying Trump to Russians and autocratic behavior are dead. Perhaps not dead but dying as well are the various themes associated with identity politics. Identity issues will not go away but they will no longer be predominant. The focus on identity does not resonate with the Bros swing vote and has even become antagonistic. Nor do they elicit the same tacit approval within the Hispanic and Black voting constituencies in a period when the economic stress for tens of millions of working class households is approaching a breaking point after decades. A quarter century later it’s still ‘the economy, stupid!’. In fact, more so than ever before.

Some Likely Consequences

It’s somewhat early to define what Trump will now do as president in a second term. But there are outlines from the campaign and his own issues focus in his statement.
Most likely the initial actions will be associated with what he can do without Congressional legislation by means of his own Executive Orders.

At the top of his initial list will be EOs related to illegal immigrants’ deportations and rebuilding his border wall. EOs related to alternative energy matters and the environment will also take an early hit. Oil drilling permits are included in the latter action list.

Deregulation in general will also appear early. Elon Musk will make recommendations cutting government regulations to save spending and Trump will act more or less perfunctorily on Musk’s recommendations. Much of that can be done via EOs as well.

A third area is tariffs. Trump’s promise to raise tariffs 10%-60% (latter on China imports) will come quickly. It’s not coincidental among his first appointments already is Robert Lighthizer as Trade commission.

Trump believes that an increase in government revenue from raising tariffs and a big cut to social programs spending and deregulation will result in a major offset to US budget deficits, which rose last year to $1.8 trillion and is currently running at a $2 trillion estimate for 2025. Tariff revenues, deregulation and even general Austerity social spending program cuts (coming in the spring by Congress) will not even come close to cutting the deficit by a $1 trillion!

Trump believes the fiction that cutting business taxes further in 2025 will result in stimulating economic growth and thus tax revenues. He believed that when he cut taxes in 2018 by $4.5 trillion. It didn’t have the effect on economic growth then. Continuing his 2018 tax cuts (estimated by the Congressional Budget Office to cost the government $5 trillion over the next decade) and even adding to more cuts in 2025 will not even come close to resolving the fiscal crisis and economic train wreck that’s around the corner in 2025 and after. But tax cutting will again be his and his Republican Congress’s priority in 2025 nevertheless. That too will come this spring.

Voters who put their hopes in a fundamental change in direction for the country voting for Trump and Republicans may be therefore disappointed. Not that that’s anything new. The economy will therefore continue as the number one issue of voters come the 2028 election.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blog, Jack Rasmus.

Dr. Rasmus is author of the books, ‘Central Bankers at the End of Their Ropes’, Clarity Press, 2017 and ‘Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed’, Lexington Books, 2020. Follow his commentary on the emerging banking crisis on his blog, https://jackrasmus.com; on twitter daily @drjackrasmus; and his weekly radio show, Alternative Visions on the Progressive Radio Network every Friday at 2pm eastern and at https://alternativevisions.podbean.com.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Trump Between War and Peace. Manlio Dinucci

November 10th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

The newly elected President of the United States, Donald Trump, who beat Kamala Harris by an overwhelming majority, has outlined the main thrust of his foreign policy as follows:

I want to tell the world community we will always put America’s interests first, and we will deal fairly with everyone – all peoples and all other nations. We will seek common ground, not hostility; partnership, not conflict.

Trump had already met with Putin during his previous term in office, which is why he was the subject of the first impeachment attempt in the United States. Today, with the majority in Congress, there is a possibility that he will reopen a negotiating table with Putin to end the Russia-Ukraine war, in other words, the war that NATO is waging against Russia under US command.

What should the Trump administration do in Europe?

1) Ensure that a ceasefire between NATO/Ukraine and Russia is implemented immediately.

2) Initiate summit negotiations between the presidents of the US and the Russian Federation.

3) Ensure that the entire European front is demilitarised and denuclearised through the withdrawal of US-NATO intermediate-range nuclear forces deployed in Europe in the proximity of Russian territory, and Russian intermediate-range nuclear forces deployed in Russian territory in the near vicinity of Europe and in Belarus.

4) The removal of sanctions against Russia and the restoration of political, economic and cultural relations between the US and Russia. 

5) Ensuring that an international conference for a negotiated settlement of the Russia-Ukraine conflict and the establishment of a security system in Europe is convened under the auspices of the UN, with the participation of the US, NATO, the EU, Ukraine, Russia and Belarus.

The situation on the other front, the Middle East, is different. Trump, like all previous US presidents, supports Israel. According to the announced foreign policy lines, what should the Trump administration do in the Middle East instead?  

1) ensure that a ceasefire is immediately implemented in the region between all parties to the conflict, Israel withdraws its armed forces and settler settlements from Gaza and the West Bank, and the Palestinian territories are governed by bodies chosen by the Palestinians themselves;

2) ensure that an UN-sponsored international conference is convened – with the participation of all countries in the region, starting with Israel and Iran – for a negotiated solution to the conflicts and the establishment of a security system in the Middle East.

The situation is further made more complex by the fact that Trump was elected overwhelmingly by the 150,000 Americans (i.e., Jews with dual US-Israeli citizenship) living in Israel (a country with a population of ten million) and that 60,000 of them are settled in the West Bank: here they constitute 15% of the settlers who, armed and supported by the Israeli government, are taking over Palestinian land and other property.  Will the Trump administration in its foreign policy seek “common ground, not hostility; partnership, not conflict?”

The US public debt exceeds $35 trillion for the first time, a level equal to that of GDP.

US military spending far exceeds $1 trillion annually (including other items beyond the Pentagon budget), and continues to grow.

Interest on the national debt paid each year grows accordingly, and is now exceeding the level of the military spending.

This situation largely benefits Elon Musk, the world’s richest man who largely financed Trump’s election campaign and will probably have an important position in his administration.

Musk’s rocket company, SpaceX, runs NASA’s rocket launch programme and the Pentagon relies on him to put most military satellites into orbit. The US war machine is in full swing because it is moves to open another war front against China.


*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published in Italian on Grandangolo, Byoblu TV.

Manlio Dinucci, award winning author, geopolitical analyst and geographer, Pisa, Italy. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). 

Featured image source


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

A study by Kim et al published in the journal Molecular Psychiatry, titled, Psychiatric adverse events following COVID-19 vaccination: a population-based cohort study in Seoul, South Korea, found that COVID-19 vaccination is associated with a 68.3% increased risk of depression, 43.9% increased risk of anxiety disorders, and 93.4% increased risk of sleep disorders:

Depression (HR [95% CI] = 1.683 [1.520–1.863]), anxiety, dissociative, stress-related, and somatoform disorders (HR [95% CI] = 1.439 [1.322–1.568]), and sleep disorders (HR [95% CI] = 1.934 [1.738–2.152]) showed increased risks after COVID-19 vaccination.

.

.

The authors used the following methodology (note the massive sample size):

We recruited 50% of the Seoul-resident population randomly selected from the Korean National Health Insurance Service (KNHIS) claims database on 1, January, 2021. The included participants (n = 2,027,353) from the Korean National Health Insurance Service claims database were divided into two groups according to COVID-19 vaccination. The cumulative incidences per 10,000 of psychiatric AEs were assessed on one week, two weeks, one month, and three months after COVID-19 vaccination. Hazard ratios (HRs) and 95% Confidence interval (CIs) of psychiatric AEs were measured for the vaccinated population.

They correctly mention that the spike protein may be the primary driver behind the vaccine-induced psychiatric disorders:

“Our study suggests that neuroinflammation caused by spike proteins may contribute to occurrences of some psychiatric AEs such as depression and anxiety, dissociative, stress-related, and somatoform disorders.”

U.S. depression rates have risen to record highs since 2020/2021, partly due to the draconian pandemic control measures (lockdowns, mask mandates, job losses) and, as suggested by Kim et al, COVID-19 vaccination.

.

.

Large increases in the risk of depression and anxiety disorders provide yet another reason to immediately remove COVID-19 ‘vaccines’ from the market.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Nicolas Hulscher, MPH, Epidemiologist and Foundation Administrator, McCullough Foundation 

Featured image source


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

Dear Honorable Federal Councilors,

For the past several years You, the Swiss Government, have been gradually, silently – and without any public discussion – approaching NATO, the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.

Today, Switzerland has already an associated member delegation with six seats in the NATO Parliamentary Assembly (NATO-PA). See this.

This is clearly a step towards an anti-neutral Switzerland.

And anti-democratic, because You, honorable Swiss Government, never consulted the Swiss people.

NATO was set up in 1949, in the wake of WWII, as a defense apparatus – mainly under the pretext to defend Europe against the looming dangers of the then Soviet Union, today’s Russia.

NATO was THE organization to foster the Cold War, to indoctrinate then already the people with fear from an impending invasion of the Soviet Union. Later the world found out that there was never a danger of the USSR aggressing Europe, let alone the United States.

NATO should have been dissolved at the latest when the Soviet Union collapsed in 1991.

The Warsaw Pact, set up in 1955 as a counterpart to NATO, was resolved in the early 1990s.

NATO was not.

NATO was never a defense association – NATO is a War Machine. 

And You, dear Federal Councilors, want to further approach NATO and possibly even join them?

*

In 1991 NATO had 16 member states. Today NATO has 32 members, 30 of which are in Europe. The only transatlantic members are US and Canada.

Today, NATO is represented in some 800-plus US military bases around the world; close to 700 of them are surrounding Russia and China.

Recalling Swiss Neutrality back to almost 210 years (in 1815), this quote from an internal CIA document of 23 April 1955 [OCI No. 3377/55, copy No. 2], may be a significant reminder of the importance of Swiss neutrality:

“Switzerland’s neutrality as envisaged by the Treaty of Vienna of March 2815 was not a new conception, nor was its recognition by foreign powers a novel idea”……”And the famous Act of Perpetual Swiss Neutrality and Inviolability, signed on 20 November 1815 by Austria, Great Britain, Russia and Prussia, declared Switzerland a perpetual neutral country and contains the much quoted lines, “The neutrality and inviolability of Switzerland and its independence from all foreign influences are in the true interests of the policies of the whole of Europe.””

The Swiss Foreign Department covets Swiss Neutrality on its website as an “inviolable” asset, with reference to The Hague Conventions of October 1907 – see this.

Yet, our Minister of Defense and current President of the Swiss Confederation, is moving Switzerland ever closer into the realm of NATO, without consultation of the Swiss people. 

Joining NATO would be the death knell of Swiss neutrality.

You know this, honorable Federal Councilors.

After all, a successful People’s Initiative for Swiss Neutrality was completed and submitted to the Federal Chancellery on 11 April 2024, with almost 130,000 valid signatures (100,000 are needed). It will be submitted to a popular vote, expected in 2025 / 2026, and if accepted, Neutrality will be enshrined in the Swiss Constitution.

NATO Budget 

Dear Federal Councilors, you may know that the total 2024 NATO Budget amounts to about US$1.4 trillion – of which about two-thirds are funded by the US and one-third by Europe and Canada. It is an “annual fund” for killing and destruction – and for enriching the international military-industrial-complex (IMIC). 

In his first term in Office, President Trump called on the European NATO members to increase their military budget to at least 2% of their GDP. Some countries may have done this, others are still far from meeting this target. 

See this for current NATO spending per member country.

.

Taken from Al Jazeera

.

It is conceivable that Mr. Trump, in his new term as US President, will repeat this call on European NATO members. 

The Swiss military budget for the coming 4 years – 2025 to 2028 — is approximately CHF 30 billion, about CHF 7.5 billion per year. This is equivalent to less than 1% of the estimated Swiss GDP for 2024 (CHF 784 billion). If Switzerland would join NATO and follow Mr. Trump’s mandate, the military budget would have to be doubled to about CHF 15 billion per year.

Alternative Spending 

With a fraction of the 2024 NATO budget of US$ 1.4 trillion, world famine could be eliminated. Oxfam estimates that eradicating world hunger in all its forms would require $31.7 billion, plus US$ 4 billion for debt relief of the world’s poorest countries, a total of about US$ 35.7 billion. This is less than 3% of the G7 annual military budget, or about 2.55% of NATO’s 2024 budget.

See this.

Dear Federal Councilors, do you believe Swiss citizens would want to participate in this monstrous and murderous endeavor, called NATO? And that, to the detriment of Swiss neutrality? 

Personally, I believe most Swiss do not want to become a NATO member, and give up their legendary Neutrality. 

Therefore, dear Federal Councilors, may I urge you to reconsider, as a sovereign Swiss Confederation – not accepting pressures from outside, and abandoning this anti-Neutrality move. 

A Neutral Switzerland would be able to mediate between conflict parties and help rebuild a stable, harmonious and Peaceful World Society.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020). 

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

So much is being written now about Donald Trump’s victory in the United States’ presidential election. Few analyses however, if any, are paying attention to a remarkable development, namely the end of the Bush-Clinton era. You might have not paid much attention to it (in all likelihood, you never heard of it), but it started in the 1980’s, and lasted all the way to 2016. Let us go back in time, then.

This is how it worked: starting in 1981, either a Bush or a Clinton was in the White House (as a powerful Vice President or as the President himself) for years onwards. Or, later, in charge of foreign policy. If one recalls, from 1981 to 1989, Republican George H. W. Bush, also known as George Bush Senior, served as Vice President under Ronald Reagan. Being a former Director of the mighty Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), it is only fair to describe Bush Senior as a powerful Vice President. As the founding father of an era, he deserves a closer look.

Those were the Cold War years, and the CIA was quite a big deal (it still is, of course). The Agency is well known for teaching torture technices to foreign groups, as well as promoting  “regime chances” (a code for coup d’état) false flag terrorist attacks, assassinations of foreign leaders, and the like. During the Regan years, keeping up with such a record, Bush admittedly played a role in the so-called Iran–Contra scandalwhich was about the illegal sale of arms to Iran and then clandestinely using the arms sale to fund the Nicaragua anti-communist rebel group known as the Contras. The Contras were involved in death squads, cocaine dealing, terrorism and torture. To make matters worse, the CIA was accused of getting involved in the Contras narcotraffic operations.

According to diplomat Peter Dale Scott, historian Alfred McCoy, and journalists Gary Webb and Alexander Cockburn, this is in line with a long record of CIA involvement in the dope trade. Back to the Iran-Contra affair: at the time, CIA agent Barry Seal took part in bringing at least three billion dollars worth of cocaine through Mena Airport (Arkansas). This is where Bush and Clinton meet: while Bush was part of the administration running the Iran-Contra, Bill Clinton, who later became President, was the then governor of Arkansas and was accused of being complicit in this operation. That is not the only alleged connection Clinton has to the organized crime world, by the way: his brother Roger Clinton had ties to the Gambino crime family and even served time for cocaine dealing – only to be later pardoned by President Bill Clinton.

Back to Bush Senior, he was so powerful a vice that when former American Nazi Party member John Hinckley Jr. shot and injured President Reagan in March 30, 1981, in an attempted murder, rumors and conspiracy theories were spread about Bush being involved in the deed so as to rise to the Presidency. The fact the Hincley family had connections with the Bush family did not help much in that regard: for one thing, the shooter’s brother (Scott Hinckley, Vice President of the family’s Vanderbilt Energy Corp) was friends with George Bush’s son (Neil Bush). Scott Hincley was in fact going to attend a dinner party at Neil Bush home before the incident. It is a small world.

Image: President G. H.W. Bush visiting the Troops during the First Gulf War (Source)

George Bush Senior did not become President in March 1981, but he did in 1989, thereby succeeding Reagan. One of his greatest legacies, so to speak, is the first Gulf War. As President, he did not make it to reelection and was then succeeded in 1993 by someone very dear to him, someone whom he considered as a son, the aforementioned Democrat Bill Clinton. Again, a small world. Suh was the rise of the New Democrats. For Clinton, I highlight two major achievements: pushing NATO expansion and having NATO bomb an European country which then ceased to be (the former state of Yugoslavia). The region is a ticking bomb to this day.

The family connection has remained strong – there are a number of Clinton-Bush initiatives, such as the Clinton Bush Haiti Fund, and the Bush-Clinton Katrina Fund. It is no wonder Bushes and Clintons are so close – they took turns running the country for decades. President Clinton, preceded by Bush Senior (whom he called “dad”), was then succeeded, in 2001, by none other than Republican George W. Bush, that is, the son of Bush Senior. George W. Bush would often call Clinton his “brother”. Those were the neocon years. Bush legacies include the turning the country into a de facto dictatorship with the Patriot Act, and the two-decades long occupations of Afghanistan and Iraq, the former being a clear neocolonial enterprise, plus yet more NATO enlargement.

So there you have it with the Bush-Clinton era. That state of affairs lasted at least 28 years, that is, until 2009, when Hillary Clinton (none other than the former President’s wife) could not make it within the Democrat Party and, in a vicious internal struggle, Barack Obama instead was nominated and won in 2009. That’s not the end of the Bush-Clinton era yet. Obama still kept a Clinton (Hillary) in charge of foreign policy, as Secretary of State until 2013. She resigned after some scandals, and was replaced by John Kerry.

Kerry, if one recalls, is George W. Bush’s fellow bonesmen (both are members of the same elite secret society) who was defeated by him in the 2002 election – small word, once again. So much for American “anyone can become President” democracy. Even though Obama was then said to be “the least Atlanticist” President, Obama-Clinton-Kerry legacy includes the empowering of terrorist group ISIS/Daesh, adding fuel to the fire in the Syrian civil war, supporting the Maidan in Ukraine, the destruction of Libya by NATO bombing – and, again, further NATO expansion.

Then Clinton lost the presidential race to Republican Donald Trump in 2016. This ends the Bush-Clinton era. Trump was then defeated by Democrat Joe Biden in 2020 and was thought to be done with. Instead, he took control of the Republican Party, sidelining the Bushes and neocons. The Clintons did not make a comeback under Biden for a number of reasons. Biden-Harris’ administration legacy in any case include being complicit with Israeli genocide in Palestine and playing with world war by increasing tensions with both Russia and China (over Taiwan). So much for Biden’s “America is back” motto.

Now Trump is back, which seals the coffin of the Bush-Clinton era – and this time with full control of the Republican party, with a Senate majority and much more. Trump, as I wrote, is by no means a “peacemaker” and it is not quite true that his 2016-2020 presidency was marked by “no wars”. He assassinated Iranian General Soleimani for one thing and did facilitate the Abraham Accords, which lie at the root of today’s crisis in the Middle East in a lot of ways.

In any case, Trump’s previous administration certainly was no match for his Bush-Clinton predecessors in terms of war-mongering, genocide and nation-destruction – and no match for Biden, for that matter. In all likelihood this time too he will not exceed the aforementioned legacy of his precursors. If such turns out to be the case, and if the slightest restraint is exercised, this in itself should already be good news for the world. The Bush-Clinton era is over, amen to that.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo, PhD, anthropology researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name.

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

First published on November 13, 2022

***

Watch Mislav Kolakusic, Croatian lawyer and Independent MEP talks about Mrs Von der Leyen, President of the EUC, known as Mrs 4.5 billion doses.

In recent developments  “EU corruption hunters are now officially investigating von der Leyen

For Commission President Ursula von der Leyen, the news that the European Public Prosecutor’s Office is investigating her on suspicion of interference in public office, destruction of text messages, corruption and conflicts of interest may come at an inopportune time. After all, Mrs von der Leyen is in the middle of the EU election campaign.

Billions in damage caused by illegal agreements?

Various media report that the EU corruption hunters have taken over a case that originally originated in Belgium at the instigation of several EU member states and a group of MEPs. The case concerns allegations from the time of the pandemic and a more than questionable procurement of vaccines, in which Mrs von der Leyen is said to have intervened without having a mandate to do so. This involves several billion euros of damage that could have been caused to the European Union.

When will the CDU call on Mrs von der Leyen to renounce her election campaign?

It would be advisable for the German CDU to follow the example of other parties in the German Bundestag. In the event of misdemeanours by their members, they would press for the immediate resignation of the parties involved or at least for them to renounce their election campaigns. In any case, we consider Mrs von der Leyen’s actions to be highly criminal and irresponsible.  (April 2024)

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

  • Posted in English, Srpski
  • Comments Off on Video: The Pfizer Vaccine and “Mrs. 4.5 Billion Doses”. EUC President Von Der Leyen Involved in Censorship, Surveillance, Coercion and Corruption
  • Tags: ,

[We repost this article by the late Prof. Joseph H. Chung, first published by GR in January 2022. Prof. Chung was an indefatigable voice on the politics of Asia-Pacific, especially on the dynamics of the Korean Peninsula.]

One of the most popular and regular items of the Western media menu is the demonization of China, Iran and North Korea for their human rights violations. These media have three characteristics.

First, they give us the impression that human rights violation takes place only in those countries which are not friendly to Washington; they try to tell us that Washington-friendly countries do not violate human rights.

Second, the Western media limit their critics to the violation of civil and political rights such as oppression of freedom of speech and freedom of assembly. They do no talk about the violation of economic, social and cultural rights (foods, clothing, public housing, public health, public education) which China and North Korea are trying to respect and protect.

What makes me disturbed is that the violation of human rights is globalized and getting worse.

In this paper, I am asking the following question: “What is human rights?” and “How badly is it violated in Asia?” 

Definition of Human Rights

I define human rights in this way:

“Every normal human being has right to live a dignified and decent living.”

Decent living means the access to foods, clothing, housing, a job, health and education. On the other hand, dignified life means independence, autonomy and freedom.

Thus, we have two sets of inseparable human rights. One is the right to be autonomous and free from government intervention. This concept has led to international covenant on civil and political rights.

This concept of civil and political right is much influenced by English philosophers, Thomas Hobbes (1558-1670) and John Locke (1632-1701). These philosophers have one thing in common, namely, the sovereignty of individuals and freedom for self preservation. The right to self preservation is a natural right.

However, the major difference between the two philosophers is their perception of the type of political regime. Hobbes goes for monarchy which is likely to better protect human rights. For Locke, non-authoritarian regime also can protect human rights. However, for him, if the government fails its job of protecting human rights, the government deserves to be replaced.

The idea of civil and political rights was enshrined in the Declaration of the French Revolution and that of American Revolution.

The right to individual freedom is called the first generation of human rights or negative human rights in the sense that the state should not infringe on individual freedom.

The concept of decent of economic, social and cultural rights is well defined by James Nickel. These rights are called the second generation of human rights.

“Human rights aim to secure for individual the necessary conditions for leading a minimally good life. Public authorities, national and international, are identified as typically best placed to service these conditions.” (Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy: Human Rights)

The idea of economic, social and cultural rights derives from the need for mutual cooperation. This idea is inspired primarily by religious traditions. The Christian love of neighbours, the Muslims teaching of interconnectivity of humans, the respect for all living beings in Buddhism are sources of inspiration for the doctrine of economic, social and cultural rights.

Karl Marx (1818-1883) argues that one’s freedom should not harm the freedom of others. Marx emphasized the recognition and importance of economic, social and cultural rights.

These two schools of thought on human rights have invited a sustained debate, especially the debate on the universality of civil and political rights. One side of the controversy argues that human rights, especially the right to individual freedom, is universal; China’s oppression of individual freedom is human rights violation. James Nickel argues for the universality of human rights.

“The moral justification of human rights is thought to precede consideration of strict national sovereignty.” (James Nickel, 1992)

“Moral universalism posits the existence of rationally identifiable trans-culture and trans-historical moral trust.” (James Nickel 1992)

On the other hand, the argument for relative universality is also convincing. At the World Congress on Human Rights in Vienne in 1993, the Foreign Minister of Singapore said this:

“The universal recognition of human rights can be harmful, if universalism is studied to deny or mask the reality of diversity.”

The localized human rights become more convincing when it comes down to economic, social and cultural rights. These rights are also known as positive rights in the sense that the state has the positive duty to assure decent living or at least produce conditions conducive to such life.

The point is this: all human rights are of universal value, but depending on the local conditions, they cannot be realized everywhere to the same degree. In short, the degree of the guarantee of such human rights cannot be universal.

There are also third generation of human rights which are not covered in operational terms in the first and the second generation human rights; these rights are collective rights designed to protect specific groups of people such as women, religious and cultural minorities, elderly people, children, the disabled and so on. Later in this paper, a partial list of these rights will be shown.

Evolution in the Fight for Human Rights

The first fight for freedom was the Magna Carta of 1215. It was the fight against unpopular king and the protection of the right of the Church and Barons.

The most important battles for the human rights promotion were the Declaration of American Independence of 1776 and the Declaration of Man and the Citizen of the France’s National Constituent Assembly of 1789. The key message of these documents was the idea that “Man is born free and equal in dignity and rights.”

The first important international covenant on human rights was the  Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 1948 (UDHR) which was followed by two other international human rights covenants, namely the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR) of 1966 and the International covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR) of 1966.

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 1948 (UDHR)

Image: The universal declaration of human rights 10 December 1948 (Licensed under Public Domain)

The universal declaration of human rights 10 December 1948.jpg

This was one of the decent things ever done by human beings.

No less than 193 countries adopt the UDHR.

It has 24 articles roughly divided into three parts.

Part 1. (Articles 1 to 11): the judicial system suitable for human rights protection. For instance, Article 5 prohibits torture, while Article 11 argues for innocence before proven guilty.

Part 2. (Article 12 to 17): civil rights. For example, Article 12 is about privacy, while Article 17 is concerned with private property.

Part 3. (Article 18 to 24): political rights. Article 18 is about the right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion.

The International Covenant of Civil and Political Rights of 1966 (ICCOR)

Adopted by 179 countries.

It has four parts and 53 articles.

Part 1. Article 1 deals with the right to self determination (Article 1-1) and the duty of the State (Article 1-3).

Part 2. State responsibility (Article 4 to 5): Article 4-1 is concerned with racial discrimination. Article 4-1 explains the role of international institutions.

Part 3. (Article 6 to 27): the UN’s human-right related functions. For instance, Article 6-2 asks the abolition of death penalty. Article 18-3 merits our particular attention. It explains the limit of religious freedom:

“Freedom to manifest one’s religious or belief may be subject only to such limitation as are prescribed by law and necessary to protect public safety, order, health or the fundamental rights and freedom of others.”

What this article is saying is that religious freedom is not absolute; it should be contextualized.

Part 4. (Article 28 to 45): the organization of the UN’s human-right related UN institutions including UN Human Rights Committee and Commission. Article 28-2 specifies that the UN Human Rights Committee (UNHRC) is composed of 18 members. Article 41-1 specifies how inter-government human-right related dispute should be dealt with through the UNHMC.

Part 5. (Article 46-53): The legitimacy of the ICCPR. Article 46 says that the ICCPR does not impair the provisions of the UN Charter and the constitutions of the specialized agencies which define the responsibility of UN agencies. 

The International Covenant of Economic, Social and Cultural Rights of 1966 (ICESCR)

Adopted by 171 countries.

It has 4 parts and 31 articles.

Part 1. (Article 1): deals with the right to self determination.

Part 2. (Article 2 to 5): international cooperation, rights of women: Article 2-3 is of particular interest: “Developing countries with due regard to human rights and their national economy may determine to what extent they would guarantee the economic rights recognized in the present Covenant to non-nationals.” This allows the developing countries some flexibility in the range of human rights protection.

Part 3. (Article 6 to 15): Labour, education, daily necessities. Articles 6 to 9 are concerned with labour rights. Article 10 is for education right. Article 11 is for the right to food clothing and housing. Article 12 is for public health.

Part 4. (Article 16-31): role of UN agencies for human rights, in particular the role of the UN Economic and Social Council.

List of Human Rights Conventions

In addition to UDHR, ICCPR and ICESCR, we have the following international agreements on human rights and national declaration of human rights:

  • The Covenant on the Punishment of the Crime of Genocide (1948)
  • The International Convention of the Statute of Refugees (1951)
  • The European Convention on Human Rights (1954)
  • The UN Declaration on the Rights of Persons Belonging to Ethnic, Religious and Language Minorities (1966)
  • International Convention of the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (1966)
  • The UN Declaration on the Human Environment: The right to freedom and equality in the condition for life of dignity (1972)
  • International Convention against Torture and Cruel Inhuman and Degrading Treatment of Punishment (1984)
  • The African Charter on Human Rights under the auspice of the African Union (1986)

It is interesting to notice that Article 19 guarantees the right to equality; Article 20 is about the right to self determination; article 21 the right to natural resources:

  • The UN Convention of the Right of Children (1989)
  • The UN Declaration on Indigenous People (2007)
  • The La Via Campesina Movement (2008)

This movement had a huge assembly in Jakarta to promote the international convention on the protection of peasants; 200 million peasants support it worldwide; the meeting was attended by representatives of 20 countries. The movement was approved by the UN General Assembly in 2018 supported by 121 countries.

  • The Beijing Declaration on Human Rights. In this Declaration, human rights are the unity of individual and collective rights. To be more precise, individual rights cannot be harmonized, if collective economic and social entitlement is not sufficient (2017).

Western critics think that this is an international blackmail against the West’s attachment to individual rights and freedom. The third world human rights are hostage with the notion that without more economic aid, economic and social rights cannot be enjoyed in the Third World.

This is true, indeed, because the Third World has provided cheap labour and natural resources which have made the West rich.

In recent years, there is a movement for the protection of sexual orientation, gender identity, gender expression and sex characteristics (SOGIESC), but there is no international convention.

There is one other group which is not covered by an international convention; it is the right of senior people who may need more protection than other groups.

One of the controversies on human rights is about the proliferation of international human rights agreements, which the former Secretary of State Michael Pompeo was quoted to have said:

“Indeed, human rights proliferation is watering down and diluting focus on protecting basic liberty.”

Here, Pompeo is alluding to the individual freedom of American version which values the merciless competition for the sake of efficiency and business profit.

What he is saying is that the government should not interfere with the free action of individuals and businesses; he does not consider the cases where the liberty of one person can harm that of another person.

Take, as an example, the right to free public assembly. Most national constitutions guarantee the right to free expression, even in so-called authoritarian countries like Iran, China, Russia and North Korea.

However, there is one condition for the guarantee of this freedom; such freedom should not threaten national security. But, even in liberal democratic country like the U.S., violent public protest such as the “June 6 Washington protest” is a criminal act; its leaders are expected to be charged for their activities. In fact, as long as we live in a society, absolute freedom cannot be tolerated.

The authoritarian countries especially China and North Korea are criticized for violating  civil and political rights.

In the West, for individual liberty such as individual property, free assembly, free choice of religion, freedom of speech and other civil and political rights, the government should not interfere.

The Western perception of freedom may seem logical, but in reality, it is just impossible for a responsible government not to set up the red line which cannot be ignored. In other words, even in the U.S., individual rights cannot be tolerated without considering the danger of undermining the collective right of the American society.

In China, it is the official position that civil and political rights are vertically structured. The individual right is subordinate to the collective entity; the right of the collective entity is subordinate to the right of the State; the right of the State is subordinate to right of the nation. The basic idea is that individual rights and the collective rights are to be assured simultaneously.

Violation of Civil and Political Human Rights in Asia

The Western opinion makers try to make the world to believe that in Asia, human rights violation is the monopoly of China and North Korea.

Civil rights mean the right to healthy physical and mental life requiring safety, non-discrimination, freedom of opinion, press, religion, association and movement. On the other hand, political rights mean the right to vote, political party membership and other politics-related activities. It is to be noted that political and civil rights can be the same; the distinction is blurred.

What we will see in this section is how difficult it is to find countries that are free from human rights violations. There are always the strong and the weak ones. The strong wants to despise and exploit the weak. Such is human nature. In other words, violation of human rights is a part of human life. No country, whether liberal or authoritarian, can say it is clean. Therefore, what is wise and constructive is to avoid labelling other countries as human violators and rather cooperate to fight against human rights abuse.

None of the Asian countries I discuss here is free from being violator of human rights. I will discuss the human rights violations by types.

I have decided not to mention the names of the violators and the violated to respect their confidentiality.

The Sexual violence: The case of rape of women is particularly high in India. In September 2020, a Dalit woman was raped and murdered by a group of upper-class men in Hathra District in Uttar Pradesh and she was cremated by the police without consulting her family. There are dozens of other reported cases where low-class women were raped by upper-class men.

The crime of rape is not confined to India. In many countries, lot of girls are raped every day by the rich and the powerful. Lots of women are raped by close life-partners in developed countries.

Mass killing of people: Mass killings by the government or large corporations in complicity with corrupt governments are widespread. In India, since the BJP took over the power in March 2017, 77 people were killed and 1,100 were injured by 2020. In the Philippines, a Major General killed thousands of political activists. In Malaysia, on 25th of August 2018, the military assisted by several ethnic groups attacked Rohingya villages, raped and massacred the poor people. More than 362 villages were destroyed, more than one million Rohingya people were excluded from the Census; 12,800 were displaced.

Immunity Killing: In India in February 2020, violence erupted that killed 50 Muslims. On April 18 in Uttar Pradesh, a Muslim man died in a hospital after being beaten by the police. In July 2020 in Kashima, three young workers were killed by the Indian army in an apple orchard. In Cambodia, a prominent political commentator was murdered after a Cambodian general ordered the army to kill anyone who foments turmoil. One of the worst mass immunity killings took place in Indonesia between 1965 and 1966. Millions of Indonesian communists, Chinese, trade union leaders and others were killed.

The violation of the right to freedom of speech, expression, opinion and the press: In India in recent years, 49 people including cinema-related people were convicted of sedition charges for having written a letter to the Prime Minster expressing concern over hate crimes. A journalist with Hindustar was killed for writing about the political leaders.

In Pakistan on the 29th of May 2011, a journalist of the Pakistan Bureau of the Asia times was abducted and killed. In Cambodia, the authorities revoked the license of Mohanokor Radio which broadcasts for Voice of America and Radio Free Asia. In Indonesia in March 2017, two French journalists were deported from Papua for a reporting that may have displeased the authorities. In Malaysia in April, 2017, the government threatened to withdraw the license of a Chinese language newspaper because of the publication of a satirical cartoon about the parliament’s debate on Islamic law.

In Myanmar in December, 2018, the police arrested two reporters for reporting on the violence of the security forces against the Rohingya people. They were charged for possessing leaked documents related to the security forces operations. In Thailand in March 2017, Voice TV, Spring News Radio, Peace TV, TV24 were forced to temporarily close operations because of their critical reporting against the government.

The violation of the freedom of press occurs when government prevents by force the reporting of unfavourable news. But, is the government’s sin of violating the right to free press always bad? Suppose that the press use the freedom of press to topple the good government. In such case, would it not be justified to restrict the freedom of press?

Take the case of South Korea. The government of Moon Jae-in did his best to free the Korean people from injustice committed by the corrupted conservative elite. Under Moon’s government, the press is completely free. But the press does everything to topple Moon’s government so that they can have a part of wealth stolen by the corrupt conservative elite group. To what extent should we allow the right to free press?

In many developed countries, the press abuse their freedom to promote the interests of corrupt privileged groups. Hence, we have to be careful before labelling certain countries for the violation of the freedom of press.

Persecution of human rights activists: The violation of the right to the promotion of human rights is another wrongdoing of many countries. In Cambodia in 2017, the government detained four senior staff member of the Cambodian Human Rights and Development Association (ADHOC). In August 2018, a Women’s Rights defender was arrested during “Black Monday”, day of protest for the release of five ADHOC members. She was sentenced to 30 years in prison. In August 2019, the Cambodian Ministry of Foreign Affairs closed the US-funded Democratic Institute and expulsed foreign staff members.

In Myanmar on January 1, 2017, a prominent Muslim lawyer, senior advisor to NLD (National League of Democracy under Aung Saan Suu Kyi) was shot to death. In Vietnam in 2017, 40 human rights activists were arrested under the National Security Law.

Racial/Religious Discrimination: In India in February 2020, the India Supreme Court ruled to evict two million people from tribal communities. In August 2020, the government of India published the National Registration of Citizens excluding three million people mostly Muslims. In Indonesia in March 2017, a Jakarta court handed down 5-year imprisonment to two leaders of non-Muslim religious community. On May 9, former Jakarta governor, a Christian, got 2-year prison life for blaspheming Islam.

In Malaysia in August 2018, the government has ordered to remove a statue of a woman with wings from a park for being atheist. In Myanmar, Christians, Muslims, Hindus and other non-Buddhist religions are threatened on a daily basis. In Vietnam, the Christian Church and Buddhist Temples are under constant surveillance.

The Violation of the Right to Assembly: In Malaysia, the Society Act requires that all organizations of 7 persons or more must register. In Thailand in August 2017, several academic people who attended the International Conference on the Thai Studies in the province of Chiang Mai were charged with the violation of NCPO (National Council for Peace and Order) policy.

On November 27, the Thai police dispersed peaceful protests in a province against the construction of a coal power plant. In Vietnam, no labour union is allowed; no assembly for human rights is allowed. In Singapore, public assembly is allowed only at predetermined place, namely Hong Lun Park, where the “speaker corner” is located; no foreigner is allowed.

Abduction: There are many cases of abduction without trace. In the Philippines in August 2016, a girl was abducted on her way to work with no trace.

In 2019 in Asia as a whole, there were 2,500 cases of enforced or involuntary disappearances. In Thailand in August 2004, it was found out that a Muslim lawyer disappeared since 1980.

Other Violations of Human Rights: There are cases of violations of the rights of children. For example, in Indonesia, thousands of children were working on tobacco fields risking exposure to pesticides.

Unlawful detention seems to be widespread. In Singapore, under the Internal Security Act and Criminal Laws, persons can be arrested and detained for unlimited period without any charge of judicial review. In Thailand, under the law of NCPO (National Council for Peace and Order) the military can detain for 7 days without charge and without a lawyer.

To sum up, the human race has been trying for centuries to promote and respect human rights. An impressive number of institutions and international agreements have been established in order to combat the violation of human rights. The UN has allocated an important amount of scarce resources to the protection of human rights. Furthermore, every country has some sort of mechanism created to uphold and improve human rights.

However, the reality is not encouraging. Every country is a victim of human rights violations.

It is perhaps inevitable as long as there is the strong and the weak; as long as there is the rich and the poor. It is human nature that the strong exploit the weak; the rich despise the poor.

Therefore, it is ridiculous to label a certain country as human rights violator. What we can do is to minimize the destructive effects of human rights violations. For this, we need more international cooperation and, especially, more binding laws.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books!

Dr. Joseph H. Chung is professor of economics at the University of Quebec in Montreal (UQAM) and member of the Study Center on Integration and Globalization (CEIM) of UQAM. 

He is Research Associate of the Center of Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is from Tortilla con Sal

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Globalization of Human Rights Violations: “The Right to Live a Dignified and Decent Living”
  • Tags: ,

 

Author’s Note and Update

The World has been in a state of crisis for more than three years despite the fact that the WHO and the CDC (with the usual innuendos) have unequivocally confirmed that the RT-PCR test used to justify every single policy mandate including lockdowns, social distancing, the mask, confinement of the labor force, closure of economic activity, etc. is flawed and invalid.

The same applies to the roll-out of the mRNA Vaccine in December 2020. 

This article was first published on March 21, 2021 focussing on the WHO’s Mea Culpa dated January 20, 2021.

The WHO advisory was then followed a few months later by the bombshell decision of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)  (July 21, 2021) to withdraw the PCR test as a valid method for detecting and identifying SARS-CoV-2.  

As of December, 31 2021, the PCR test is longer considered valid by the CDC in the U.S. 

For more details see

Bombshell: CDC No Longer Recognizes the PCR Test As a Valid Method for Detecting “Confirmed Covid-19 Cases”?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 29, 2021

What this implies is that both the CDC and the WHO have formally acknowledged the failures of the RT-PCR test, without however implementing a shift in the methodology of  detecting and identifying SARS-CoV-2.

The Mainstream Media Now Reluctantly Acknowledges that the PCR  Test is Flawed

After having sustained the propaganda campaign, the mainstream media has now tacitly acknowledged that the PCR TEST IS INVALID.

Below is an excerpt from London’s Daily Mail on something which has been known and documented by scientists and the independent media from the outset of the corona crisis in January 2020.

The report below is convoluted. It is an obvious understatement:

“Did flawed PCR tests convince us Covid was worse than it really was?  …

It has been one of the most enduring Covid conspiracy theories: that the ‘gold standard’ PCR tests used to diagnose the virus were picking up people who weren’t actually infected.

Some even suggested the swabs, which have been carried out more than 200 million times in the UK alone, may mistake common colds and flu for corona.

If either, or both, were true, it would mean many of these cases should never have been counted in the daily tally – that the ominous and all-too-familiar figure, which was used to inform decisions on lockdowns and other pandemic measures, was an over-count. (Daily Mail, March 12, 2022, emphasis added)

It is carefully worded with a view to protecting the decision-makers.

The PCR Test is the Smoking Gun. There is No Pandemic

We are not dealing with mistakes as suggested by the above media report.

If the PCR test is invalid and meaningless, this means that there is no such thing as a “Covid-19 Confirmed Case”

The results of the PCR test routinely tabulated by the WHO have been used to justify the lockdown policies imposed on more than 190 member states of the United Nations.

Economic and social chaos has been triggered Worldwide, and these actions adopted by corrupt governments in the course of the last three years are of  criminal nature. They are not mistakes.

And if there is no Pandemic, there is no need for a vaccine.

The Covid-19 mRNA “Vaccine” is the BIGGEST FRAUD IN MEDICAL HISTORY

For further details see my E-Book (15 Chapters) entitled:

The  Worldwide Corona Crisis: Global Coup d’État against Humanity”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, August 2022

 

See also my recent article on the failed identification of 2019-nCoV, which is related to the flawed RT-PCR test. 

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 08, 2023

Video: The Non-existent “New Corona Virus”?

Michel Chossudovsky, Interview with Caroline Mailloux, Lux Media

 


Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, December 9, 2023

 

***

 

 

 

The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed:

Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless.

Both the Lockdown and the “Vaccine” Have No Scientific Basis

by

Michel Chossudovsky 

March 21, 2021

 

Nobel Prize Laureate Kary B. Mullis was the inventor of  the polymerase chain reaction technique, which is analyzed in this article.

Dr. Kary B. Mullis, who passed away on August 7, 2019 at age 74, stated emphatically that no infection or illness can be accurately diagnosed with the RT-PCR. His legacy will live. 

“PCR is a Process. It does not tell you that you are sick.  … The measurement is not accurate”. 

Mullis described the RT-PCR as a “technique” rather than “a test”.  

It is a useful technique which allows for “rapid amplification of a small stretch of DNA”.  

 

Introduction

There is a sequence of outright lies and fabrications used to justify far-reaching policy decisions in the course of the last 20 months.

The biggest lie, which is firmly acknowledged both by scientific opinion and the WHO is that the RT-PCR test used to “detect” the spread of the virus (as well as the variants) is not only flawed but TOTALLY INVALID. 

From the outset in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on  flawed and invalid RT-PCR case positives. 

These invalid Covid-19 “estimates” have been used to justify confinement, social distancing, the face mask, the prohibition of social gatherings, cultural and sports events, the closure of economic activity, as well as the mRNA “vaccine” launched in November 2020. 

The RT-PCR Test

The Real Time Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (rRT-PCR) test was adopted by the WHO on January 23, 2020 as a means to detecting the  SARS-COV-2 virus, following the recommendations of  a Virology research group (based at Charité University Hospital, Berlin), supported by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. (For Further details see the Drosten Study)

Exactly one year later on January 20th, 2021, the WHO retracts. They don’t say “We Made a Mistake”. The retraction is carefully formulated. (See original WHO document here as well as in Annex)

While the WHO does not deny the validity of their misleading January 2020 guidelines, they nonetheless recommend “Re-testing” (which everybody knows is an impossibility).

The contentious issue pertains to the number of amplification threshold cycles (Ct). According to Pieter Borger, et al

The number of amplification cycles [should be] less than 35; preferably 25-30 cycles. In case of virus detection, >35 cycles only detects signals which do not correlate with infectious virus as determined by isolation in cell culture…(Critique of Drosten Study)

The World Health Organization (WHO) tacitly admits one year later that ALL PCR tests conducted at a 35 cycle amplification threshold (Ct) or higher are INVALID. But that is what they recommended in January 2020, in consultation with the virology team at Charité Hospital in Berlin.

If the test is conducted at a 35 Ct threshold or above (which was recommended by the WHO), genetic segments of the SARS-CoV-2 virus cannot be detected, which means that ALL the so-called confirmed “positive cases” tabulated in the course of the last 18 months are invalid.

According to Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, et al, the Ct > 35 has been the norm “in most laboratories in Europe & the US”.

The WHO’s Mea Culpa

Below is the WHO’s carefully formulated “Retraction”. The full text with link to the original document is in annex:

WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology. (emphasis added)

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.

“Invalid Positives” is the Underlying Concept 

This is not an issue of  “Weak Positives” and “Risk of False Positive Increases”. What is at stake is a “Flawed Methodology” which leads to invalid estimates.

What this admission of the WHO confirms is that the estimate of covid positive from a PCR test (with an amplification threshold of 35 cycles or higher) is invalid. In which case, the WHO recommends retesting:  “a new specimen should be taken and retested…”.

The WHO calls for “Retesting”, which is tantamount to “We Screwed Up”.

That recommendation is pro-forma. It won’t happen. Millions of people Worldwide have already been tested, starting in early February 2020. Nonetheless, we must conclude that unless retested, those estimates (according to the WHO) are invalid.  

 


I should mention that there are several other related flaws regarding the PCR test which are not addressed in this article. (See Michel Chossudovsky’s E-book: click to download The Worldwide Corona Crisis: Global Coup d’État against Humanity  (Chapter III)


From the outset, the PCR test has routinely been applied at a Ct amplification threshold of 35 or higher, following the January 2020 recommendations of the WHO. What this means is that the PCR methodology as applied Worldwide has in the course of  the last 12-14 months led to the compilation of faulty and misleading Covid statistics.

And these are the statistics which are used to measure the progression of the so-called “pandemic”. Above an amplification cycle of 35 or higher, the test will not detect fragments of the virus. Therefore,  the official “covid numbers” are meaningless.

It follows that there is no scientific basis for confirming the existence of a pandemic.

Which in turn means that the lockdown / economic measures which have resulted in social panic, mass poverty and unemployment (allegedly to curtail the spread of the virus) have no justification whatsoever.

According to scientific opinion:

“if someone is tested by PCR as positive when a threshold of 35 cycles or higher is used (as is the case in most laboratories in Europe & the US), the probability that said person is actually infected is less than 3%, the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%  (Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, Clare Craig, Kevin McKernan, et al, Critique of Drosten Study)

As outlined above, “the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%”: It follows that using  the >35 cycles detection will indelibly  contribute to “hiking up” the number of “fake positives”.

At the time of writing (mid-March 2021), despite the WHO retraction, the PCR test is being used extensively to hike up the numbers with a view to sustaining the fear campaign, justifying the ongoing lockdown policies as well as the implementation of the Covid vaccine.

Ironically, the flawed numbers based on “invalid positives” are in turn being manipulated to ensure an upward trend in so-called “Confirmed Covid -19 Cases”.

Moreover, those PCR tests are not routinely accompanied by a medical diagnosis of the patients who are being tested.

And now, national health authorities have issued (fake) warnings of a “Third Wave” as part of their propaganda campaign in support of the Covid-19 Vaccine.

The WHO confirms that the Covid PCR test procedure as applied is invalid. There is absolutely no scientific basis for implementing the Covid Vaccine.

Both the WHO and the scientific assessment of Pieter Borger, et al (quoted above) confirm unequivocally that the tests adopted by governments to justify the lockdown and the destabilization of national economies are INVALID.

Invalid Data and the Numbers’ Game

It should be understood that these “invalid estimates” are the “numbers” quoted relentlessly 24/7 by the media in the course of the “First Wave” and “Second Wave”, which have been used to feed the fear campaign and “justify” ALL the policies put forth by the governments:

  • lockdown,
  • closure of economic activity,
  • poverty and mass unemployment,
  • bankruptcies
  • social distancing,
  • face mask,
  • curfew,
  • the vaccine.
  • the health passport

Invalid Data. Think Twice Before Getting Vaccinated

And Now we have entered a so-called “Third Wave”. (But where’s the data??)

It’s a complex “Pack of Lies”.

It’s a crime against humanity. 

***

VIDEO

click lower right hand corner to access vimeo / full screen

CENSORSHIP: The original video was taken down by Vimeo on March 5, 2022

Below is version on Rumble

***

Our thanks to Vaccine Choice Canada 

 

 

The Video is produced by Ariel Rodriguez, Global Research

Followup Reading 

For an in-depth analysis of the Corona Crisis crisis see Michel Chossudovsky’s E-Book (15 Chapters) entitled:

The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’État against Humanity

***

About the Author

Michel Chossudovsky is an award-winning author, Professor of Economics (emeritus) at the University of Ottawa, Founder and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), Montreal, Editor of Global Research.

He has undertaken field research in Latin America, Asia, the Middle East, sub-Saharan Africa and the Pacific and has written extensively on the economies of developing countries with a focus on poverty and social inequality. He has also undertaken research in Health Economics (UN Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC),  UNFPA, CIDA, WHO, Government of Venezuela, John Hopkins International Journal of Health Services (1979, 1983)

He is the author of eleven books including The Globalization of Poverty and The New World Order (2003), America’s “War on Terrorism” (2005),  The Globalization of War, America’s Long War against Humanity (2015).

He is a contributor to the Encyclopaedia Britannica.  His writings have been published in more than twenty languages. In 2014, he was awarded the Gold Medal for Merit of the Republic of Serbia for his writings on NATO’s war of aggression against Yugoslavia. He can be reached at [email protected]

See Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research

***

Postscript

Since its release on March 21, 2021, quite unexpectedly tens of thousands of people have read this article.

My intent was essentially to Refute and Reveal the Big Lie (focussing on scientific and statistical concepts) without directly addressing the broader implications of the lockdown and closure of economic activity.

This diabolical project which emanates from the upper echelons of the financial establishment (including the World Economic Forum) is destroying people’s lives Worldwide. It is creating mass unemployment, triggering famines in developing countries.

With some exceptions including Tanzania, most of the 193 member states of the United Nations have endorsed the WEF’s “corona consensus”.

The Truth is a peaceful yet powerful weapon.

Now is the time to confront those governments and demand a repeal of the lockdown policies which are triggering poverty and despair Worldwide.

The WHO’s BIG LIE is refuted by the WHO.

The alleged pandemic is a scam. That is something which cannot be denied or refuted.

And that was the object of this article.

It’s a complex scam based on “a pack of lies” with devastating consequences.

In the course of the last 14 months starting in early January 2020, I have analyzed almost on a daily basis the timeline and evolution of the Covid crisis. From the very outset in January 2020, people were led to believe and accept the existence of a rapidly progressing and dangerous epidemic.

We are at the crossroads of one of the most serious crises in World history. We are living history, yet our understanding of the sequence of events since January 2020 has been blurred.

Worldwide, people have been misled both by their governments and the media as to the causes and devastating consequences of the Covid-19 “pandemic”.

The unspoken truth is that the novel coronavirus provides a pretext and a justification to powerful financial interests and corrupt politicians to precipitate the entire World into a spiral of mass unemployment, bankruptcy, extreme poverty and despair.

More than 7 billion people Worldwide are directly or indirectly affected by the corona crisis.

Click to consult:

The 2020 Worldwide Corona Crisis: Global Coup d’État against Humanity 

(E-Book, 15 Chapters)

Also please forward this article. Your support is invaluable.

Michel Chossudovsky, Biographical Note

Michel Chossudovsky’s Articles on Global Research


Full text of the WHO directive dated January 20, 2021

 

Annex

 

Nucleic Acid Testing (NAT) Technologies that Use Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR) for Detection of SARS-CoV-2

Product type: Nucleic acid testing (NAT) technologies that use polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for detection of SARS-CoV-2

Date: 13 January 2021                                                                      

WHO-identifier: 2020/5, version 2

Target audience: laboratory professionals and users of IVDs.

Purpose of this notice: clarify information previously provided by WHO. This notice supersedes WHO Information Notice for In Vitro Diagnostic Medical Device (IVD) Users 2020/05 version 1, issued 14 December 2020.

Description of the problem: WHO requests users to follow the instructions for use (IFU) when interpreting results for specimens tested using PCR methodology.

Users of IVDs must read and follow the IFU carefully to determine if manual adjustment of the PCR positivity threshold is recommended by the manufacturer.

WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT technology.

WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.

Most PCR assays are indicated as an aid for diagnosis, therefore, health care providers must consider any result in combination with timing of sampling, specimen type, assay specifics, clinical observations, patient history, confirmed status of any contacts, and epidemiological information.

Actions to be taken by IVD users:

  1. Please read carefully the IFU in its entirety.
  2. Contact your local representative if there is any aspect of the IFU that is unclear to you.
  3. Check the IFU for each incoming consignment to detect any changes to the IFU.
  4. Provide the Ct value in the report to the requesting health care provider.

Notes

1. Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2020, WHO reference number WHO/2019-nCoV/laboratory/2020.6.

2. Altman DG, Bland JM. Diagnostic tests 2: Predictive values. BMJ. 1994 Jul 9;309(6947):102. doi: 10.1136/bmj.309.6947.102.

*

Note to readers: please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families

November 10th, 2024 by Dean Henderson

 

Of relevance to the current crisis, this carefully researched article was first published by Global Research more than ten years ago on June 1, 2011.

***

The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch.

According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.[1]

So who then are the stockholders in these money center banks?

This information is guarded much more closely. My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on “national security” grounds. This is rather ironic, since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.

One important repository for the wealth of the global oligarchy that owns these bank holding companies is US Trust Corporation – founded in 1853 and now owned by Bank of America. A recent US Trust Corporate Director and Honorary Trustee was Walter Rothschild. Other directors included Daniel Davison of JP Morgan Chase, Richard Tucker of Exxon Mobil, Daniel Roberts of Citigroup and Marshall Schwartz of Morgan Stanley. [2]

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed branch- by just eight families, four of which reside in the US. They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallister’s claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches.

He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York.

Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. [3]

The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century.

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others. [4]

The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing this private central banking cartel as “conspiracy theory”. Yet the facts remain.

The House of Morgan

The Federal Reserve Bank was born in 1913, the same year US banking scion J. Pierpont Morgan died and the Rockefeller Foundation was formed. The House of Morgan presided over American finance from the corner of Wall Street and Broad, acting as quasi-US central bank since 1838, when George Peabody founded it in London.

Peabody was a business associate of the Rothschilds. In 1952 Fed researcher Eustace Mullins put forth the supposition that the Morgans were nothing more than Rothschild agents. Mullins wrote that the Rothschilds, “…preferred to operate anonymously in the US behind the facade of J.P. Morgan & Company”. [5]

Author Gabriel Kolko stated, “Morgan’s activities in 1895-1896 in selling US gold bonds in Europe were based on an alliance with the House of Rothschild.” [6]

The Morgan financial octopus wrapped its tentacles quickly around the globe. Morgan Grenfell operated in London. Morgan et Ce ruled Paris. The Rothschild’s Lambert cousins set up Drexel & Company in Philadelphia.

The House of Morgan catered to the Astors, DuPonts, Guggenheims, Vanderbilts and Rockefellers. It financed the launch of AT&T, General Motors, General Electric and DuPont. Like the London-based Rothschild and Barings banks, Morgan became part of the power structure in many countries.

By 1890 the House of Morgan was lending to Egypt’s central bank, financing Russian railroads, floating Brazilian provincial government bonds and funding Argentine public works projects. A recession in 1893 enhanced Morgan’s power. That year Morgan saved the US government from a bank panic, forming a syndicate to prop up government reserves with a shipment of $62 million worth of Rothschild gold. [7]

Morgan was the driving force behind Western expansion in the US, financing and controlling West-bound railroads through voting trusts. In 1879 Cornelius Vanderbilt’s Morgan-financed New York Central Railroad gave preferential shipping rates to John D. Rockefeller’s budding Standard Oil monopoly, cementing the Rockefeller/Morgan relationship.

The House of Morgan now fell under Rothschild and Rockefeller family control. A New York Herald headline read, “Railroad Kings Form Gigantic Trust”. J. Pierpont Morgan, who once stated, “Competition is a sin”, now opined gleefully, “Think of it. All competing railroad traffic west of St. Louis placed in the control of about thirty men.”[8]

Morgan and Edward Harriman’s banker Kuhn Loeb held a monopoly over the railroads, while banking dynasties Lehman, Goldman Sachs and Lazard joined the Rockefellers in controlling the US industrial base. [9]

In 1903 Banker’s Trust was set up by the Eight Families. Benjamin Strong of Banker’s Trust was the first Governor of the New York Federal Reserve Bank. The 1913 creation of the Fed fused the power of the Eight Families to the military and diplomatic might of the US government. If their overseas loans went unpaid, the oligarchs could now deploy US Marines to collect the debts. Morgan, Chase and Citibank formed an international lending syndicate.

The House of Morgan was cozy with the British House of Windsor and the Italian House of Savoy. The Kuhn Loebs, Warburgs, Lehmans, Lazards, Israel Moses Seifs and Goldman Sachs also had close ties to European royalty. By 1895 Morgan controlled the flow of gold in and out of the US. The first American wave of mergers was in its infancy and was being promoted by the bankers. In 1897 there were sixty-nine industrial mergers. By 1899 there were twelve-hundred. In 1904 John Moody – founder of Moody’s Investor Services – said it was impossible to talk of Rockefeller and Morgan interests as separate. [10]

Public distrust of the combine spread. Many considered them traitors working for European old money. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Andrew Carnegie’s US Steel and Edward Harriman’s railroads were all financed by banker Jacob Schiff at Kuhn Loeb, who worked closely with the European Rothschilds.

Several Western states banned the bankers. Populist preacher William Jennings Bryan was thrice the Democratic nominee for President from 1896 -1908. The central theme of his anti-imperialist campaign was that America was falling into a trap of “financial servitude to British capital”. Teddy Roosevelt defeated Bryan in 1908, but was forced by this spreading populist wildfire to enact the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. He then went after the Standard Oil Trust.

In 1912 the Pujo hearings were held, addressing concentration of power on Wall Street. That same year Mrs. Edward Harriman sold her substantial shares in New York’s Guaranty Trust Bank to J.P. Morgan, creating Morgan Guaranty Trust. Judge Louis Brandeis convinced President Woodrow Wilson to call for an end to interlocking board directorates. In 1914 the Clayton Anti-Trust Act was passed.

Jack Morgan – J. Pierpont’s son and successor – responded by calling on Morgan clients Remington and Winchester to increase arms production. He argued that the US needed to enter WWI. Goaded by the Carnegie Foundation and other oligarchy fronts, Wilson accommodated. As Charles Tansill wrote in America Goes to War, “Even before the clash of arms, the French firm of Rothschild Freres cabled to Morgan & Company in New York suggesting the flotation of a loan of $100 million, a substantial part of which was to be left in the US to pay for French purchases of American goods.”

The House of Morgan financed half the US war effort, while receiving commissions for lining up contractors like GE, Du Pont, US Steel, Kennecott and ASARCO. All were Morgan clients. Morgan also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War. The 1919 Paris Peace Conference was presided over by Morgan, which led both German and Allied reconstruction efforts. [11]

In the 1930’s populism resurfaced in America after Goldman Sachs, Lehman Bank and others profited from the Crash of 1929. [12] House Banking Committee Chairman Louis McFadden (D-NY) said of the Great Depression, “It was no accident. It was a carefully contrived occurrence…The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so they might emerge as rulers of us all”.

Sen. Gerald Nye (D-ND) chaired a munitions investigation in 1936. Nye concluded that the House of Morgan had plunged the US into WWI to protect loans and create a booming arms industry. Nye later produced a document titled The Next War, which cynically referred to “the old goddess of democracy trick”, through which Japan could be used to lure the US into WWII.

In 1937 Interior Secretary Harold Ickes warned of the influence of “America’s 60 Families”. Historian Ferdinand Lundberg later penned a book of the exact same title. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas decried, “Morgan influence…the most pernicious one in industry and finance today.”

Jack Morgan responded by nudging the US towards WWII. Morgan had close relations with the Iwasaki and Dan families – Japan’s two wealthiest clans – who have owned Mitsubishi and Mitsui, respectively, since the companies emerged from 17th Century shogunates. When Japan invaded Manchuria, slaughtering Chinese peasants at Nanking, Morgan downplayed the incident. Morgan also had close relations with Italian fascist Benito Mussolini, while German Nazi Dr. Hjalmer Schacht was a Morgan Bank liaison during WWII. After the war Morgan representatives met with Schacht at the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) in Basel, Switzerland. [13]

The House of Rockefeller

BIS is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations. The first President of BIS was Rockefeller banker Gates McGarrah- an official at Chase Manhattan and the Federal Reserve. McGarrah was the grandfather of former CIA director Richard Helms. The Rockefellers- like the Morgans- had close ties to London. David Icke writes in Children of the Matrix, that the Rockefellers and Morgans were just “gofers” for the European Rothschilds. [14]

BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbank and Bank of France.

Historian Carroll Quigley wrote in his epic book Tragedy and Hope that BIS was part of a plan,

“to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.”

The US government had a historical distrust of BIS, lobbying unsuccessfully for its demise at the 1944 post-WWII Bretton Woods Conference. Instead the Eight Families’ power was exacerbated, with the Bretton Woods creation of the IMF and the World Bank. The US Federal Reserve only took shares in BIS in September 1994. [15]

BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.

BIS promotes an agenda of monopoly capitalist fascism. It gave a bridge loan to Hungary in the 1990’s to ensure privatization of that country’s economy. It served as conduit for Eight Families funding of Adolf Hitler- led by the Warburg’s J. Henry Schroeder and Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam. Many researchers assert that BIS is at the nadir of global drug money laundering. [16]

It is no coincidence that BIS is headquartered in Switzerland, favorite hiding place for the wealth of the global aristocracy and headquarters for the P-2 Italian Freemason’s Alpina Lodge and Nazi International. Other institutions which the Eight Families control include the World Economic Forum, the International Monetary Conference and the World Trade Organization.

Bretton Woods was a boon to the Eight Families. The IMF and World Bank were central to this “new world order”. In 1944 the first World Bank bonds were floated by Morgan Stanley and First Boston. The French Lazard family became more involved in House of Morgan interests. Lazard Freres- France’s biggest investment bank- is owned by the Lazard and David-Weill families- old Genoese banking scions represented by Michelle Davive. A recent Chairman and CEO of Citigroup was Sanford Weill.

In 1968 Morgan Guaranty launched Euro-Clear, a Brussels-based bank clearing system for Eurodollar securities. It was the first such automated endeavor. Some took to calling Euro-Clear “The Beast”. Brussels serves as headquarters for the new European Central Bank and for NATO. In 1973 Morgan officials met secretly in Bermuda to illegally resurrect the old House of Morgan, twenty years before Glass Steagal Act was repealed. Morgan and the Rockefellers provided the financial backing for Merrill Lynch, boosting it into the Big 5 of US investment banking. Merrill is now part of Bank of America.

John D. Rockefeller used his oil wealth to acquire Equitable Trust, which had gobbled up several large banks and corporations by the 1920’s. The Great Depression helped consolidate Rockefeller’s power. His Chase Bank merged with Kuhn Loeb’s Manhattan Bank to form Chase Manhattan, cementing a long-time family relationship. The Kuhn-Loeb’s had financed – along with Rothschilds – Rockefeller’s quest to become king of the oil patch. National City Bank of Cleveland provided John D. with the money needed to embark upon his monopolization of the US oil industry. The bank was identified in Congressional hearings as being one of three Rothschild-owned banks in the US during the 1870’s, when Rockefeller first incorporated as Standard Oil of Ohio. [17]

One Rockefeller Standard Oil partner was Edward Harkness, whose family came to control Chemical Bank. Another was James Stillman, whose family controlled Manufacturers Hanover Trust. Both banks have merged under the JP Morgan Chase umbrella. Two of James Stillman’s daughters married two of William Rockefeller’s sons. The two families control a big chunk of Citigroup as well. [18]

In the insurance business, the Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life. Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets of the 50 largest insurance companies. [19] Insurance companies- the first in the US was launched by Freemasons through their Woodman’s of America- play a key role in the Bermuda drug money shuffle.

Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran, Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods.

The Rockefeller Foundation has close financial ties to both Ford and Carnegie Foundations. Other family philanthropic endeavors include Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, General Education Board, Rockefeller University and the University of Chicago- which churns out a steady stream of far right economists as apologists for international capital, including Milton Friedman.

The family owns 30 Rockefeller Plaza, where the national Christmas tree is lighted every year, and Rockefeller Center. David Rockefeller was instrumental in the construction of the World Trade Center towers. The main Rockefeller family home is a hulking complex in upstate New York known as Pocantico Hills. They also own a 32-room 5th Avenue duplex in Manhattan, a mansion in Washington, DC, Monte Sacro Ranch in Venezuela, coffee plantations in Ecuador, several farms in Brazil, an estate at Seal Harbor, Maine and resorts in the Caribbean, Hawaii and Puerto Rico. [20]

The Dulles and Rockefeller families are cousins. Allen Dulles created the CIA, assisted the Nazis, covered up the Kennedy hit from his Warren Commission perch and struck a deal with the Muslim Brotherhood to create mind-controlled assassins. [21]

Brother John Foster Dulles presided over the phony Goldman Sachs trusts before the 1929 stock market crash and helped his brother overthrow governments in Iran and Guatemala. Both were Skull & Bones, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) insiders and 33rd Degree Masons. [22]

The Rockefellers were instrumental in forming the depopulation-oriented Club of Rome at their family estate in Bellagio, Italy. Their Pocantico Hills estate gave birth to the Trilateral Commission. The family is a major funder of the eugenics movement which spawned Hitler, human cloning and the current DNA obsession in US scientific circles.

John Rockefeller Jr. headed the Population Council until his death. [23] His namesake son is a Senator from West Virginia. Brother Winthrop Rockefeller was Lieutenant Governor of Arkansas and remains the most powerful man in that state. In an October 1975 interview with Playboy magazine, Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller- who was also Governor of New York- articulated his family’s patronizing worldview, “I am a great believer in planning- economic, social, political, military, total world planning.”

But of all the Rockefeller brothers, it is Trilateral Commission (TC) founder and Chase Manhattan Chairman David who has spearheaded the family’s fascist agenda on a global scale. He defended the Shah of Iran, the South African apartheid regime and the Chilean Pinochet junta. He was the biggest financier of the CFR, the TC and (during the Vietnam War) the Committee for an Effective and Durable Peace in Asia- a contract bonanza for those who made their living off the conflict.

Nixon asked him to be Secretary of Treasury, but Rockefeller declined the job, knowing his power was much greater at the helm of the Chase. Author Gary Allen writes in The Rockefeller File that in 1973, “David Rockefeller met with twenty-seven heads of state, including the rulers of Russia and Red China.”

Following the 1975 Nugan Hand Bank/CIA coup against Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam, his British Crown-appointed successor Malcolm Fraser sped to the US, where he met with President Gerald Ford after conferring with David Rockefeller. [24]


Read Part II:

History: The Federal Reserve Cartel: Freemasons and The House of Rothschild

By Dean Henderson, May 08, 2023


Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Dean Henderson is the author of Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network and The Grateful Unrich: Revolution in 50 Countries. His Left Hook blog is at www.deanhenderson.wordpress.com

Notes

[1] 10K Filings of Fortune 500 Corporations to SEC. 3-91

[2] 10K Filing of US Trust Corporation to SEC. 6-28-95

[3] “The Federal Reserve ‘Fed Up’. Thomas Schauf. www.davidicke.com 1-02

[4] The Secrets of the Federal Reserve. Eustace Mullins. Bankers Research Institute. Staunton, VA. 1983. p.179

[5] Ibid. p.53

[6] The Triumph of Conservatism. Gabriel Kolko. MacMillan and Company New York. 1963. p.142

[7] Rule by Secrecy: The Hidden History that Connects the Trilateral Commission, the Freemasons and the Great Pyramids. Jim Marrs. HarperCollins Publishers. New York. 2000. p.57

[8] The House of Morgan. Ron Chernow. Atlantic Monthly Press NewYork 1990

[9] Marrs. p.57

[10] Democracy for the Few. Michael Parenti. St. Martin’s Press. New York. 1977. p.178

[11] Chernow

[12] The Great Crash of 1929. John Kenneth Galbraith. Houghton, Mifflin Company. Boston. 1979. p.148

[13] Chernow

[14] Children of the Matrix. David Icke. Bridge of Love. Scottsdale, AZ. 2000

[15] The Confidence Game: How Un-Elected Central Bankers are Governing the Changed World Economy. Steven Solomon. Simon & Schuster. New York. 1995. p.112

[16] Marrs. p.180

[17] Ibid. p.45

[18] The Money Lenders: The People and Politics of the World Banking Crisis. Anthony Sampson. Penguin Books. New York. 1981

[19] The Rockefeller File. Gary Allen. ’76 Press. Seal Beach, CA. 1977

[20] Ibid

[21] Dope Inc.: The Book That Drove Kissinger Crazy. Editors of Executive Intelligence Review. Washington, DC. 1992

[22] Marrs.

[23] The Rockefeller Syndrome. Ferdinand Lundberg. Lyle Stuart Inc. Secaucus, NJ. 1975. p.296

[24] Marrs. p.53


Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network: Henderson, Dean: 9781453757734: Amazon.com: BooksBig Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf: Four Horsemen, Eight Families & Their Global Intelligence, Narcotics & Terror Network

by Dean Henderson

Publisher: ‎ CreateSpace Independent Publishing Platform; 3rd edition (September 10, 2010)

Paperback: ‎ 480 pages

ISBN-10: ‎ 1453757732

ISBN-13: ‎ 978-1453757734

Big Oil… pulls back the covers to expose a centuries-old cabal of global oligarchs, whose control over the global economy is based on hegemony over the planet’s three most valuable commodities: oil, guns and drugs- combined with ownership of the world’s central banks.Henderson implicates these oligarchs in the orchestration of a string of conspiracies from Pearl Harbor to the Kennedy Assassination to 911. He follows the trail of dirty money up the food chain to the interbred Eight Families who- from their City of London base- control the Four Horsemen of Oil, the global drug trade and the permanent war economy.”Big Oil… is an extraordinary expose of the powers and events that are exacting a heavy toll on us, the people”.- Nexus New Times Magazine. Australia.”Big Oil… is hair-raising and a masterpiece which deserves not less than the Pulitzer Prize in Journalism. This book should be a requisite for every American to study.”- Dr. Carlos J. Canggiano, M.D., Juana Diaz, Puerto Rico.

Click here to purchase.

Ukraine’s people have experienced the most extreme distress in recent times, the kind of extreme distress that had not been since the Second World War. What is more, the future of the country has become extremely grim and uncertain. It is not at all clear just now when the ongoing war will stop, but in addition what is no less uncertain is how the enormous reconstruction and rehabilitation after the war that is obviously needed will be financed.

When the war ends, to what extent will Ukraine be indebted? This also brings in the question of to what extent all the ‘help’ that Ukraine has been receiving from its western supporters is a grant and to what extent this has to be paid back, and if a significant part of this has to be paid back, will interest be charged on this.

The IMF recently stated in an estimate that if the war ends in late 2025, Ukraine’s debt will be 108% of GDP around that time, and this can only start to fall in 2028. If the war continues into 2026, debt can rise to 136% of GDP.

If peace is to be reached soon at the initiative of Trump-led USA, Russia from its strong position can be expected to drive a hard bargain. It is highly unlikely then that Russia’s ‘stolen money’ in the form of profits derived from its frozen assets in the west will be available for Ukraine and any reparations are even less likely. It is in the context of this growing indebtedness and economic crisis that the post-war reconstruction and rehabilitation challenges must be considered by all well-wishers of the Ukrainian people.

In these difficult times can the Ukrainian establishment led by the President Mr. Zelensky provide appropriate leadership for peace? He is widely identified with positions on the basis of which it will be extremely difficult to clinch peace when the window of opportunity opens for this. 

Senator J.D. Vance, whose words now carry much greater weight in his capacity as Vice President elect, had written in The New York Times on April 12, 2034 (‘The Math on Ukraine does not add up’) that the American and Ukraine leadership should accept that Mr. Zelensky’s stated goals for the return to 1991 borders are not at all realistic. In the same article Senator Vance had also criticized those in the USA who were arguing that arms supplies to Ukraine help US industry. He stated—the notion that we should prolong a ‘bloody and gruesome war’ because it has been good for American business is ‘grotesque’.

So, on the one hand, the position of the Ukrainian president is unrealistic and, on the other hand, this is unlikely to get the support of the new or incoming US administration. So can there be any justification for prolonging the war further with all the immense distress including loss of human lives that it involves on daily basis? This is a question that both Mr. Zelensky and several of his supporters among European leaders will have to ask themselves and seek an honest answer keeping in mind foremost the interests and safety of the Ukrainian people.

However as the indications so far are that the Ukrainian establishment led by Zelensky is unable to articulate the best interests of the Ukrainian people, there is clearly need for independent platforms, created by the Ukrainian people (perhaps among the diaspora if there are too many internal constraints) which can make possible continuing dialogue and discourse on how the interests of the common Ukrainian people are best achieved, moving forward, and how their safety and security can be best ensured. Such a continuing discourse, conducted sincerely and honestly, can play a very important role at this critical juncture, in making available and spreading various information, ideas and suggestions which can help a lot in finding the best path forward for Ukraine. Apart from obtaining and circulating the views of Ukrainian people, these platforms can benefit from the views of various senior and experienced scholars and statesmen of the world who have been known for their deep commitment to peace with justice.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Bharat Dogra is Honorary Convener, Campaign to Save Earth Now. His recent books include Planet in Peril, Protecting Earth for Children, Man over Machine and A Day in 2071. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: Sputnik / Evgeny Kotenko


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

This document was translated from Arabic by Amir Nour.

I am Yahya, the son of a refugee who turned exile into a temporary homeland, and turned a dream into an eternal battle. As I write these words, I recall every moment that has passed in my life: from my childhood in the alleys, to the long years of imprisonment, to every drop of blood that was shed on the soil of this land. 

I was born in Khan Yunis camp in 1962, at a time when Palestine was a torn memory and forgotten maps on the tables of politicians. I am the man whose life was woven between fire and ashes, and who realized early on that life under occupation meant nothing but permanent imprisonment. I knew from a young age that life in this land is not ordinary, and that whoever is born here must carry an unbreakable weapon in their heart, and be aware that the road to freedom is long. 

My will to you starts here, from that child who threw the first stone at the occupier, and learned that stones are the first words we utter in the face of a world that stands silent before of our wound.

I learned in the streets of Gaza that a person is not measured by the years of their life, but by what they give to their homeland. This was my life: prisons and battles, pain and hope. I entered prison for the first time in 1988, and was sentenced to life imprisonment, but I did not know a way to fear. In those dark cells, I saw in every wall a window to the distant horizon, and in every bar a light illuminating the path to freedom. In prison, I learned that patience is not just a virtue, but rather a weapon, a bitter weapon, like drinking the sea drop by drop. 

My will to you: do not fear prisons, for they are only part of our long journey toward freedom. Prison taught me that freedom is not just a stolen right, but rather an idea born of pain and refined with patience. When I was released in the “Loyalty of the Free” prisoner exchange deal in 2011, I did not emerge the same; I emerged stronger and so did my belief that what we are doing is not just a passing struggle, but rather our destiny, one that we carry until the last drop of our blood. 

My will to you is that you continue to cling to the gun, to the dignity that cannot be compromised, and to the dream that does not die. The enemy wants us to abandon resistance, to turn our issue into an endless negotiation. But I say to you: do not negotiate over what is rightfully yours. They fear your steadfastness more than they fear your weapons. Resistance is not just a weapon we carry, but rather it is our love for Palestine in every breath we take, it is our will to remain, despite the siege and aggression. 

My will to you is that you remain loyal to the blood of the martyrs, to those who departed and left us this path full of thorns. They are the ones who paved the path of freedom for us with their blood, so do not waste those sacrifices in the calculations of politicians and the games of diplomacy. We are here to continue what the first generation started, and we will not deviate from this path no matter the cost. Gaza was and will remain the capital of steadfastness, and the heart of Palestine that never stops beating, even if the world closes in around us.

When I took over the leadership of Hamas in Gaza in 2017, it was not just a transfer of power, but rather a continuation of a resistance that began with stones and continued with rifles. Every day, I felt the pain of my people under the siege, and I knew that every step we take toward freedom comes at a price. But I tell you: the cost of surrender is much greater. 

Therefore, hold on firmly to the land as roots cling to the soil, for no wind can uproot a people who have chosen to live. In the Battle of Al-Aqsa Flood, I was not the leader of a group or movement, but the voice of every Palestinian dreaming of liberation. I was guided by my belief that resistance is not just an option, but a duty. I wanted this battle to be a new chapter in the book of Palestinian struggle, where the factions unite and everyone stands in one trench against an enemy that has never differentiated between a child and an old man, or between a stone and a tree.

The Al-Aqsa flood was a battle of spirit before it was a battle of bodies, and of will before a battle of weapons. What I have left behind is not a personal legacy, but a collective one, for every Palestinian who dreamed of freedom, for every mother who carried her son on her shoulder as a martyr, for every father who wept bitterly for his daughter who was killed by a treacherous bullet.

My final will to you is to always remember that resistance is not in vain, nor is it a bullet fired, but a life that we live with honor and dignity. Prison and siege taught me that the battle is long, and that the road is difficult, but I also learned that peoples who refuse to surrender create miracles with their own hands. Do not expect the world to do you justice, for I have lived and witnessed how the world remains silent in the face of our pain. Do not wait for fairness, but be the fairness. Carry the dream of Palestine in your hearts, and make every wound a weapon, and every tear a source of hope.

This is my will to you: do not lay down your weapons, do not throw away your stones, do not forget your martyrs, and do not compromise on a dream that is rightfully yours.

We are here to stay, in our land, in our hearts, and in the future of our children.

I entrust you with Palestine, the land I loved until death, and the dream I carried on my shoulders like a mountain that never bends.

If I fall, do not fall with me, but carry for me a banner that never falls, and make my blood a bridge for a generation that will rise from our ashes stronger. Do not forget that the homeland is not a story to be told, but a reality to be lived, and that with every martyr a thousand more resistance fighters are born from the womb of this land.

If the flood returns and I am not among you, know that I was the first drop in the waves of freedom, and that I lived to see you continue the journey.

Be a thorn in their throat, a flood that knows no retreat, and do not rest until the world acknowledges that we are the rightful owners, and that we are not just numbers in the news bulletins.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image source

On September 5th, the European Commission representative signed the Council of Europe Framework Convention on Artificial Intelligence and human rights, democracy, and the rule of law on behalf of the European Union. According to the statement by the European Commission the Convention will be implemented in the EU by means of the European Union Artificial Intelligence Act.

In the Convention preamble, it is stated that one of the reasons why this convention should be approved is due to the concern that the artificial intelligence systems can be used “for repressive purposes in violation of international human rights law, including through arbitrary or unlawful surveillance and censorship practices that erode privacy and individual autonomy”.

It also states that the AI systems “have the potential to interfere with human rights, democracy and the rule of law”, that the Convention is meant to oblige the government signatories to introduce in their legal systems measures that would prevent such abuse of AI systems.

It says:

“Each Party shall adopt or maintain measures to respect human dignity and individual autonomy”

“Each Party shall adopt or maintain measures to ensure that adequate transparency and oversight requirements…are in place … including with regard to the identification of content generated by artificial intelligence systems “

“Each Party shall adopt or maintain measures to ensure accountability and responsibility for adverse impacts on human rights, democracy and the rule of law resulting from activities within the lifecycle of artificial intelligence systems”

“Each Party shall ensure that, where an artificial intelligence system significantly impacts upon the enjoyment of human rights, effective procedural guarantees, safeguards and rights, in accordance with the applicable international and domestic law, are available to persons affected thereby”

“Each Party shall seek to ensure that important questions raised in relation to artificial intelligence systems are, as appropriate, duly considered through public discussion and multi-stakeholder consultation in the light of social, economic, legal, ethical, environmental and other relevant implications”.

The Convention is supposed to enter into force on December 5, 2024 in the USA, EU, United Kingdom and six small European countries, which signed it on September 5.

It is hardly questionable, whether signature of this convention will stop the abuse of human rights, which is already ongoing in the world for up to 40 years according to the hearing entitled “Silent weapons: Examining foreign anomalous health incidents, targeting Americans in the homeland“, that was held this past May by the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Homeland Security, where the Havana syndrome was discussed.

The witness Christo Grozev from Bellingcat investigative group said there that Russian diplomats made similar complaints in the 1980s. A Member of the Homeland Security Committee Eliah James Crane asked witnesses, if the use of the same weapons against Russians “might have something to do with part of the CIA’s motive to cover up the existence of this tech and these weapons”. Grozev replied “that is a very logical possibility”.

Mark Zaid, American attorney, who represents several patients with Havana syndrome symptoms and who holds a security clearance replied to the question on whether there are people outside of the U.S. Government employees in the USA, who complain about Havana Syndrome attacks:

“There are many people, who believe they are victims of AHI [anomalous health incidents]. All you have to do is to look at my Twitter feed, whenever I post on the topic”.

On June 10, 2016, the New York Times published the article “United States of Paranoia”, about Americans claiming to be victims of neuro-technological attacks. It wrote about a “group organized around the conviction that its members are victims of a sprawling conspiracy to harass thousands of everyday Americans with mind-control weapons and armies of so-called gang stalkers. The goal, as one gang-stalking website puts it, is ‘to destroy every aspect of a targeted individual’s life’. The New York Times stated: “The community, conservatively estimated to exceed 10,000 members, has proliferated since 9/11”.

It is rather evident that to those people the Convention on Artificial Intelligence will not help, since it states:

“Matters relating to national defence do not fall within the scope of this Convention”.

The Russian politician Vladimir Lopatin, who was fighting for the ban of those neurotechnologies by the end of the last millennium, in 1999 wrote in the book Psychotronic weapon and the security of Russia” that psychotronic war is “actually taking place without declaration of war”. This may easily mean that people, who are part of this war or people who are being experimented on as part of preparations for this war, will be considered to be a part of government activity related to national defense.

Under such circumstances the war will continue until one of the superpowers wins it and will control the brain activity of people around the world.

Why do you believe that the CIA and the U.S. Government would otherwise prevent the U.S. Congress from publication of the use of those technologies against American diplomats and employees of security agencies?

Why do you believe the U.S. Government would allow the continuation of Havana syndrome attacks on its employees?

Why do you think the USA is refusing the use of Chinese Huawei systems for 5G technology and American government employees must not use Chinese Tik Tok?

What do you think the U.S. computers, Facebook and other components of internet could be used for?

Can you guess what will happen if 6G will connect human brains to the internet?

It is high time for the world to wake up and demand the international ban of the use of those technologies, controlled by the democratic United Nations Organization without veto powers.

Another severe warning people should take into account is that the Convention does not disclose what technology AI could use to produce adverse impacts on “human rights, democracy and the rule of law”. How can the general public participate in the discussions on the dangers connected with the use or abuse of AI, if they do not know, how those impacts could be produced? And where is the transparency that was promised?

In August of this year, 12 human rights organizations from around the world proposed to 1790 world media for publication an article explaining, how the artificial intelligence systems could be used for this purpose and only few alternative servers afforded to publish it.

In the mass e-mailed letters to editors we suggested that they should join other addressees of this article to participate in the rebellion against the classification of mind control technologies, since collective rebellion against the rise of new totalitarian superpowers cannot be punished in the democratic world. There seems to be only a little hope that those technologies will be declassified and the ban of the use of mind control technologies will be publicly discussed and implemented in a way that will allow the public or the human rights organizations and the UN to oversee the implementation of this ban.

Without public control of the use of AI systems, there will be no guarantee that the governments will observe the measures introduced to prevent the use of those technologies against its own or foreign citizens or for experimentation on their citizens for “defense purposes”.

The European parliament’s Artificial Intelligence Act does not present any positive changes. When reading the Report of the Human Rights Advisory Committee of the UN Human Rights Council entitled “Impact, opportunities and challenges of neurotechnology with regard to the promotion and protection of all human rights“ you will realise that the United Nations are not authorized to disclose the principles of functioning of neurotechnologies that could be used to abuse the fundamental human rights and destroy democratic political systems. However the UN human rights chief Michelle Bachelet said in September 2021,

“AI technologies can have negative, even catastrophic, effects if they are used without sufficient regard to how they affect people’s human rights”.

Readers can sign the petition asking the European Union to declassify the mind control technologies and can also help introduce the international ban of the use of neurotechnologies abusing the fundamental human rights by disseminating information about those neurotechnologies on Facebook, Twitter, Instagram etc.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Birds Not Bombs: Let’s Fight for a World of Peace, Not War 

Mojmir Babacek was born in 1947 in Prague, Czech Republic. Graduated in 1972 at Charles University in Prague in philosophy and political economy. In 1978 signed the document defending human rights in  communist Czechoslovakia „Charter 77“. Since 1981 until 1988 lived in emigration in the USA. Since 1996 he has published articles on different subjects mostly in the Czech and international alternative media.

In 2010, he published a book on the 9/11 attacks in the Czech language. Since the 1990s he has been striving to help to achieve the international ban of remote control of the activity of the human nervous system and human minds with the use of neurotechnology.

Featured image copyright Markus Schneeberger

First published on May 15, 2024

The world is dangerous to live, 

not so much because of those who do evil, 

but because of those who watch and let it happen. *

Let’s not go around the bush. 

I am referring to the so-called COVID-19 pandemic that led to the injection of a product of composition still unknown to billions of people, from 2021, under a pretext advanced as an indisputable dogma, that of stopping the said pandemic.

So-called experts took turns on all the radio and television waves of the world to tell us that this infection was fatal and that the only way to stop it was to be injected with a product presented as a new generation, effective and harmless vaccine.

And billions of people believed it and received this injection, not once, but for a large number, several times. And it is not over and continues to be advocated, strongly recommended for pregnant women, children and old people.

 

Today, in May 2024, what can we say about it, by being humble, honest, scientific, the most impartial examiner possible of the facts, free from any conflict or even any link of interest and only seeking to get as close as possible to the truth, whether we like it or not?

As soon as I perceived the discrepancies in the official speech (the canary in the mine**), fully assuming my function as anesthesiologist-resuscitator, intensivist, at the front lines in a large acute hospitalization service in Belgium, I published an article entitled:

COVID-19, check your sources. War against…corruption? “, April 12, 2020 [1].

The term “war” refers to the expression used six times by French President Emmanuel Macron in his speech of March 16, 2020, We are at war“, implied, for him, against a virus while a war against pandemic scientific and media corruption would save many more human lives!

It was premonitory because it is vital in this kind of crisis to discern the truth of the lie; to verify what we are told, especially when the author of the lie is presented as an expert and expresses himself without citing any of his sources, relying only on his largely manufactured reputation and on the complicity, conscious or not, of journalists who do not question anything that this expert says.

Beware that the most effective lies are half-truths or are sown in the otherwise coherent discourse, like almost invisible, imperceptible grains.

The devil is always in the details.

This is what has happened to almost all the official statements denounced in the last four years as indisputable truths by our “benevolent” authorities, assertions subsequently denied, quickly or later, by the facts and serious, independent and courageous analysts given the extreme censorship and extensive intimidation to which they have been subjected.

For my part, I refer you to the many articles written between April 2020 and January 2023, on this site www.mondialisation.ca, addressing almost all the subjects concerned, confinements, early treatments including ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine, RT-PCR diagnostic technique, vaccines, masks and totalitarian drift [2].

For almost everything, the facts will have proved me right.

I’m far from being the only one.

I only come back to a few illustrative points.

Hydroxychloroquine, an old and well-known treatment, with marginal side effects if the pharmacology and dosages (doses) are respected and which has been shown to be effective in the early treatment of COVID-19. 

With other doctors, including many fields, from many nations, I said this very early and the facts confirmed this truth yet offended by official experts, including the prestigious medical journal, the Lancet, which withdrew its hostile and fraudulent article 12 days after its publication [3] creating the scandal called Lancetgate.

However, you will notice, and it is a habit, that all the doctors in the world, those in the field called general practitioners or family doctors, have not been warned of this rehabilitation of hydroxychloroquine by these same media from all countries, unanimous and very noisy when it came to spreading a lie, discreet or even silent when it came to restoring the truth.

We can make the same observation with ivermectin [4].

As a doctor, I personally treated hundreds of people with acute respiratory infection labeled COVID-19 in 2021 with correctly dosed ivermectin.

This treatment has been safe and effective, often from the first day of treatment, including in people at risk and fragile, very old, obese, chronic heart or respiratory insufficiency, thus avoiding changes to more serious forms, reducing hospital overload and the period of contagiousness; with an inexpensive, harmless drug that can be prescribed to pregnant women without risk to the fetus, and known since the 1980s, widely prescribed in Africa in particular.

Where are the articles and documentaries relating this truth, in all our written or spoken media?

Have you seen a rehabilitation of these really effective and safe treatments (at the recommended dosages) since the facts proved right to all those who advocated them as early as 2020 or 2021?

Me, no.

On the contrary, doctors, among others, who have treated and talked about their success have been (and still are) threatened with radiation, suspension, prosecution and defamed in this press that continues to lie and support the vaccine in its entirety.

While the facts prove us right. And the so-called “vaccine”?

Based on current data and the decline since 2021, in England, it has been known since September 2023 that COVID-19 vaccinated people die more than unvaccinated people: Further Proof: The “Age Adjusted Argument” has been Crushed by the mRNA Data Avalanche. While this will thankfully Crush mRNA investment, sadly it has also Crushed so many Victims along the way. (substack.com), as analyzed by the French statistician Pierre Chaillot, author of a remarkable book, COVID-19, which is revealed by the official figures, éditions l’Artilleur. Here is the video where Pierre Chaillot analyzes English statistics: Revelation of a new English study: we know who dies the most! (youtube.com).

Really, I encourage you, 4 years after my first article, to reread them all.

On the one hand, we have inexpensive treatments, effective especially since they are early, harmless in case of use according to the prescription rules, treatments that have proven their worth (I can attest to it personally), 

And on the other hand, we have injections of a product with an unknown complete composition, fraudulently called “vaccines”, very expensive but very profitable for the shareholders of the companies that manufacture them and all those they have corrupted, and which we now know to cause excess mortality and an outbreak of side effects in populations around the world (cancers, autoimmune diseases, degeneration, acceleration of cellular aging…).

But our authorities, the press, the official “experts” continue their way without blinking, continuing to shoot honest scientists and caregivers who are independent of any financial link with the globalized system, and who contradict them by relying on the facts.

Why do the vast majority of people continue to let it happen? And to let yourself go? Because the key to the exit door is in them.

In each of us.

It’s about our survival.

Now, I will give more of my personal opinion, my deduction. 

It’s only that, my opinion, even if the past showed that I had seen clearly on many of the subjects concerned, do not believe me on my word or by friendship.

Check, check, read articles, books, watch the videos I inform you to enlighten you, and make your own opinion.

Everything I say from now on can still evolve. 

This is the true honest science, never to freeze on a position, a belief that would become an unbeatable dogma, regardless of the contradictory facts or the painful need to admit to having been wrong. No. Especially not.

While having the courage to affirm what we think at some point, whether we like it or not, even if it attracts us trouble, suspension, cancellation, tax control, or even worse.

I hope that all readers on this site will therefore have understood that we have been lied to; sometimes intelligently and subtly, more often in a rude and authoritarian way, using human weaknesses through fear, conformism, selfishness and lazioness.

Why?

To depopulate an overcrowded land, using odious means, an almost imperceptible, “sweet” genocide, in which, if we do nothing, do not react, we are all accomplices, by action or omission.

It began with the abandonment of vulnerable and fragile people, the elderly, isolated, dead of dehydration, deprivation of affection, love, and the most basic care on the pretext of… saving them!

This continued by prohibiting early treatments that were safe and effective and by inducing immense fear in people, since they were told to wait to get worse, that while waiting for that, they could do nothing (impotence) except ingest paracetamol, toxic to the only element that could still protect them, glutathione.

I will always remember this elderly doctor, abandoned to his fate, and crying when he came to my house, just because I had listened to him and reassured him.

This has been amplified by launching this global campaign to inject a toxic, ineffective and yet presented as safe and effective product and of which we know today, at least on the basis of the statistics of the countries that want to publish them, that it kills more than it saves.

While everything or almost everything is forbidden in pregnant women, magically, it had become acceptable to “violate” their immune-compromised sacred body, endangering the most vulnerable being, totally dependent on others for its survival, the human fetus.

How many miscarriages, stillbirths, malformations in the world today, in connection with this criminal policy?

This video, the first chapter of a series that has three, based on serious and documented research (sources cited in the video), will enlighten you on the issues and the underside of this tragedy.

🧠Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against peoples – 1/3🗣️ Alain Schollaert – CrowdBunker

It is on the Crowdbunker platform, because on YouTube, immediately published, immediately censored which, indirectly, is a strong indication that it really disturbs liars, as only the truth can do.

The following episodes will be published on May 19 and May 26.

Watch, listen and draw your conclusions.

It is vital because we want to train you in a world that you, here, do not want, neither for you, nor above all, for your children.

Depopulation. 

It is in this case of a cruel, revolting cynicism because those who decide to do so do it in their golden bunker, well sheltered, having proclaimed themselves kings of the world simply because they have looted this world, stolen the riches that belong to all humanity and that strong of their dollars and euros, their relationships, their “powers”, they decide who will die or live. 

They use lies brilliantly and coldly, they exploit the flaws of the democratic system and above all, rely on our weaknesses skilfully excited by all the means at their disposal, drugs, sports, music, television, agitation, sex…

We have become too many for them, walking on their flower beds and they have launched what corresponds to the 2030 agenda. Yes, you read well, it’s for 2030 and we are there!

Psychological manipulation pushed to its climax, fears, invisible or little visible attacks for many years [5] by chemical pollution of air (chemtrails), water, electromagnetic waves (4G, 5G, but also our Wifi, televisions, electrical appliances…), and today, these nanomolecular poisons directly injected into the human body.

As a corollary, it is a question of removing cash and replacing it with all-digital.

To make the human as inert and predictable as a machine without a soul or own mind, much easier to direct and exploit.

This video developed by the Corsican-Belgian researcher Alain Schollaert, on the channel of the very good Akina, the Media Front, also talks about a delicate but oh so vital subject, too!

The manufactured, so-called “controlled” opposition. The false opposition or Trojan horse that participates in a perverse, sometimes unconscious way, in the dissemination of the official narrative and its fulfillment by capturing dissenting wills.

How to find your way around without paranoia or discouragement?

Here again, these are my deductions, I assume them but make your own opinion.

However, do not delay or make a mistake because this is what your life is at stake, yours and that of your loved ones.

The decisions you will make, the actions you take will all depend on the information you have chosen to trust, the whistleblowers you have chosen to follow because yes, there are false ones, more or less aware of what they are doing.

First, beware of the “heroes” made by this tragedy. 

Seek humility, discretion, true modesty in those who speak to you.

There are no heroes. No pedestal, no resistance elites, no prestigious characters! 

Look for those who can talk about everything, without taboos, both messenger RNA and graphene oxide, programmed genocide and the deadly vaccine industry! Look for those who admit their mistakes, are tolerant, those who do not take others from above, who do not present themselves as experts in turn, which would mean that by their title alone, we should listen to them religiously.

Do you remember the Swiss researcher Astrid Stuckelberger, censored in a congress of “resistants” just because she wanted to address the subject of graphene oxide, as if some could decide their sole authority on what we can talk about or not.

We are all ordinary citizens immersed in extraordinary circumstances that have revealed what our true nature is made of. 

Those who spoke and acted, some of whom were very conformist in normal times, those who resisted, refused to blindly follow the orders only did so because they could not do otherwise, yet very lucid about the terrible risks they ran, dismissal, harassment, imprisonment, poisoning, social or fiscal murder.

It is not out of heroism but out of moral obligation.

It is in these circumstances, at the heart of the action, that we really discover who we are. Not before.

Then, look at who was visible, carried to the clouds even, and who was ostracized, very quickly or gradually. 

Look at who is censored especially on YouTube and who is not or less so. Do not draw hasty conclusions but make your spirit of deduction work.

When some have been able to publish books without problems, translated even into several languages, talk about them on radio, you have other serious authors who are never talked about and translated. It’s a sign.

Do you know Didier Raoult, Louis Fouché, Alexandra Henrion-Caude, Jean-Dominique Michel, Xavier Azalbert…? 

I’m sure it is. The “tenors“, the “pillars“…

And Melody Feron, Denis Rancourt, Sasha Latypova, Tess Lawrie, Alain Schollaert, Laurence Kayser? Much less, right?

But again and it’s crucial, make your own opinion.

The real whistleblowers are invisible. It makes sense. The lie does not tolerate the truth that destroys it with a single glance. 

The real resistance fighters are excluded, even by the so-called resistant or awakened circles, who therefore do what they criticize precisely in the other camp, elitism and selection.

The video report by Alain Schollaert, sourced, connecting all the points of this labyrinth of corruption and secret objectives, speaks for itself.

The intention of these forces of evil is terrible.

It is Primum Nocere: above all, harm (as opposed to the oath of any caregiver, primum non nocere, above all not to harm).

These are conspiracies. This is not a theory and those who still tell you this are either individuals of the mental age of a child preferring a false world but they know, or dishonest or even complicit people.

All the evidence of this plot against humanity is there, before our eyes, today. As evidenced by the enormous work of lawyer Reiner Fuellmich now imprisoned [6]. 

And it will not be the well-known collectives, which have become well-oiled and admitted machines for some time, nor the so-called resistant press organs that will help you get out of there.

It’s you, us, me, you, him, her.

We. Together.

Everyone defending their soul and spirit in the face of the devastating attack.

Starting by freeing yourself from the evil influences that capture you and lock you in a dead end of the labyrinth. They have foreseen an impasse for each of us, since the time they have been working on this diabolical project.

They knew very well that some would not swallow their lies and would have the courage to resist. They left nothing to chance. They tried to plan everything, to propose an alternative solution for each of us.

Whatever the name of this trap for you, I pray that as many people as possible, after reading this article and especially the vision of Eugenist 2.0 & Transhumanist: their open war against the peoples, directed by Alain Schollaert, will see clearly and take back the personal power they have at the bottom of their soul and we will survive all this.

Because they won’t win. 

They cannot violate your soul without your consent, which is why they do everything to deceive it, mislead it, weaken it and steer it in the wrong direction.

Be brave, lucid, calm, think and then act, be afraid of nothing and allow the best in you, brighter, good and beautiful, the love force of your blazing heart to radiate and extinguish all this darkness.

Dr. Pascal Sacré

Featured image: Screenshot. Whistleblower.

* I do not put an author because this kind of sentence is attributed to one or the other, without the possibility of verifying it. It is the sentence itself, universal, that is important because it summarizes the whole current problem.

** the canary in the coal mine: What does it mean to be a canary in a coal mine? – Spiegato

Endnotes: title translated into English, link to the original French

[1] COVID-19 – Check your sources. War against… corruption? | Globalization – Center for Research on Globalization

[2] Dr. Pascal Sacré | Globalization – Globalization Research Center

[3] The corruption of science. The scandal of the hydroxychloroquine study. Who was behind all this? Anthony Fauci’s intention to block the HCQ on behalf of major pharmaceutical companies | Globalization – Center for Research on Globalization

[4] COVID-19, a simple change of method and it’s over | Globalization – Globalization Research Center 

[5] Read the author Claire Séverac, and her book “the war against the peoples”: Claire Séverac – The secret war against the peoples: Claire Séverac: Free Download, Borrow, and Streaming: Internet Archive. This courageous activist was murdered through a mysterious dazzling disease in December 2016 (The death of Claire Séverac, an activist who disturbed the “establishment” – Health and Well-being – Sott.net)

[6] This is the beginning of the trial of Reiner Fuellmich (youtube.com)

*

Pascal Sacré has graduated in medicine, in Belgium, since 1995, at the University of Liège. He began a specialty in anesthesia-resuscitation in 1997, completed in 2002 and supplemented by a specialization in critical care in 2003.
He worked in a hospital environment, mainly in intensive care, for 18 years without anything ever being blamed for.
In his department, he worked on the development of a protocol for the management of pain, drug sedation and neurological complications such as delirium, a protocol retained by many peers in other hospitals.
Dismissed in 2020 from the hospital where he had been working for 9 years, due to positions contrary to the official health policy and a conflict with management over the COVID-19 crisis, he continued to defend his point of view despite adversity (dismissal without compensation, summons to the police station, defamation in the press, blacklisting in all Belgian intensive care services despite the recognition of his competence and professionalism, invisibility).
In 2021, he found an anesthesio-intensivist position at the center of the great burns, at the military hospital, in Belgium. This center depends on the Ministry of Defence and not directly on the Ministry of Health.
Dr Sacré trained at the University of Liège (Professor M-E Faymonville) in hypnotherapy in a medical environment.
Interested in everything that can help his patient get better, Dr. Sacré considers that nothing can be a priori rejected, such as the addition of natural medicines to chemical practices recognized in hospital settings, or conversely, a priori considered an untouchable dogma such as vaccination.
Everything deserves open-mindedness, tolerance, curiosity and honest research, with humility and good faith.
His mantra: “think for yourself”.
 Dr. Sacré, in order to help each person regain control of his health without waiting for interested circles to do so, gives training in the management of the mind, emotions, stress through the tools he has himself learned (cardiac coherence, breathing, language, self-hypnosis) and organizes workshops on health topics such as digestion, endocrine glands (thyroid, adrenal…), vagus nerves, in a language that is simple and accessible to all.
Its website: www.pascal-sacre.be and the associated email: [email protected] 
He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization since 2009.

“A total demolition of the previous forms of existence is underway: how one comes into the world, biological sex, education, relationships, the family, even the diet that is about to become synthetic.” — Silvia Guerini, radical ecologist, in ‘From the ‘Neutral’ Body to the Posthuman Cyborg: A Critique of Gender Ideology’ (2023)  

We are currently seeing an acceleration of the corporate consolidation of the entire global agri-food chain. The big data conglomerates, including Amazon, Microsoft, Facebook and Google, have joined traditional agribusiness giants, such as Corteva, Bayer, Cargill and Syngenta, in a quest to impose their model of food and agriculture on the world. [1]  

Image source

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and big financial institutions, like BlackRock and Vanguard, are also involved, whether through buying up huge tracts of farmland,  pushing biosynthetic (fake) food and genetic engineering technologies or more generally facilitating and financing the aims of the mega agri-food corporations. [2]  

The billionaire interests behind this try to portray their techno-solutionism as some kind of humanitarian endeavour: saving the planet with ‘climate-friendly solutions’, ‘helping farmers’ or ‘feeding the world’. But what it really amounts to is repackaging and greenwashing the dispossessive strategies of imperialism.  

It involves a shift towards a ‘one world agriculture’ under the control of agritech and the data giants, which is to be based on genetically engineered seeds, laboratory created products that resemble food, ‘precision’ and ‘data-driven’ agriculture and farming without farmers, with the entire agrifood chain, from field (or lab) to retail, being governed by monopolistic e-commerce platforms determined by artificial intelligence systems and algorithms.  

Those who are pushing this agenda have a vision not only for farmers but also for humanity in general.  

The elites through their military-digital-financial (Pentagon/Silicon Valley/Big Finance) complex want to use their technologies to reshape the world and redefine what it means to be human. They regard humans, their cultures and their practices, like nature itself, as a problem and deficient.        

Farmers are to be displaced and replaced with drones, machines and cloud-based computing. Food is to be redefined and people are to be fed synthetic, genetically engineered products. Cultures are to be eradicated, and humanity is to be fully urbanised, subservient and disconnected from the natural world.  

What it means to be human is to be radically transformed. But what has it meant to be human until now or at least prior to the (relatively recent) Industrial Revolution and associated mass urbanisation?  

To answer this question, we need to discuss our connection to nature and what most of humanity was involved in prior to industrialisation — cultivating food.  

Many of the ancient rituals and celebrations of our forebears were built around stories, myths and rituals that helped them come to terms with some of the most fundamental issues of existence, from death to rebirth and fertility. These culturally embedded beliefs and practices served to sanctify their practical relationship with nature and its role in sustaining human life.  

As agriculture became key to human survival, the planting and harvesting of crops and other seasonal activities associated with food production were central to these customs.  

Humans celebrated nature and the life it gave birth to. Ancient beliefs and rituals were imbued with hope and renewal and people had a necessary and immediate relationship with the sun, seeds, animals, wind, fire, soil and rain and the changing seasons that nourished and brought life. Our cultural and social relationships with agrarian production and associated deities had a sound practical base.  

People’s lives have been tied to planting, harvesting, seeds, soil and the seasons for thousands of years.  

Silvia Guerini, whose quote introduces this article, notes the importance of deep-rooted relationships and the rituals that re-affirm them. She says that through rituals a community recognises itself and its place in the world. They create the spirit of a rooted community by contributing to rooting and making a single existence endure in a time, in a territory, in a community.  

Professor Robert W Nicholls explains that the cults of Woden and Thor were superimposed on far older and better-rooted beliefs related to the sun and the earth, the crops and the animals and the rotation of the seasons between the light and warmth of summer and the cold and dark of winter.  

Humanity’s relationship with farming and food and our connections to land, nature and community has for millennia defined what it means to be human.  

Take India, for example. Environmental scientist Viva Kermani says that Hinduism is the world’s largest nature-based religion that:  

“… recognises and seeks the Divine in nature and acknowledges everything as sacred. It views the earth as our Mother and hence advocates that it should not be exploited. A loss of this understanding that earth is our mother, or rather a deliberate ignorance of this, has resulted in the abuse and the exploitation of the earth and its resources.”  

Kermani notes that ancient scriptures instructed people that the animals and plants found in India are sacred and, therefore, all aspects of nature are to be revered. She adds that this understanding of and reverence towards the environment is common to all Indic religious and spiritual systems: Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism.  

According to Kermani, the Vedic deities have deep symbolism and many layers of existence. One such association is with ecology. Surya is associated with the sun, the source of heat and light that nourishes everyone; Indra is associated with rain, crops, and abundance; and Agni is the deity of fire and transformation and controls all changes.  

She notes that the Vrikshayurveda, an ancient Sanskrit text on the science of plants and trees, contains details about soil conservation, planting, sowing, treatment, propagating, how to deal with pests and diseases and a lot more.  

Like Nicholls, Kermani provides insight into some of the profound cultural, philosophical and practical aspects of humanity’s connection to nature and food production.  

This connection resonates with agrarianism, a philosophy based on cooperative labour and fellowship, which stands in stark contrast to the values and impacts of urban life, capitalism and technology that are seen as detrimental to independence and dignity. Agrarianism, too, emphasises a spiritual dimension as well as the value of rural society, small farms, widespread property ownership and political decentralisation.  

The prominent proponent of agrarianism Wedell Berry says:  

“The revolution which began with machines and chemicals now continues with automation, computers and biotechnology.”  

For Berry, agrarianism is not a sentimental longing for a time past. Colonial attitudes, domestic, foreign and now global, have resisted true agrarianism almost from the beginning — there has never been fully sustainable, stable, locally adapted, land-based economies.  

However, Berry provides many examples of small (and larger) farms that have similar output as industrial agriculture with one third of the energy.  

In his poem ‘A Spiritual Journey’, Berry writes the following:  

“And the world cannot be discovered by a journey of miles,
no matter how long,
but only by a spiritual journey,
a journey of one inch,
very arduous and humbling and joyful,
by which we arrive at the ground at our feet,
and learn to be at home.”

But in the cold, centralised, technocratic dystopia that is planned, humanity’s spiritual connection to the countryside, food and agrarian production are to be cast into the dustbin of history.  

Silvia Guerini says [3]:  

“The past becomes something to be erased in order to break the thread that binds us to a history, to a tradition, to a belonging, for the transition towards a new uprooted humanity, without past, without memory… a new humanity dehumanised in its essence, totally in the hands of the manipulators of reality and truth”.  

This dehumanised humanity severed from the past is part of the wider agenda of transhumanism. For instance, we are not just seeing a push towards a world without farmers and everything that has connected us to the soil but, according to Guerini, also a world without mothers.  

She argues that those behind test-tube babies and surrogate motherhood now have their sights on genetic engineering and artificial wombs, which would cut women out of the reproductive process. Guerini predicts that artificial wombs could eventually be demanded, or rather marketed, as a right for everyone, including transgender people. It is interesting that the language around pregnancy is already contested with the omission of ‘women’ from statements like ‘persons who can get pregnant’.  

Of course, there has long been a blurring of lines between biotechnology, eugenics and genetic engineering. Genetically engineered crops, gene drives and gene editing are now a reality, but the ultimate goal is marrying artificial intelligence, bionanotechnology and genetic engineering to produce the one-world transhuman.    

This is being pushed by powerful interests, who, according to Guerini, are using a rainbow, transgenic left and LGBTQ+ organisations to promote a new synthetic identity and claim to new rights. She says this is an attack on life, on nature, on “what is born, as opposed to artificial” and adds that all ties to the real, natural world must be severed.  

It is interesting that in its report Future of Food, the UK supermarket giant Sainsburys celebrates a future where we are microchipped and tracked and neural laces have the potential to see all of our genetic, health and situational data recorded, stored and analysed by algorithms that could work out exactly what food (delivered by drone) we need to support us at a particular time in our life. All sold as ‘personal optimisation’.  

Moreover, it is likely, according to the report, that we will be getting key nutrients through implants. Part of these nutrients will come in the form of lab-grown food and insects.  

A neural lace is an ultra-thin mesh that can be implanted in the skull, forming a collection of electrodes capable of monitoring brain function. It creates an interface between the brain and the machine.  

Sainsburys does a pretty good job of trying to promote a dystopian future where AI has taken your job, but, according to the report, you have lots of time to celebrate the wonderful, warped world of ‘food culture’ created by the supermarket and your digital overlords.  

Technofeudalism meets transhumanism — all for your convenience, of course.  

But none of this will happen overnight. And whether the technology will deliver remains to be seen. Those who are promoting this brave new world might have overplayed their hand but will spend the following decades trying to drive their vision forward.  

But arrogance is their Achilles heel.  

There is still time to educate, to organise, to resist and to agitate against this hubris, not least by challenging the industrial food giants and the system that sustains them and by advocating for and creating grass-root food movements and local economies that strengthen food sovereignty.  

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

One Month Before Global Research’s Anniversary

Renowned author Colin Todhunter specialises in development, food and agriculture. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Notes

[1] See Food, Dispossession and Dependency: Resisting the New World Order.  

[2] See Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth  

[3] A debt of gratitude is owed to Paul Cudenec and his article Truth, reality, tradition and freedom: our resistance to the great uprooting on the Winter Oak website, which provides quotes from and insight into the work of Silvia Guerini. 

As of the present, the utilization of Artificial Intelligence (AI) has been the steady trend among universities worldwide as well as among educational institutions in our contemporary educational milieu. Artificial Intelligence is here with us to stay and it is counterproductive and counter-intuitive for both educators and learners to adapt the “Fight-Flight-Freeze” reaction in the shadow of the pervasive and prevalent utilization of AI in our contemporary education.

It is therefore incumbent upon all educational stakeholders, namely: administrators, support staff, and indeed teachers and students to respond proactively in an integral and holistic manner than react in an unreflective and piecemeal way regarding the issues of utilization and integration of Artificial Intelligence in our contemporary day-and-age. 

The integration of Artificial Intelligence (AI) in education has opened up a world of possibilities, promising personalized learning experiences and streamlined administrative tasks. However, as I delve deeper into this realm, I find myself confronted with a myriad of ethical dilemmas that demand my careful reflection and consideration. In this essay, I will share my personal exploration of the complex ethical problems associated with the incorporation and utilization of AI in education and propose strategies to navigate and resolve these ethical complexities.

I.) The Problematics of AI Use in Education from the Perspective of Legality, Ethicality, and Authenticity

A.) The Problematics of Algorithmic Bias in Artificial Intelligence:

One of the most pressing ethical concerns in AI-driven education is algorithmic bias. AI algorithms, trained on the collation and gathering of data from the internet based on mainstream trending, may inadvertently perpetuate biases related to race, gender, or socio-economic status. For instance, automated grading systems may favor certain writing styles or penalize students from underrepresented backgrounds, leading to unfair outcomes and exacerbating existing inequalities in education.

As a teacher, algorithmic bias in AI hits close to home, stirring up deep concerns about fairness and equity in education. It is heart-wrenching to witness how these systematic errors in computer systems can sow seeds of injustice among my students. It means that resources and opportunities might be recommended based on skewed data driven by an algorithm bias fed by skewed computer algorithmic elitism, perpetuating inequalities in data and information fed by computer using its own algorithm. It is a gut-wrenching realization that biased assessments from AI algorithms could unfairly affect the students view and perspectives on issues and events, undermining their research results and limiting their view of the world.

Every day, I grapple with the weight of algorithmic bias in education, knowing that it has the power to shape the trajectory of my students’ viewpoints. It is deeply personal to me because I see the faces of those students who might be unfairly judged and limited by these biases fed by AI programmed algorithms. This issue is more than just algorithms and data; it’s about the very essence of education: the belief that every student deserves to know the complete facts and data and not just selected facts driven by selective algorithm fed by computer apps on them. As I reflect upon this problem of algorithmic bias and the problem of skewed data, selected facts, and twisted information fed by the algorithm of AI apps, I am driven by a fierce determination to advocate for my students, demanding transparency, accountability, and inclusivity in the technologies that shape their learning experiences. Because as a teacher, my greatest hope is to create a classroom where every student’s potential can flourish, unencumbered by the shadows of selective and skewed information fed by the algorithmic biases coming from AI apps, AI-driven systems, as well as AI companies.

B.) Information Privacy and Data Security:

The issue of privacy and data security strikes a chord with me as I realize the magnitude of sensitive information amassed by AI-powered educational platforms. The thought of student data being vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, or misuse fills me with grave concern. Protecting this data is not just a matter of compliance; it is a matter of respecting the privacy rights of students and maintaining trust between educational institutions and their stakeholders.

C.) Transparency and Accountability:

As someone who values transparency, integrity, and accountability, I find the opacity of AI algorithms in educational decision-making processes deeply unsettling. Unlike traditional teaching methods where educators provide rationale for their decisions, AI-driven systems often operate as “black boxes,” leaving me questioning the accountability behind their recommendations. It is essential for me to understand how these systems arrive at conclusions or recommendations to ensure fairness and mitigate the risk of cognitive biases and factual errors.

D.) Digital Divide and the Need to See that No Student is Left Behind in the use of Digital Media and AI:

The digital divide poses yet another ethical dilemma that weighs heavily on my conscience. The thought that unequal access to AI technologies and digital infrastructure among students could widen the gap between the privileged and the marginalized students fills me with a sense of injustice. Bridging this divide is not just about providing equal opportunities; it is about addressing systemic inequalities and ensuring that all students have access to the tools they need in order for them to succeed.

E.) Impersonalized Education and Depersonalization of Learning:

The prospect of depersonalizing learning experiences through over-reliance on AI troubles me deeply. While AI can offer personalized learning recommendations based on data analysis, it lacks the human touch, the personal sensitivity, the emotive warmth, and the authentic person-to-person interaction that educators bring to the classroom. I fear that this depersonalization could hinder students’ socio-emotional development and detract from their integral and holistic learning experiences.

II.) Problems of Inauthenticity, Deception, Cheating, Plagiarism, Privacy, and Intellectual Property Rights: Possible Strategies and Recommended Resolutions to Address Ethical Challenges Posed by AI Use in Contemporary Education

For me, prioritizing algorithmic transparency is not just a recommendation; it is both legal and ethical imperative. Disclosing how AI systems operate, including the data inputs, decision-making processes, and potential biases, is essential for fostering accountability and trust. Transparent AI algorithms empower stakeholders, including educators, students, and parents, to understand and critique the system’s outputs.

Establishing robust data privacy regulations is another area where I feel very crucial in exploring the ethical and legal use of AI. These regulations should include strict guidelines for data collection, storage, sharing, informed consent, and data or information privacy; thus ascertaining that AI providers, AI programmers, and AI corporations fully and absolutely comply with ethical standards and legal requirements. Additionally, implementing encryption and other security measures is very crucial for protecting sensitive student data from breaches or cyberattacks.

Actively identifying and addressing biases in AI algorithms is a responsibility that I feel must be taken seriously by Artificial Intelligence programmers. Diversifying training data, conducting algorithmic bias audits, and incorporating fairness metrics into AI development processes are essential steps in minimizing the risk of algorithmic discrimination and skewed data or information selectivity. Furthermore, providing ongoing training and education to AI developers and stakeholders in recognizing and mitigating biases is crucial for promoting AI fairness and equity.

As someone who strongly believes in the power of inclusive education to transform lives, I am deeply concerned of this formidable challenge of bridging the digital and information divide. Prioritizing digital inclusion initiatives that provide equitable access to AI technologies and digital resources for all students is not just a goal; it is an ethical imperative. This involves educational institutions investing in digital infrastructures, providing subsidies for AI technology adoption, and offering training programs for faculty and students alike to enhance digital literacy skills to all educational stakeholders and to the marginalized communities deprived of access and training of digital technologies especially AI.

Emphasizing a human-centered education and person-centered teaching is at the core of my approach to addressing ethical challenges in AI education. AI technologies should complement, rather than replace the human educators’ active roles in the educational process. AI-driven technologies should be designed to augment teachers’ capabilities, facilitate personalized learning experiences, promote student-teacher learning collaboration, and enhance critical thinking skills among students, while preserving the warm and living human touch in imparting education to the studentry.

To close this essay, I must reiterate that Artificial Intelligence is here to stay and it is counterproductive and counter-intuitive for both educators and learners to adapt the Fight-Flight-Freeze reaction in the shadow of the pervasive and prevalent utilization of AI in our contemporary education.

Therefore, the incorporation and utilization of AI in education must be marked by a deep sense of responsibility to navigate ethical and legal quagmires surrounding AI prudently and responsibly.

By addressing issues related to algorithmic bias, data and information privacy, transparency, digital inclusion, and human-centered design, there is indeed a very serious ethical need and solemn responsibility for teachers, students, school administrators, and AI providers to harness the potential of AI to enhance teaching and learning experiences while upholding ethical principles and safeguarding student welfare. It is my sincere hope that by engaging in ongoing dialogue and collaboration, these education stakeholders can ensure that AI serves the best interests of teachers, learners, and the society as a whole.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research  

Prof. Henry Francis B. Espiritu is Associate Professor-7 of Philosophy and Asian Studies at the University of the Philippines (UP), Cebu City, Philippines. He was Academic Coordinator of the Political Science Program at UP Cebu from 2011-2014, and Program Coordinator of Gender and Development (GAD) Office at UP Cebu from 2015-2016 and from 2018-2019. He is presently the Focal Point Faculty for Gender and Development in the University of the Philippines (UP) Cebu, College of Social Sciences. 

Prof. Espiritu’s research interests include Theoretical and Applied Ethics, Islamic Studies particularly Sunni jurisprudence (Sunni Fiqh), Islamic feminist discourses, Islam in interfaith dialogue initiatives, Islamic environmentalism, Classical Sunni Islamic pedagogy, the writings of Al-Ghazali on pluralism and tolerance, Islam in the Indian Subcontinent, Turkish Sufism, Ataturk Studies, Ottoman Studies, Genghis Khan Studies, Central Asian Studies, Marxian Political Thought, Muslim-Christian Dialogue, Middle Eastern Affairs, Peace Studies, Public Theology, Political Economy, Ethics of Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Postmodernism in Philosophy.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is licensed under Creative Commons

[This article was originally published on GR in July 2024.]

If you spend just a few minutes checking out ‘The Great Reset’ website of the World Economic Forum, starting at the page ‘Now is the time for a “great reset”’ – which includes a copy of what it calls ‘The Great Reset Transformation Map’ – and spend two minutes watching the World Economic Forum’s video ‘8 Predictions For The World In 2030’, you will quickly recognize that the WEF intends imposing profound changes to about 200 areas of human life by 2030.

.

.

.

If you also spend just a few hours reading Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World and George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four – you will soon discover that the Elite program currently being imposed on us is far more onerous than anything presented in the dystopian novels written by Huxley and Orwell. Technology, after all, has advanced dramatically in ways that neither Huxley nor Orwell anticipated.

You will need to do a little further investigation, however, to discover that a range of tools – including genocides and wars, famines in some locations and serious economic dislocation in others, the Covid-19 ‘death shot’, 5G, geoengineering, Artificial Intelligence and synthetic biology – is being used by Big Brother to kill off a substantial proportion of the human population.

And, while hidden in plain sight, successively deploying a wide range of technocratic tools that are progressively imprisoning those left ‘alive’ as transhuman slaves.

Brave New World

In broad summary, this is being done by enclosing the Commons ‘forever’ and forcing people off their properties – for a discussion of how this is being achieved using ‘managed retreat’, see the series of articles by Kate Mason starting with ‘Managed Retreat New Zealand: Shhhh….be careful not to let the community know’ – and into a ‘Smart City’ prison.

These Smart City prisons will employ a dense network of 5G towers to facilitate communication and enable total control, where the imprisoned transhuman slaves will be geofenced to confine their movements to within 5 kilometres of where they are imprisoned.

And the detail in the Elite plan tells us exactly how it is being done.

Given that the Elite plan requires all 8 billion humans to submit, one way or another, and it is a lot easier to have people willingly submit to their death or transhuman slavery rather than contend with any resistance, the dystopian future being rolled out is being presented as a combination of necessary (to deal with various threats, including those posed by a non-existent virus and climate disruption), private (to ensure the integrity of your identity), safe and secure (from various online and other threats) to ensure maximum compliance. Of course, an avalanche of propaganda is also being used to obscure the view of what is really taking place.

Thus, initially, each surviving individual will have a Digital Identity, which will have attached to it a social credit score (determined by such factors as your personal, educational, employment and legal records and your internet search history to measure your degree of submission to Elite programs).

Traditional national currencies, which put money in your hands to spend or save as you liked, are being replaced by Central Bank Digital Currencies (CBDCs). Your allotment of this ‘currency’ will be determined by your social credit score, attached to your Digital Identity and programmed so that it can only be spent within your 5km radius and only at approved locations, in approved amounts on approved products or services.

Nineteen Eighty Four (Version may vary) : Orwell, George: Amazon.ca: Books

In addition, a dense network of facial recognition cameras (which take a three-dimensional image of your face thus removing any confusion between you and your identical twin, should you have one) and license plate readers will ensure that every movement (including if in a driverless car) you make is tracked and monitored by the Artificial Intelligence program controlling your sector. And the network of loud hailers (installed on 5G towers, street lights and elsewhere) will facilitate the sharing of routine directives as part of the means by which approved behaviour is elicited and enforced.

But ultimately, as Elites have known for millennia, it is food that is the ultimate weapon of control.

As former US Secretary of State articulated in 1973: ‘Who controls the food supply controls the people’.

And, as Professor George Kent eloquently explained in 2008, it is in the interest of the Elite that people are hungry. See ‘The Benefits of World Hunger’.

So any critical analysis of what is being imposed on humanity must take careful account of how food – and the farming of it – is being utterly transformed.

In essence, the Elite plan is to feed us genetically mutilated, synthesized and poisoned trash and insects, profit from our ill-health, force small farmers off their land, undermine rural communities, and utterly transform the ancient practice of farming into a corporate, technocratic operation.

If you want some of the detail, there are excellent sources that highlight the importance of buying organic/biodynamic food while organizing to grow your own, and making sure that your local trading community can defend your food sources against the advancing technocracy.

See ‘Sickening Profits: The Global Food System’s Poisoned Food and Toxic Wealth’ and

‘The Future of Food’ and watch

‘The Synthetic Transformation of our Food Systems – Focus on Australia’ which is summarized here:

‘The True Extent of Biotechnology Experimentation – It’s Happening Now’.

In short, what the few examples above make clear is that we face a near-term future in which the control mechanisms will be all-pervasive.

Of course, you might still try to act outside the parameters of your social credit score – spend more money, spend it on something not approved in your case, grow your own food, travel outside your zone… – but the computer programs run by artificial intelligence will ensure that this does not happen by deactivating your ‘permission’ or, if this does not work instantly or other action is required, despatch a transhuman or technocratic police officer to intervene. If you still show signs of resisting the transhuman police officer, robot or drone sent to intercept you, it will, for example, simply fire an electromagnetic weapon to make you vomit until you comply.

See ‘Policing the Elite’s Technocracy: How Do We Resist This Effectively?’

For a wider, more detailed overview of some key technocratic, economic, political and other threats, see

‘We Are Being Smashed Politically, Economically, Medically and Technologically by the Elite’s “Great Reset”: Why? How Do We Fight Back Effectively?’,

and for discussions of threats that are less well known, such as those posed by geoengineering, synthetic biology and artificial intelligence, see

Geoengineered Transhumanism: How the Environment Has Been Weaponized by Chemicals, Electromagnetism & Nanotechnology for Synthetic Biology and watch

‘AI Exterminating Humans Through Synthetic Biology’.

Of course, while the program has been planned by the Elite and designed by its agents, it is not actually being implemented by the Elite or its agents. The entire ‘Great Reset’ program is being implemented by people like you and me who take orders without pondering the significance of their particular order and how it fits into the wider Elite program, just like the person putting together a bullet in a factory doesn’t ponder who will be killed by it.

It is less frightening, as the residents of the Brave New World know, to follow orders without thought or reference to conscience. It is less frightening to not ask questions and just ‘go along’. In essence, it is less frightening ‘not to know’.

And that is why these two dystopian novels end the way they do: Huxley and Orwell were astute observers of their fellow humans and knew how easily they submit. After all, being submissive is far less frightening than resisting. But even if we do somehow ‘know’, we are good at concealing our cowardice behind our favourite delusion, ‘taught’ to you in early childhood: ‘I am doing what I am told and that is the right thing to do.’ Which, in essence, is why so many people got repeatedly vaxxed and even the bulk of those who didn’t prefer to complain rather than act.

See ‘The Elite’s 5,000-Year War on Your Mind is Climaxing. Can We Defeat it? (Parts 1 & 2)’.

Anyway, with changes being made to 200 areas of human life, the Elite has not left much to chance or even many gaps through which one might sneak. Which means that effective resistance now is the only realistic possibility for averting life under Big Brother or Mustapha Mond and his fellow world controllers.

Of course, as the books illustrate superbly, there is no point seeking redress by asking Big Brother or Mustapha Mond. Similarly, if we seek redress through the Elite or its agents, we will not succeed.

See ‘The Elite Coup to Kill or Enslave Us: Why Can’t Governments, Legal Actions and Protests Stop Them?’

And because the Elite program is so complex and sophisticated, if our resistance is to be effective it must be strategic. That is, we must focus on directly resisting the key foundational components of the Elite program ourselves. Otherwise, our resistance will simply be absorbed and dissipated to come to nothing.

Resisting the Brave New World of the Technocracy

The intention of the Elite’s advancing technocracy is to kill off vast numbers of humans and transhumanize and enslave the rest.

And given the sophistication and savagery of the program, defeating it will require commitment, persistence, courage and enormous strategically-focused effort by a large number of people.

‘We Are Human We Are Free’ is strategically-designed to defeat the Elite program and will succeed if enough people participate. You can read the 30 strategic goals identifying the critical points of resistance on the website with one-page flyers, identifying the minimum areas for action, available in 23 languages.

Conclusion

Aldous Huxley and George Orwell were well placed to perceive trends in society and prescient enough to warn us in novels written many decades ahead of ‘crunch time’. Sadly, humanity failed to take advantage of their warnings.

This means that we must act now if we are to have any chance of averting imposition of the Elite’s technocracy, including destruction of the global economy, even as their genocidal program advances.

Time is running out.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Robert J. Burrowes has a lifetime commitment to understanding and ending human violence. He has done extensive research since 1966 in an effort to understand why human beings are violent and has been a nonviolent activist since 1981. He is the author of ‘Why Violence?’ http://tinyurl.com/whyviolence His email address is [email protected] and his website is here. http://robertjburrowes.wordpress.com He is a regular contributor to ‘Global Research’.

Featured image is from 21st Century Wire

[Incisive article by Peter Koenig first published by Global Research on June 14, 2023]

DARPA Neurologist and Chief of the Neuroethics Studies Program at Georgetown University, Washington DC, Dr. James Giordano, who is also a weapons expert, started his presentation at West Point NY Military Academy by saying, “The brain is and will be the 21st Century battlefield. End of story.” 

.

.

.

DARPA stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, a Pentagon thinktank.

Dr. Giordano talks about how Directed Energy can be and is being weaponized. Individuals’ brains can be targeted by microwaves, the type of 5G and soon to come 6G, of which you see antennas growing like mushrooms all over the word.

They tell you, it is to make your internet, and ever more sophisticated computers and smart phones faster, with more outreach capacity – and to help advance digitization.

This may all be true to some extent, but the real reason behind these microwave towers is to target YOU, the individual.

Why? From other sources we know that the Fourth Industrial Revolution is in full implementation.

Klaus Schwab, eternal CEO of the World Economic Forum (WEF), published his book, “Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution”, already in 2018.

In it he writes about such significant topics as Embedding Values in Technologies; The Internet of Things; Data Ethics; Artificial Intelligence and Robotics; and a special chapter on “Altering the Human Being”.

In this chapter, Schwab addresses biotechnologies, and neurotechnologies, transhumanism – precisely the science that Dr. Giordano was talking about in 2018 at the West Point Military Academy, and which is in full implementation.

If we connect the dots, we realize that the “Brain as the Battlefield of the Future” is NOW and that we were warned way ahead. According to Dr. Giordano, the science of neurotechnologies has started some 40 years ago and he, Giordano, has been part of it for at least 35 years. Therefore, warnings have been all over the place, at the latest by Klaus Schwab’s “Fourth Industrial Revolution” (available from Amazon).

The Death Cult has again given people warnings, according to its “rules” – way ahead of time, so, They may be successful.

Why is it, that we never take note of such warnings?

Because we do not believe in so much built-in evil in humanity? Or, because we do not want to leave our “comfort zone”, our dystopian view of a “safe world”? They know it. And we MUST break that boundary between comfort and reality. If not, we are doomed.

“If you are targeted there is virtually nothing you can do,” says William Binney, ex-NSA Technical Director and whistleblower. The NSA is the US National Security Agency, one of 15 US Intelligence Agencies.

If you want a lead-demonstrator to stop demonstrating, you target his brain with ultra-shortwaves.

We by now know them as 5G. You make them depressed, so they do not want to demonstrate anymore; you make them suicidal and the problem is resolved. You do this as many times as you want and create an ambiance of depression. These are paraphrased words of Barry Trower, ex-MI5 Microwave scientist and whistleblower.

Mr. Trower adds, that low-level micro-waves can cause all sorts of cancers and leukemias and further elaborates that for the past 40 years or so the UK Government, plus basically all the Anglosaxon governments, have been lying to their people, to protect not only the high-flying profits of these “industries of death”, but perhaps more importantly for not divulging the evil objective of total surveillance and enslavement that they have planned.

Today, we gradually see what this “plan” entails.

Through “Electronic Telepathy”, Trower adds, we are able to monitor the brain. If at one point, technology foresaw that tiny, hardly visible chip-implants were necessary in the brain to be able to electronically access individuals’ thinking – hence the highly magnetic graphene oxide in many of the covid vaxx-injections – this may no longer be necessary.

In other words, we are all vulnerable – vaxxed or unvaxxed – to mind interference through the worldwide coverage of 5G shortwaves. And the worst is, we may not even notice when it “hits” us.

Mind manipulations may take many forms. One of them is that people physically hear voices – it is not that people are imagining voices, but they can physically hear voices… it can be anything, anything you want to hear, or you are scared to hear, angelic voices or diabolical voices; to repeat the words of neuroscientists.

This technology may have been applied to the US Embassy personnel in Havana, first reported by US and Canadian Embassy staff in Havana, Cuba. The so-called Havana Syndrome, of 2016. This may be a cluster of idiopathic symptoms experienced mostly abroad by U.S. government officials and military personnel. The symptoms range in severity from pain and ringing in the ears to cognitive dysfunction.

The Havana Syndrome has apparently now also been reported by US Embassy staff in China.

DARPA let a couple of contracts in 2011 / 2012 with the University of California for what is called “electronic telepathy”, to be able to monitor the brains of people at distance and to determine what they are thinking.

Under a separate contract the university was to investigate sending in signals to the brain of a person, literally sending them messages saying what they must think – and do. This is where the technology is today.

This could be used in your private life, as well as your professional life. It means, already today, they could make you do and behave as whatever they would like. They could make you a murderer, a cheater or just simply obedient to orders that may follow.

To repeat: “What you must know is that the brain is and will be the 21st Century’s battlefield”, says Dr. James Giordano, DARPA neurologist, during his talk at the Modern War Institute at West Point NY.

It is important to remember, especially since we should pay more attention to our surroundings, to people’s behavior, than what we are used to. We may deduct many lessons. So, that we may continue and expanding the field of connecting the dots.

In the video below, you will see a chart, indicating that Neuroscience, Neurotechnology in the Narcotics and Special Investigation Division (NSID), part of DARPA, has been “Valid, valuable and already in NSID use since 2014.”

The technology could be used to prompt you to commit mass murder. Are some of the “sudden and unexpected” school and shopping mall mass shootings are triggered by such mechanisms?

This is a distinct possibility, because in most cases the shooter is not apprehended and brought to justice, but immediately killed on the scene by the police, lest he might recall what happened to him and divulge the secret in court, the NSID use of the brain as a battlefield. In most cases the police simply say the “culprit” was know to the police, and / or had already a police record. This is to disguise you from thinking further.

Why are they doing it? They, being the “monsters”, which cannot easily be called humans.

To create terror, constant fear, to keep you on your toes. To get you used to terror and violence, as worse, much worse is to come, if they have their way. And we just comply, become depressed and passive, instead of rebelling in unison and Peace, but strongly rejecting the dominion of a few over us, the many.

Curiously, the Fourth Industrial Revolution does not give one single valid reason why all digitization, transhumanism, total control of humanity is good for humanity and for Mother Earth; nor does the Great Reset, nor does UN Agenda 2030.

We must stop this abuse of humanity, the human enslavement for the benefit of a few. For example, we can do so, among other actions, by collectively and in solidarity disabling the 5G / 6G antennas; by staying away as much as possible from vaxxes, from medication altering your brain activities, like causing depression, and extreme cheerfulness. Stay away from mainstream medication and especially from short-wave antennas.

Remember, scared people are easier manipulated. And that is one of the end goals, to manipulate you according to their will.

The DARPA expert, Giordano, who is also a prominent scientist in the US Health and Human Service Department – that speaks for itself – also talks about non-invasive technologies, such as the so-called “N3 Program”, the neurosurgical, neuromodulation and narcotics program.

“The idea is to put minimal size electrodes in your brain, for only minimal intervention to be able to read and write into the brain function. In real time. Remotely….. influencing in ways that are kinetic and non-kinetic the attitudes, believes, thoughts, emotions, activities; look at the power and tools that brain sciences afford.”

This was the level of science in 2018, when Dr. Giordano gave his infamous speech at West Point. In the meantime, neuroscience has leaped forward, so that implants are no longer necessary.

Ex-MI5 Microwave scientist, Barry Tower, explains how they destroy a targeted individual. He says,

“If you want to cause a specific psychiatric illness, you would have the microwave beam always target a specific gland, or a specific part of the brain, or an eye, or a heart…” And there is nothing you can do. “If that doesn’t work, they can always send the FBI, take a photo, and then take you out in other ways.”

Intelligence communities, even those within governments, with the help of their algorithm-assisted surveillance tools, become so powerful that they escape the boundaries of the state for which they are working, become independent, and control the state that should control them.

We are moving in warp speed towards a Nazi-Stasi State which we see coming, but are incapable of doing anything against it, because we are not connected with each other, we are kept apart as individuals, with our little individual advantages and special treats – keeping us on individual leashes, purposefully away from uniting with others.

“Stasi” – for those, too young to remember, is a colloquial term to describe the East-German Ministry of State Security.

This affects not only the United States, but countries all around the world, especially the western world, which is still intent to remain THE Empire, emerging into a One World Order (OWO).

This can happen only with (i) a massively reduced population, to reduce resistance; (ii) with a scared-to-death population; and eventually, (iii) with the survivors transformed into easily manipulable transhumans.

How that works has very eloquently been demonstrated in the video above. Below is a summary version but equally explicit (23 min. video).

Is that the future that awaits us?

It sure looks like it, especially since most people, maybe as many as 99.999% of the people, have no clue, and are totally vulnerable but, as such, perfect guinea pigs for trials, to perfect their “brain battlefield”, so to speak.

This is not a life worth living. But suicide is not the answer. To the contrary, stepping out from under this diabolical system, being openly promoted by the World Economic Forum (WEF) with “The Great Reset”; WHO, with the international QR code-based vaxx and travel certificate enslavement; and the United Nations Agenda 2030, that may be read at par with The Great Reset.

The UN, what you may least believe, the UN with their Agenda 2030, with targets and goals virtually identical with the WEF’s Reset, has ceased to be what we all believe it is and what it was supposedly created for – supporting and enabling World Peace.

This cessation of “Peace Maker” of the UN system has started gradually, already decades ago. In fact, as far back as the Club of Rome’s “Limits of Growth” (1972), when inspired by the Rockefeller Brothers, the UN was to gradually follow the Limits of Growth agenda which had to do with massive depopulation and – yes, climate change.

A corner stone of change was the first United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), also known as the ‘Earth Summit’, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in June 1992. From then on followed almost on an annual basis the infamous UN sponsored COP conferences (COP – Conference of the Parties).

The last one, COP27, took place in November 2022 in Egypt. The annual repetition of COPs is a well-studied method of social brainwashing, manipulation à la Tavistock – has worked wonders. It is today hard to find anybody under the common people, who does not believe in the CO2-emitting man-made climate change. No matter what evidence to the contrary is produced.

The UN sell-out to a corrupt elite has taken a visible and giant step forward with the beginning of the Decade 2020, i.e., with the UN Agenda 2030. All of this must first sink into the brain of most people, before we can even start resisting and move into another sphere of vibration.

However, like with everything spiritual and dynamic, once a critical mass has started with critical thinking the move into the Light may be fast.

Moving into the Light is what is predicted for 2023 / 2024. In no ways should this prediction be taken as a “lean-back” and watch-what-happens encouragement. To be FREE is only a right, if we defend it and fight for it. Let us not leave cracks for diabolical seduction.

Before we can step out, we must recognize these diabolical “Illuminati” methods and stand up in unison against them.

This writing is about spreading this information on the brain as the ongoing and next battlefield”. Many will find it so off their current-thinking matrix, they will just shake their heads in disbelief, or calling such facts and news “misinformation”. Many of us, have been there. It does not matter. We must continue the offense with the truth.

The field of those who start thinking on their own, is growing; of those who come to the same conclusions, that we are being enslaved by a small but powerful elite, and the evidence that it is high time to escape this enslavement, is overwhelming.

Indeed, the era where our brain is the next battlefield needs to be fought against with all our vigor.

We do not want battlefields of any kind. We want PEACE.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from the US Army

[This can be read in 51 languages via the “Translate Website” dropdown menu above. This can also be downloaded as PDF by clicking the PDF button above the featured image.]

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

World War III Is “On” But the Empire Has Already Lost.

An American Civil War Looms.

Spiritual transformation is the only way to prevent extinction.

 

 

By Richard C. Cook

 

 

Global Research E-Book, September 2024


This eBook is dedicated to the memory of the millions of human lives lost in WWI, WWII, and now WWIII.


 

Featured photo: “Sacred Ground”

Dunker Church remained standing at the center of the Antietam Battlefield, Sharpsburg, Maryland, on September 17, 1862, “the bloodiest day in American history.”

Photo courtesy Karen Tintle-Cook

Based on an article originally published on VT Foreign Policy. 

Copyright 2024 by Richard C. Cook. 

Copying, printing, transmission, and translation are authorized under Fair Use. 

Direct all inquiries to [email protected] including notification of reprinting or translation.

 


 

About the Author

 

Richard C. Cook is co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an advisor to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack at https://montanarcc.substack.com and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here. 

 


Table of Contents

 

Preface 

Chapter 1:

Introduction 

Chapter 2:

How Did We Get Here? 

Chapter 3:

Key Dates: 1880-1990 

Chapter 4:

Key Dates: 1991-2024 

Chapter 5:

The Plan is Population Reduction 

Chapter 6:

American Civil War II? 

Chapter 7:

Spiritual Transformation 

Addendum 1:

The Fourteen Holy Helpers 

Addendum 2:

Richard Wagner (1813-1883) 

Addendum 3:

Jesus on a White Horse 

 

A Note on Documentation: Major sources have been indicated, but every statement made in this eBook has documentary backing which may or may not be cited. Of course, the author takes responsibility for the entire content. Also, while some of the statements in the text may be shocking to some readers, it is still necessary that they be made. Finally, the text has been reviewed in its entirety by several responsible experts, so that it is in this sense the product of a community of individuals that has been interacting for some time. 


 

Preface

 

I was born in 1946 in Missoula, Montana, then the heart of one of the most wild and remote parts of the continental U.S. Mom had grown up in the wilderness around Seeley Lake, where her dad worked in the lumber camps. My dad was attending Montana State College on the GI Bill. My memories are impressionistic: a small house at the foot of a mountain, dressing up like an Indian, wandering off one night and being found by neighbors. 

Dad was hired by Dow Chemical, so we lived in Midland, Michigan, until the summer of 1960. It was a typical family life in a small Midwestern factory city: School and church. Baseball and football seasons. A chemistry set for Christmas. Howdy Doody on TV. But also an awakening to American history around the 8th grade, especially Civil War history. The question of the day: Should Communist China be allowed to join the UN? The shock of Sputnick. 

When I was 13, Dad was transferred to a Dow/Badische plant near Williamsburg, Virginia, and life suddenly changed. We lived near the Restored Area of Colonial Williamsburg (CW) that had been created through the philanthropy of John D. Rockefeller, Jr. High school had two social classes: the town kids coming mainly from families associated with CW or the College of William and Mary, and the country kids whose families went back to Confederate days or even earlier. Of course, the schools were segregated.

And moving from a place in Michigan where there were lakes, farms, and forests surrounding the town, I now lived a mile from the CIA “farm” and close to one of the largest conglomerates of Army, Navy, Air Force, and Aerospace facilities in the world. Military-industrial-complex-land!

Our high school sent its top students to Ivy League universities, so I was on track for Yale. But the morning of November 22, 1963, I was called to the office, where I learned President John F. Kenney had been shot. Maybe it was a coincidence, but my life seemed like it was falling apart after that. I later started at Yale but dropped out after six weeks. Nothing there resonated. But I ended up making Phi Beta Kappa at the College of William and Mary and a career with the federal government. 

I’d like to mention a peculiar incident from my senior year. 

I was then the student head of the James Blair High School International Relations Club. Our faculty adviser had gotten us an invitation to a conference being held at the Williamsburg Lodge. We showed up, but before our group was able to attend any sessions, I got word that we had been disinvited due to the “bad behavior” of some of our student members. It was a surprise. I had never witnessed any of this. The date was April 11, 1964. 

Or maybe someone was hiding something. 

Many years later I learned that the conference was being put on by the Bilderberg Group. At this conference there took place the first meeting between Club of Rome founder Aurelio Peccei and mega-banker David Rockefeller. It was the start of the merger between globalist finance and worldwide population reduction that is still going on and ruling world events today. 

From the assassination of JFK and the meeting between Peccei and Rockefeller, there is a straight line that marks the trajectory of the catastrophe that I characterize in this eBook as the start of World War III and possibly the American Civil War II. 

I have been a close-up witness to that trajectory, including 32 years as a federal government analyst and the years of writing I have done since then. It’s what I have witnessed that this eBook is about. 

Thanks for reading. I hope you get something out of the pages that follow. Many thanks to Michel Chossudovsky and his colleagues at Global Research for publishing them. Let me know what you think. 

“Be Not Afraid.” 

 


 

Chapter I:

Introduction

 

We have seen many dire warnings that the crises in Ukraine and the Middle East risk escalation into World War III, a war between the U.S. and its “allies” vs. Russia, Iran, and China (RIC), three nations labeled by U.S. military doctrine as “threats” or “adversaries.” Not far behind on the hit list are North Korea, Syria, Venezuela, and a host of fence-sitting nations from the “Global South.”

I contend that the hot phase of World War III actually began with the inauguration of U.S. President Joe Biden on January 20, 2021.

A more accurate name for what the U.S. is fronting for is the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, whose aim for over a century, as we shall discuss, has been total world conquest. 

In today’s warnings, World War III is equated with a global nuclear conflict. Of course, since the end of World War II, a nuclear “first strike” on Russia by U.S. military planners has never been off the table. 

But a global nuclear conflict lies at the far extreme of the potential for devastation. If we can acknowledge that World War III has already begun, I contend further that the Empire and its signature globalist ideology have already lost. The Empire in fact is imploding. The globalists are in a panicked retreat, trying to cover their rear ends with noise, threats, provocations, lies, and bluster. The number of people fooled by all this shrinks by the day. 

The question then becomes, what happens next? I contend that the sequel has also already begun and is revealing itself within the U.S. as a possible American Civil War II, which is arguably a continuation of the first Civil War of 1861-1865. This should not be surprising, as history repeats itself in long waves that engage the same underlying forces. 

Along with many Americans, Europe has also begun to liberate itself from the Empire to which it has been subservient for over a century. Even staunch backers of NATO and its pretentions, like Polish foreign minister Radoslaw Sikorski, have stated that, as quoted by Simplicius, “There is no willingness in Europe to have a war with Russia. This is an absolute red line.” 

Besides Russia, the focal point of the next phase of European history is likely, as we shall further discuss, the German-speaking world, where even German Chancellor Olaf Scholz, long viewed as a U.S. lapdog, is now calling for negotiations to end the crisis in Ukraine. 

But will the Empire blow up the world first? 

Where Is the “Declaration of War”?

The more-than-semantic difficulty is that even though the U.S. has been at war with somebody almost continuously since World War II, “war” has never been declared by Congress, such declaration seeming to naïve people as being required for armed conflict by that relic of bygone days, the U.S. Constitution. 

Instead, there have been various congressional “resolutions” authorizing force, such as the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution during the Vietnam War or the 2001Authorization for Use of Military Force (AUMF), days after 9/11. (Here we’ll refrain from talking about “false flags.”)

Following 9/11, the U.S. invaded Afghanistan and Iraq, bombed Libya, and inserted proxy jihadist forces into Syria against its legitimate government, with no congressional declaration of war. These conflicts came after the U.S./U.K./NATO destroyed Yugoslavia, finishing it off with Bill Clinton’s 1999 bombing campaign against Serbia. 

Not to mention U.S. sponsorship of a mind-numbing quantity of “color revolutions” fomented by the CIA and other Deep State agencies, including NGOs run by the Soros gang and multiple “think tanks” like RAND, to overthrow insufficiently-compliant regimes via “democratic” street demonstrations, etc. U.S. support of jihadist groups like ISIS has also been part of the mix, including in Syria and against Russia in Georgia and Ukraine.  

So how in this environment of lunacy and ambiguity do you tell when a war has really begun? The problem became worse when initiatives like the Wolfowitz Doctrine (1992—see below) opened the door to preemptive attacks on countries that just might be plotting harm to U.S. “interests.” How could you even get a congressional resolution to justify that? With the aforesaid “first strike” on Russia, for instance, it would be difficult to gain the needed surprise while the action was being debated in Congress! 

Semantics aside, many aver that a full-blown hot world war may be in the offing, with the customary practice of the U.S. picking off what they think are low-hanging fruit not possible against the RIC. Journalist Pepe Escobar defines what is happening as a final showdown between the Empire, which he calls the “Hegemon,” and Eurasia, with the RIC at its core and the growing BRICS+ community also coming into play. 

Escobar writes from the standpoint of the Middle East crisis: “The Hegemon is calculating for a World War to halt multipolarity. It supports Israel’s Gaza genocide as a necessary evil to win hard in West Asia, figuring who’s going to care once the war goes global? 

Conflict in Ukraine

The Ukrainian conflict is a proxy war by the U.S. and its NATO allies against Russia, most vociferously the U.K., with Ukrainian soldiers dying by the hundreds of thousands in a vain attempt to weaken Russia and bring about regime change against the leadership of Vladimir Putin. Russia would then be Balkanized into a collection of “statelets” subservient to Western economic power. 

The Ukrainian conflict is an extension of the West’s desire to bring about a strategic defeat of Russia and thereby gain final victory in a rivalry that began with the post-World War II Cold War, was extended through the collapse of the Soviet Union during the 1990s, and continued with the push of NATO to the borders of Russia. Next to join NATO were to be Ukraine and Georgia, with Belarus also targeted, opening the door to the stationing of nuclear weapons on Russia’s doorstep.

Actually, the rivalry with Russia dates to the British “great game,” where Britain saw the expanding Russian Empire as endangering British hegemony in the Middle East and India. Napoleon tried to harness Russia in his own series of wars against Britain, an attempt which failed. The bitterly-fought Crimean War of 1853-1856 saw Russia’s southward expansion thwarted by a coalition of Britain, France, Piedmont-Sardinia and the Ottoman Empire, but Russia recovered quickly and was able to send its fleet to New York and San Francisco as a show of strength in support of the Union during the American Civil War. 

.

undefined

State flag of Ukraine behind a wall of anonymous protesters in Kyiv, Ukraine. Events of February 18, 2014 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

.

Fast forwarding to today, the current war began with the U.S.-sponsored overthrow of Ukraine’s neutral regime in the pro-Western “Maidan” coup of 2014. Then came the arming and training of Ukraine’s armed forces (AFU) by NATO, then the AFU’s assault on the Russian-speaking Donbas region of eastern Ukraine, all taking us into 2022. With this provocation, and the refusal of Ukraine, Germany, and France to uphold the UNSC-approved Minsk Accords, came the Russian invasion of Donbas in its Special Military Operation starting in February 2022. Russia had annexed Crimea in 2014, location of its Black Sea port of Sevastopol, but now followed-up with four eastern Ukrainian oblasts in 2022. Each annexation was approved locally by an overwhelming popular vote.

U.S. President Joe Biden labeled the Russian invasion as “unprovoked.” It has been longstanding practice of the U.S. in war to goad the adversary into attacking first in order to persuade the voting public that the U.S. or its military was not at fault. This was done, for instance, by the Roosevelt administration when it beguiled Japan into attacking at Pearl Harbor on December 7, 1941. Something similar was done in provoking the 2022 Russian attack on Ukraine. These events are documented in my recent book Our Country, Then and Now (Clarity Press, 2023). 

The U.S. and its NATO partners deny that they are “parties” to the Ukraine war. But the massive amount of money, munitions, and other forms of support, including multiple anti-Russian economic sanctions, make it clear that without continual U.S. and NATO complicity, the war would be lost by Ukraine within weeks or even days. Sanctions against Russia, along with sabotage of the Nord Stream pipelines, have weakened the economies of Germany, Britain, and the E.U., while Russia has actually benefitted from increased economic self-reliance and the opening of new markets for Russian gas and oil. 

The claim that the U.S. and NATO are not parties to the war is a lie perpetrated by the U.S., the U.K., and their echo-chamber media. And the fact that the war has brought two nuclear-armed superpowers face-to-face in what for Russia at least is an existential conflict may confirm us in asserting that World War III in fact is underway. It can also be said that if Ukraine falls, so does NATO, and without NATO, the U.S. must revert to being an insular power. The best assessment of the military aspects of the Ukraine conflict has come from Andrei Martyanov, whose book America’s Final War (Clarity Press, 2024) I am in process of reviewing. 

Israel and the Middle East

This brings us to Israel and the Middle East. 

Yours truly, along with many others, were taken by surprise by the attack by Hamas against Israel, carried out on October 7, 2023. Some have stated that October 7 was a preemptive attack against an Israel already plotting a genocidal assault against the Palestinians in order to hasten the creation of Eretz Israel, the seizure of oil and gas resources along the Gazan coastline, and the building of a new canal from the Red Sea to the Mediterranean. 

The massive IDF retaliation, seen by much of the world as confirming its genocidal intentions against the Palestinians both in Gaza and the West Bank, showed a level of desperation unknown in Israel since the 1973 Yom Kippur War. As with Ukraine, neither Israel nor the IDF could survive a day without U.S. financial and military support, always guaranteed to be approved by the U.S. government—the president and Congress—due to the overwhelming clout of AIPAC and the rest of the Israel Lobby. This lobby is just as strong, though less overt, in the U.K.

What is new to Western public consciousness is the presence in and around Israel of the “Axis of Resistance,” made up not only of Hamas, but also of non-state actors in Lebanon—Hezbollah, and in Yemen—the Houthis (Ansar Allah), plus PMU militias in Iraq, all backed by the governments of Syria and Iran. Since October 8, 2023, Hezbollah, Yemen, and Iran have exposed Israel’s vulnerability to missile assault. Emigration by its citizens out of Israel is growing by the day, with tens of thousands displaced from their homes in the north and in the south, while meanwhile the Israeli economy is collapsing.

Image: President Joe Biden participates in a restricted bilateral meeting with Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu at the Hotel Kempinski in Tel Aviv, Israel, Wednesday, October 18, 2023. (Official White House Photo by Cameron Smith)

As Pepe Escobar has indicated, the Israel government headed by Benjamin Netanyahu, seems to be trying to provoke a major regional war between the U.S. and Iran, thereby leading to a hot regional or world war. Netanyahu is backed by the U.S. Neocons, who have been agitating ferociously for war with Iran for decades. 

My own personal contacts with informants in the region have made it clear that they have no doubt whatsoever, that the “settler state” of Israel is on the cusp of being destroyed. For definitive detail, see Fadi Lama’s article: Israel: The Jewish Settler State in the Levant: A Prognosis. Fadi Lama is one of the principals of the Three Sages Substack. Also see the on-line publication The Cradle and its series of commentaries on the war.

Presently in dire jeopardy is the project some believe has been in place during the entire history of Zionism, whereby those who control the Rabbinic Talmud believe they will someday become the rulers of mankind. After all, they have already conquered America, Great Britain, and much of Western Europe ideologically. What irony if their home base—Israel—were now to cease to exist, an outcome ranked as possible, if not likely, by numerous commentators. For a more complete explanation of the historical roots of the crisis, the classic source is the late British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion. 

So Has World War III Really Begun?

In my estimation, the obviously pre-planned proxy war against Russia in Ukraine, combined with the shock of the surprise conflagration in Israel and the Middle East, with both reaching the boiling point before completion of Biden’s single term of office, do in fact mark the start of WWIII. 

I would go further by stating that the reason the U.S. “establishment” was so anxious to prevent Donald Trump from becoming president in 2016, to impeach him after he was elected, to defeat him in his bid for reelection in 2020, to disrupt his administration through the COVID “plandemic,” and to prevent him from running again in 2024, has been because he was not fully on-board with the overall plan in the way Obama and Hillary Clinton were, Biden has been, and Kamala Harris is now. 

Fully aligned with the plan are the Neocons, the legacy mainstream media, the Hollywood “stars,” and the past and present leaders of the National Security State, all bought and paid for over decades. Trump’s background is as a businessman, not a war machine mouthpiece, who proved his “unreliability” in office by refusing to engage in the long-planned assault on Syria, much to the chagrin of the war-mongers even within his own national security team. 

But with the U.S. behind the 8-ball with the coming collapse in Ukraine and the failure of Israel to gain the upper hand after almost a year of screamingly hideous genocidal conflict not just on its borders but within its own territory, the crazies, including Ukraine’s Zelensky, the U.K.’s Keir Starmer, and Netanyahu very well could instigate pushing of the nuclear button rather than face the nightmarish consequences of the Empire’s threatened collapse. Among the most terrifying of these consequences is the ongoing loss of U.S. dollar hegemony at the hands of BRICS+ and other nations. 

Slippage of the dollar strikes at the heart of the Empire’s usury-based global financial dominance and is indeed the writing on the wall. Once the U.S. government can no longer sell its debt, the fat lady has sung. The billionaires know this, which is why they are scarfing up all the derivatives in sight. 

The circumstances that incite the West to its present state of growing panic have been documented by Fadi Lama in his book WHY THE WEST CAN’T WIN: From Bretton Woods to a Multipolar World (Clarity Press, 2019).

For additional background, see my own analyses on VT Foreign Policy: Is World War Three About to Start? and Is World War Three About to Start or Has It Already?

 


 

Chapter 2: 

How Did We Get Here?

 

We cannot understand the present dilemma without reference to history. This was why I wrote my most recent book, Our Country, Then and Now. Encompassing American history from the first Puritan settlers, with extensive reference to Native Americans and blacks brought first as slaves, the story focuses on the gradual descent from various peoples’ search for freedom to today’s almost total submission to the globalists and the financial oligarchy. This oligarchy derives its power from the 500-year course of Western fractional reserve banking and the reign of usury. 

The following narrative is based on the sections of Our Country, Then and Now which begin in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. It was then that the U.S. succumbed to its own greed and fear in becoming a major component of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire; namely, that component charged with fighting and dying in the Empire’s wars. Remember what Henry Kissinger said: “Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” The same might be said of America’s ruling class. 

Characteristics of the Empire

The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire embodied the convergence of two major historical currents:

1) the transformation of the British Empire into a larger global enterprise knit together at first by British maritime power until this expanded by the mid-20th century into a gigantic naval/air complex managed primarily by the U.S. military; and

2) the development of a nihilist social-political construct exemplified by the Terror of the French Revolution; the appearance and growth of Communist internationalism after Marx’s publication in 1848 of the Communist Manifesto and in 1867 of Kapital; the conquest of Tsarist Russia by Rabbinic Judaism, aka, the “Russian Revolution”; and the subversion of American consciousness by the commercialism and philistinism of a social, educational, medical, and media system controlled by the Rockefellers and other British and American oligarchs. Many were Jewish, including many in the U.S. who controlled Hollywood, liquor, and gambling. 

It may be puzzling to some that I include communist influences in the above list, but if you consider the concept of capitalism for the rich and communism for everyone else, this may be more clear.   

The net effect of these developments is today’s reign of the billionaires, combined with the near-complete subservience of the individual to the power of state/corporatist tyranny. The underlying purpose is violent world-conquest and massive larceny of all planetary resources. The best literary depiction of this apparatus remains the epochal novel 1984. 

These developments began to emerge by around 1905, and through the agency of the British “clubs” and the monetary power of Cecil Rhodes and Nathaniel Rothschild and their “Round Table,” the Empire that now came into existence set out:

1) in Rhodes’s words, “to recover American for the British Empire”; and

2) to annihilate Britain’s main continental rival: Germany. 

Side-by-side with these measures was the growth of Zionism, which began to influence world events after the Balfour Declaration issued by the British government in 1917 granted the region of Palestine, then part of the Ottoman Empire, to the Jews as a perpetual “homeland.” 

It is essential to emphasize that even though the creation of Israel in 1947-1948 was claimed to be a reaction to the WWII “Holocaust,” the decision to implant a Jewish national state in Palestine was made long before. Indeed, it was part of British foreign policy well before the turn of the 20th century. 

Among the reasons the British brought the U.S. into World War I was to free a large portion of the British army stationed on the Western Front to be sent to seize Palestine from the Ottomans, with the intention of future Jewish occupation. 

Geopolitically, this seizure would secure the southern terminus of the “Mackinder Line,” named for a British professor, Sir Halford Mackinder, by which Britain planned to control the world’s “Heartland”; i.e., Eurasia. This line starts in the Baltic region, runs south along Poland and through Ukraine, then across the Dardanelles and Turkey to the Levantine coast. 

Of course, this is precisely the locale where WWIII has now commenced. (Speaking of the Dardanelles, will Turkey flip and leave NATO to join BRICS+?)

Later, during World War II, British Prime Minister Winston Churchill made a secret deal with Hitler, whereby Germany would recall its North African army poised to seize the Suez Canal and Palestine, in exchange for British acquiescence in Germany’s invasion of the Soviet Union. The bringing about of this invasion with full knowledge that Germany would thereby be destroyed, was the cornerstone of Churchill’s World War II strategy. These historical facts have been explained in Guido Giacomo Preparata’s masterful Conjuring Hitler: How Great Britain and America Created the Third Reich and Destroyed Europe.

It was the destruction of Christian Europe, with the German-speaking world at its core, that became the overriding objective of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire and has remained so to this day. An early key to this strategy was the so-called “Russian Revolution,” carried out by Jewish forces controlled by Rabbinic Talmudism and financed by Western bankers. Again, the best source on this aspect of the world conspiracy is British journalist Douglas Reed’s The Controversy of Zion.

In fact, through World War I alone, the British-led coalition (with the paid-for help of the Bolsheviks) succeeded in destroying four empires with strong religious heritage: the German, the Austro-Hungarian, the Russian, and the Ottoman.

We can also observe that the creation of an oligarchical anti-Christian state based on banking and finance—usury—was at the core of a long-term project of transferring priorities and practices from the Italian city-state of Venice to the rest of Western Europe that began to influence England around the year 1520. For more detail see Francis Leader’s Substack of September 3, 2024, based on a lecture by Gerry Rose entitled The Venetian Takeover of England. Also see Francis Leader’s Substack of September 18, cross-posting “The Venetian Virus: How England Was Conquered from Within,” by H. Graham Lowry in The Duke Report. See here.

Speaking of Venice, William Shakespeare wrote The Merchant of Venice around 1596-1598 based on Italian sources. Shakespeare was wired into the highest echelons of English society, and we may take his drama as a warning of what was going on at a time when usury was becoming widespread. Many of England’s aristocratic youth were falling victim to both Jewish and gentile money-lenders operating freely in Renaissance London. Shylock’s “pound of flesh” was an effective symbol of the deadly stakes of the game.

Financial Hegemony

In the field of economics, the Empire’s program is to secure economic, social, and political control of the world through financial hegemony, based, as stated above, on fractional reserve banking and usury. This system, originating in Venice and now over 500 years in the making, was intended to assure the constant flow of all money (spending power/liquidity/means of exchange) into the hands of the Western bankers. The door was opened to this historical disaster when the Papacy rescinded its centuries-long prohibition on usury under pressure from the wealthy class. 

The money thence stolen from society would be valued in terms of gold, with fractional reserve banking multiplying the gold into the amount of desired paper money—credit—released into circulation. The gold itself would be held by the bankers in their vaults. In time, every weekday morning a group of the wealthiest men in England would meet at the Rothschild Bank in the City of London to set the price of gold during the upcoming day’s trading. They thus controlled the monetary value of every article bought or sold in the world.

The modern-day London Gold Fix was first held on September 12, 1919, to kick-start London’s gold market after the end of the First World War. For 85 years until 2004 the five member banks of the London Gold Fix would meet face-to-face at the offices of N.M. Rothschild on St. Swithins Lane in the City of London. 

The money thus accumulated as bankers’ profits would be selectively doled out to proxies, including the mass media to control the minds of the masses, then their incomes, living conditions, health care, food supply, etc., even their life span. The following article discloses what is likely the tip of the iceberg, or close to it. See here.

A key part of population control would become the manufacture and distribution of addictive drugs by the CIA and other Deep State agencies. Closely related was the prescription drug regime of Big Pharma. The profits from both legal and illegal drug sales today support the Deep State’s “black” agenda, enrich the monetary centers, especially the City of London and Wall Street, and prop up the global financial system, always on the verge of over-extension and collapse as happened with the Global Financial Crisis of 2008-2009.

Targeting of Germany

Germany was the original target of the Empire once it had consolidated itself. Germany was targeted not only because, as everyone knows, the German Empire, formed in 1870 but with deep historic roots, was Britain’s chief naval and commercial rival, but also because Germany, during the 19th century, had become the focal point within Europe of numerous profound spiritual currents related to Europe’s Christian heritage. 

.

undefined

The German colonial empire and its protectorates in 1914 (Licensed under CC BY-SA 4.0)

.

These currents not only promised to revitalize Christianity, but also hoped to attain breakthroughs in spiritual fields related to study of Eastern religions, including those of India, China, and Japan, tolerance and unity with Islam sheltered by a budding alliance between Germany and the Ottomans, and the appearance of advanced teachings of comparative spirituality. 

The latter were exemplified, for instance, by the discourses of Rudolf Steiner and the even more important teachings of Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), whose books garnerned over a million readers in the German-speaking world. 

The way had been paved by the rich traditions of German music, culminating in the works of composer Richard Wagner, German literature exemplified by Goethe, Schiller, and the Grimm Brothers, and scientist/historians like Gottfried Wilhelm Leibnitz. In the words of H. Graham Lowry. “Leibniz’s writings, particularly his essays on justice and happiness, profoundly influenced republican movements in both England and the American colonies. His ideas of universal benevolence and happiness as central to human purpose directly challenged the Venetian model of imperialism and financial control.” 

German philosophy had also made major breakthroughs. Immanuel Kant “had enshrined the principle of autonomous reason, of ‘always thinking for oneself,’ as the essence of the Enlightenment. G.W.F. Hegel, Kant’s commanding successor, unveiled a grandiose theory of progress, in which a World Spirit guides history toward a utopian future.” (Alex Ross, Wagnerism: Art and Politics in the Shadow of Music, p.24)

Further back in history were the treasures of medieval and Renaissance mysticism, exemplified by Meister Eckhart and religious reformers like Martin Luther and the German Anabaptists. Thousands of German artists, musicians, and writers carried these teachings forward around the world, with special impact in Japan and America. The brilliant fiction of America’s greatest woman writer, Willa Cather, testifies to this movement with her persistent motifs of German thought and spirit, especially regarding Wagner. 

It took World Wars I & II to reduce Germany to ashes, but the German economic miracle of the 1950s and 1960s showed that nation’s irrepressible spirit. Once again today, the Empire has targeted Germany by forcing it to buy into “Project Ukraine” at the cost of its own cheap energy sources from Russia. But the failure of the Empire’s assault on Russia in Ukraine may also lead to the liberation of Germany and the rest of the E.U. from the shackles the Empire so painstakingly forged through the wars of the 20th century. 

Uniqueness of Wagner

The great German composer Richard Wagner (1813-1883), persecuted in his youth as a social radical, had figured out the bankers’ tricks. In the Ring of the Nibelung, Wagner portrayed the evil dwarf that sought to control the world through the power of the gold ring that he stole from the safekeeping of the Rhine Maidens. This ring gave power over everything in the world. Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings is the English-language version of the story. The Star Wars sagas also draw heavily on Wagner’s story lines, as well as the thematic music. 

The British bankers knew they were the evil dwarves Wagner had highlighted and that the rest of the world was finding out too. So Germany had to go. Wagner had also discovered, through his production of Parsifal, that there existed in the world an order of high spiritual guardians who kept the secret of the Holy Grail—Christ’s path to the Spirit. 

Access to the Grail’s sacred potency had been interrupted by human failings, but a new community of innocents was discovering it, so Wagner had to be eliminated on these grounds too. Young people especially were not to be allowed to realize that a new spiritual age was dawning, one free from the curse of materialism.  

Of course, today’s money masters have attempted to scare people away from Wagner by harping on the fact that Hitler liked to listen to his music. But so have millions of people around the world for almost two centuries now. 

Similarly, the Empire felt compelled to destroy Russian culture along with the German. A quick look at American “streaming” TV tells you what they replaced these classics with and why a majority of people today are without bedrock values.  

 


 

Chapter 3:

Key Dates—1880-1990

 

The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire is, above all, the Empire of the bankers, the financiers, the hedge fund owners, and the stock brokers. Everyone else slaves for them—including the managerial and professional classes, government workers, and the military—besides, of course, the workers. Among the key dates marking the modern history of the Empire, since just before the turn of the 20th century, are as follows:

1880-1902: Boer Wars complete theft of South African gold and diamond wealth by British Empire from Dutch and native occupants, with African colonies now under control of the Rothschild banking conglomerate and the Cecil Rhodes-funded Round Table. At the same time, the Zionist movement, originating in Eastern Europe, joins with the British government in advancing plans for creation of the state of Israel. Prior to Zionism, three million European Jews had successfully migrated to the U.S. and were peacefully assimilating as hardworking law-abiding citizens with no thought of a Jewish national state. For them the “Promised Land” was America. While some later donated money to the settlement of European Jews in Palestine, virtually none had an interest in ever moving there, much less a terrorist war to seize the land from its occupants.  

1902-1909: Anglo-American Pilgrim Society is formed to advance imperial agenda and assure Cecil Rhodes’ dream of “recovering America for the British Empire.” Program implemented to control U.K./U.S. mainstream media as instrument of mass propaganda in support of imperial financial hegemony and worldwide colonialism and wars of conquest. Key U.S. imperial propaganda organ was, and remains, the New York Times. 

1913: Federal Reserve Act and Revenue Act are passed by Congress through influence of Rothschild interests combined with U.S. Money Trust run by Morgans and Rockefellers. (The Rothschilds wrote the Federal Reserve Act.) Main purpose is to channel U.S. industrial wealth into credit advanced to Britain and France to fight war of annihilation against Germany. These measures transfer monetary and financial policy and consequently economic policy in the U.S. to private bankers. Thus, effectively, the U.S. was no longer a sovereign state, but a vassal of the money powers. Additional purpose is to finance Rabbinic Talmud assault against the Russian monarchy, aka, the “Bolshevik” or “Russian” Revolution. Era of mass multigenerational genocide against Russian Christian population follows, with tens of millions killed. 

1914: World War I begins. British diplomacy has created the Triple Entente, consisting of Britain, Russia, and France, to assure that the planned “Great War” will force Germany to fight on both Eastern and Western fronts. Germany attacks westward through Belgium to assure a quick knock-out, but conflict bogs down into trench warfare protracted to bleed Germany economically. Britain manipulates U.S. into joining war in Europe so it can send its army to take over Palestine from the Ottomans. U.S. propaganda machine goes full-bore to paint Germans as the “Hun” and imprisons dissenters. U.S. peace movement is led by Republican politicians like Charles Lindbergh, Sr., but is suppressed. Wall Street speculator Bernard Baruch takes over and runs U.S. war economy. 

1916: President Woodrow Wilson, a bankers’ puppet who signed the Federal Reserve Act, is reelected on the campaign slogan, “He kept us out of war.” U.S. enters war on Allied side soon afterwards. 

1917-1919: Britain issues Balfour Declaration promising Palestine to the Zionists as a future Jewish “homeland” and assures through the Treaty of Versailles that Britain will control Palestine as a League of Nations “mandate.” The treaty imposes a crushing peace on Germany, setting the stage for another world war with Germany still the target. 

1921-1929: U.S. profits from financing the war have caused large amounts of gold to be transferred from Britain and Europe that now fuel the “Roaring Twenties” buoyed by banks lending “on margin” to inflate the stock market. The Bank of England crashes the market when the Federal Reserve agrees to restore gold to Britain. The Great Depression follows. Franklin D. Roosevelt, elected president in 1932, confiscates privately-owned gold, removes the U.S. from the gold standard, and finances social and economic recovery programs with large infusions of government debt. 

1933: Hitler is named chancellor of Germany as the Depression hits, following a lengthy preparatory period where Anglo-American capital provides means to rebuild Germany’s war machine. Britain and the U.S. also secretly arm the Soviet Union. The aim is to finish off Germany by instigating a German attack on the Soviet Union. British deceptive diplomacy leads Hitler on by appearing to “appease” territorial ambitions. Hitler swallows the bait. 

1939-1941: As World War II starts in Europe, the American “internationalists” assert themselves by tarring the anti-war movement with the label “isolationist.” Meanwhile, the U.S. arms Britain, France, and the Soviet Union through Lend-Lease, while goading Japan to attack in the Pacific. Government debt and war budgets eliminate unemployment while creating huge standing army of uniformed military, defense contractors, bureaucrats living off the federal budget deficit, and ordinary citizens dependent for a living on government payments. Enough of these people vote Democratic to assure Roosevelt’s election in four consecutive presidential contests. 

1940-1941: Using Rockefeller Foundation funding, the Council on Foreign Relations develops a series of studies that it submits to the government advocating that the U.S. establish a permanent policy of gaining and maintaining global military supremacy. This policy is implemented as the central U.S. war aim and is never rescinded. Nevertheless, Roosevelt himself favors downsizing of the British Empire and a global balance of power among the U.S. and its Western allies, with the Soviet Union in Europe, and China in Asia. This policy is implemented through the U.N. charter and Security Council membership for the U.S., Britain, France, the Soviet Union, and China. However, Roosevelt dies, and Truman drops atom bombs on Japan, sets up the National Security State, commences the Cold War against the Soviets, recognizes Israel, and goes to war in Korea. 

1945: World War II leaves Germany and Japan in ruins, while the U.S. and Soviet Union share the spoils of war. The U.S. now has the world’s greatest industrial plant, while the Soviet Union controls much of Europe. The Soviets also prepare to transfer fighters and weapons for Jewish gangs to conquer Palestine with financial help from U.S. Jews. Britain facilitates the founding of NATO and induces the U.S. to rebuild Germany via the Marshall Plan. World financial control continues to rest with the City of London, which backs U.S. dollar hegemony through Bretton Woods, the IMF, and the World Bank. The U.S. will need dollar hegemony to finance the war machine. 

1948: Israel expels 700,000 Palestinians in its terrorist Nakba and declares its statehood as a Jewish settler state. Israel is recognized immediately by the Soviet Union and the U.S. With Churchill having declared the existence of the “Iron Curtain,” the Soviets are now pushed out of the “Western Alliance.” The Anglo-American-Zionist Empire has taken its final form, with the U.S. creating the CIA and the National Security State to engage the Soviets in what will become the Cold War. The U.S. and the Soviets jostle for position in Korea, the Middle East, Africa, and along the East-West divide in Europe. 

1953: U.S. inaugurates era of CIA “regime change” operations by overthrowing the elected president of Iran, Mohammad Mossadegh. U.S., Britain, and France divide up Iran’s oil assets. 

1961: President Dwight Eisenhower warns of the growth in power of the “military-industrial-complex.” Election of John F. Kennedy as president is followed by Bay of Pigs invasion, Kennedy’s vow to “break the CIA into a million pieces,” Cuban Missile Crisis, and Kennedy’s American University address for world peace. Victory of the National Security State over the last semblance of authentic American democracy is assured by its assassination of President Kennedy in 1963. Not by coincidence, Kennedy was coming out in opposition to a U.S. war in Vietnam and in the acquisition by Israel of nuclear weapons. 

1963-1974: Vietnam War leaves Southeast Asia in ruins and American society profoundly divided between the establishment war machine and a growing anti-war movement. CIA attacks youth with MK Ultra mind-control program and promotion of illicit drugs like LSD. CIA sponsors illegal drug epidemic in American cities. CIA Project Mockingbird fastens ironclad control on mass media in favor of war and financial exploitation worldwide. 

1964: Club of Rome founder Aurelio Peccei and banker David Rockefeller meet in Williamsburg, VA, at Bilderberg Conference to begin the merger between globalist finance and worldwide population reduction.

1965-1968: Assassinations of Malcolm X, Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr., and Robert Fitzgerald Kennedy, Jr., profoundly affect American society and culture and cement growing control by globalists and Deep State.  

1974: Resignation of President Richard Nixon after CIA set-up. Nixon had been trying to rein in power of CIA after working with National Security Adviser Henry Kissinger in reaching rapprochement with Russia and “Opening to China.” 

1973: David Rockefeller founds the Trilateral Commission to begin movement toward globalist control of world economy via division among U.S., Europe, and Japan. This is the era of growing power of secret societies and behind-the-scenes control of events by shadow groups like Bilderberg, the Rockefeller and other tax-exempt foundations, “think tanks” like RAND and the Council on Foreign Relations, the World Economic Forum (founded in 1971), National Endowment for Democracy, NGOs like George Soros’s Open Society Foundations, etc. Combined with secret maneuvering of Deep State agencies like the CIA and NSA, secrecy by the Federal Reserve and globalist corporations, plus massive involvement of the U.S. military in development of biological and chemical weapons, the U.S. population, along with much of the world, is under near-total influence and control of hidden forces accountable to no one except hidden financial, military, and intelligence power centers.   

1979: Islamic Revolution takes place in Iran, whereby Iran becomes the first major nation to break away from control by the Empire. In Afghanistan, CIA begins funding of Al Qaeda to fight Soviet presence. CIA funding started before Soviets entered Afghanistan to create a Vietnam for the Soviets. The Soviets were subsequently invited to enter by the Afghan government. Beginning of large-scale funding of jihadist groups by Empire to launch terrorist attacks against its enemies in the Islamic countries of Southwest Asia, the Caucasus, Central Asia, and North Africa, most recently being ISIS in Iraq and Syria. 

1980s-1990s: Era of financial deregulation—leveraged buyouts, stock buybacks, explosion of hedge funds, Michael Milken junk bond scandal, repeal of Glass-Steagall, etc. Monetary assaults take place against SE Asia, Africa, and Latin America, particularly Mexico. We now see the complete conversion of the U.S. economy to one of Wall Street financial control and the corresponding takeover of governance by the rentier class. Middle class wealth also shifts from home ownership to stock market assets with conversion of savings and retirement accounts to tax-deferred programs. 

1981: “Reagan Revolution” and formation of Neocons through merger of two cadres: Staff members of Senator Henry Jackson (Rumsfeld, Cheney, etc.) and “Straussians”—revolutionary followers (Trotskyites) of University of Chicago professor Leo Strauss who avers that only with U.S. global conquest will Israel be safe. The Neocons begin today’s rule of U.S. foreign policy in support of the doctrines of endless war, globalist economic control, and repression of traditional Christian faiths and nationalistic socio-economic ideals. Conversion of U.S. to Venetian finance-usury model is complete. 

1986: Murder of Barry Seal, chief CIA drug and weapons smuggler out of Mena, Arkansas, after Governor Bill Clinton opened state to be drug and arms conduit between U.S. and Central America. Clinton, a Rockefeller favorite and Rhodes Scholar, told by CIA operatives that he was in line to become president. 

1988: Former CIA director George H.W. Bush elected president. Neocons cement control of U.S. military and foreign policy with Dick Cheney as secretary of defense. 

1990: Iraqi attack on Kuwait becomes casus belli for first Iraq War when U.S. under Bush invades in “Operation Desert Storm.” Invasion halted before reaching Baghdad, leaving Saddam Hussein in power.

1990s: Simultaneously with takeover of U.S. foreign policy by Neocons, the Israel Lobby, headed by AIPAC (founded 1954), takes effective control of U.S. Congress. Representatives entering Congress swear fealty to Israel and are assigned a “minder” to assure compliance. Rep. Thomas Massie has stated he is the only current Member of Congress without a “minder.”

1990s: Rapid development of vaccines as what billionaires view as a means of societal control, Big Pharma enrichment, and population reduction through a vast drop in male fertility, threatening mankind. Also, growth of stress-related chronic illness, deaths from iatrogenic causes, and deaths and injuries from adverse drug reactions, including explosion of autism in children. 

 


 

Chapter 4: 

Key Dates: 1991-2024

 

1991: Fall and breakup of Soviet Union as U.S.-managed “shock therapy” leads to massive sell-off of Russian state assets to oligarchs and Western bankers. Russian economy and standard of living crash under CIA-sponsored Boris Yeltsin presidency. Empire’s dream of destruction of Russia now in sight. 

1992: Wolfowitz Doctrine promulgated in expurgated and unexpurgated editions, stating U.S. intentions for world military domination in Neocon update and extension of earlier CFR pre-World War II declarations. Paul Wolfowitz is deputy secretary of defense under Secretary of Defense Dick Cheney and a leading Neocon ideologue. With the Soviet Union now defunct, the Empire moves a giant step toward planned world conquest. 

1992: Bill Clinton elected president. North American Free Trade Agreement commences major period of U.S. industrial outsourcing to Third World nations. By the end of Clinton’s term, China is included as outsourcing haven, launching era of global supply chains as determining factor in world economy. U.S. and U.K. have now completed their shift to financialized service economy. E.U. nations follow suit, except for Germany, which remains Europe’s only manufacturing hub. 

1993: Clinton signs National Voter Registration Act mandating that all social service programs include a voter registration component that opens the door for large numbers of legal and illegal immigrants to become voters. Later Obama opens social service programs to non-citizens. Combined with today’s open borders and unlimited illegal immigration presided over by Biden Administration, the stage is set for endless stealing of elections by the Democratic Party. Padding the voter rolls with immigrants is a time-honored Democratic ploy. 

1994: Articles 8 and 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) which are concerned with investment securities in the U.S. are modified in all 50 states. The modifications effectively remove personal ownership of securities and allow “Protected Class” to have first rights to collateral. This is explained in detail by David Rogers Webb in The Great Taking. Similar commercial laws are enacted in the E.U. by 1998. 

1996: Telecommunications Act allows consolidation of media companies to the point where five now own 90 percent of U.S. communications media. Today the consolidation extends to the internet where Facebook and Google account for over 70 percent of users directed to the websites of major news publishers. U.S. mainstream media, including social media, now under complete control of Deep State. 

1998: Military funding of Google and start of the National Surveillance State. Hidden government infiltration of the internet and social media lead to ongoing long-term societal degradation of education, religion, and individual consciousness, along with disappearance of personal privacy. 

1999: John F. Kennedy, Jr., along with his wife and her sister, die in crash of his private plane while approaching a landing at Martha’s Vineyard airport. Government claims the crash resulted from pilot error, but allegations persist that the plane had been sabotaged and that Kennedy had been assassinated as he was about to start a political career. 

1999: Vladimir Putin succeeds Yeltsin as president of Russia. Rebuffed in trying to join NATO, Russia under Putin begins long-term program of state-sponsored economic recovery and military rebuilding. 2000s arms race with the U.S. leaves Russia ahead in missile technology, industrial weapons production, and other elements of land warfare, nuclear weaponry, and strategic air defense. Undercurrent of cyberwarfare grows steadily with increased reach of internet, spy satellites, etc. 

2001: Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) forms as a Eurasian political, economic, international security, and defense organization established by China and Russia. Other member states are Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan, India, Pakistan, Iran, and Belarus. 15 other states are observers or “dialogue partners,” and six more have applied for membership. U.S. application for observer status rejected in 2005.

2001: U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance is first defined in April 2001 as: “The cumulative effect of dominance in the air, land, maritime, and space domains and information environment, which includes cyberspace, that permits the conduct of joint operations without effective opposition or prohibitive interference.” This is the operative iteration of the 1939-1941CFR plan for total U.S. global military dominance and the Wolfowitz Doctrine of 1991. Full Spectrum Dominance has not been achieved. 

2001: Project for a New American Century (PNAC) had called for a new “Pearl Harbor,” followed by 9/11 “terrorist” attacks and the plan for regime change against seven Middle Eastern countries, to culminate with Iran. U.S. Secretary of State General Colin Powell lies to U.N. about Iraq’s alleged possession of weapons of mass destruction. 2001-2003, wars against Afghanistan and Iraq begin. 

2006: Former Vice-President Al Gore publishes An Inconvenient Truth, advancing the Climate Change/Global Warming hoax which spreads the deception that “Global Warming” is caused by release of man-made emissions into the atmosphere, threatening a CO2 overload that will result in global extinction. This lie forms the basis for proposals of massive societal changes with the outlook of crashing the global food supply and causing worldwide famine. The WEF and related elite groups seize on Climate Change/Global Warming as a primary means of population reduction planning. 

2006: Christians United for Israel incorporated by Rev. John Hagee, completing Christian Zionist support of Israel. Christian Zionists, their leaders often funded by Israel, fully swallow “dispensationalist” hoax, causing them in many cases to become cheerleaders for Armageddon.  

2006: Julian Assange founds Wikileaks. In 2010, Assange publishes leaks about military war crimes from former U.S. Army intelligence analyst Chelsea Manning. After gaining refuge in Ecuador’s London embassy, Assange is arrested by British police and detained until 2024, when he is released through a plea deal with the U.S. Edward Snowden leaks documents in 2013 from his job with the NSA showing massive illegal government surveillance of individuals. Snowden gains refuge and later citizenship in Russia. 

2007: Anticipating election of a Democratic president, former Bill Clinton DOD staffers found Center for a New American Security (CNAS) “to restore America’s credibility, influence, and power in the world and, in so doing, strengthen America’s national security.” Founders state: “The next president will have to convince the American people and their representatives in Congress to reject the neo-isolationist impulses they may feel in the wake of Iraq in order to embrace a smarter and more selective form of engagement….The United States has been and will continue to be the preeminent leader in the international community, and we cannot protect or advance our interests in a globalized world if we do not continue to serve in that role.” Funding for CNAS is provided by Boeing, General Dynamics, Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, and Raytheon. See this.

2008: Housing bubble, caused largely by Federal Reserve and rating agencies’ promotion of “liars’ loans,” leads to a global financial crash that turns into the “Great Recession.” Barack Obama, elected U.S. president on slogan of “change,” oversees multi-trillion-dollar bailouts of banks and financial corporations like AIG. Federal Reserve reduces interest rates to near-zero while buying massive amounts of U.S. government debt under program of “quantitative easing” that continues today. With $35 trillion in debt, much held in limbo by the Federal Reserve, the U.S. government is functionally bankrupt. 

2009: The “Good Club,” a gathering of U.S. billionaires led by Bill Gates, David Rockefeller, and George Soros meets at Rockefeller University in New York to continue planning for worldwide population reduction. Group has been meeting for a decade. (See Our Country, Then and Now, p. 428.)

2009: BRICS founded among Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, to create a new economic alliance among non-hegemonic nations. One goal of BRICS is to replace the U.S. dollar with trade in national currencies. Iran, Egypt, Ethiopia, and the UAE have subsequently joined, leading to BRICS+, with many more nations applying. 

2009-2017: President Barack Obama is awarded Nobel Peace Prize. Obama’s subsequent wars include  2011 attack on Libya with assassination of Gadaffi, 2014 Maidan coup in Ukraine, failed regime change in Syria, multiple color revolutions, including “Arab Spring,” targeted drone assassinations, etc. 

2013: Resignation of Pope Benedict XVI after U.S. cut off Vatican from SWIFT payment system. Benedict is forced out due to his conservative positions on theological and social issues and replaced by Jesuit neoliberal Pope Francis. Several key opponents of Pope Francis are expelled from the church.

2016: Republican candidate Donald J. Trump elected president through votes from what defeated candidate Hillary Clinton calls “Deplorables.” Clinton campaign falsely claims Russia threw the election to Trump. The “Shadow Men,” globalist enforcers identified in Our Country, Then and Now, start series of “lawfare” attacks on Trump, including two impeachments, that continue after Trump loses the presidency in 2020 to Joe Biden. 

2017: President Donald Trump announces that the United States would cease all participation in the 2015 Paris Agreement on “climate change” mitigation, contending that the agreement would undermine the U.S. economy, and put the U.S. at a permanent economic disadvantage.

2020: On January 30, the World Health Organization announces a global emergency due to spread of COVID-19. On March 13, President Donald Trump declares a nationwide emergency and issues an additional travel ban on non-U.S. citizens traveling from 26 European countries due to what many will later call the COVID-19 “Plandemic.” Introduction of mRNA vaccines results in millions of excess deaths worldwide. COVID lockdowns shatter U.S. economy, destroying small businesses and causing massive unemployment. 

2020: Death of George Floyd in Minneapolis followed by BLM and Antifa-instigated riots across U.S.  

2020: Election of Joe Biden as president. FBI lies about authenticity of “Hunter Biden laptop” with incriminating content as Biden campaign solicits claims by former security officials that the existence of the laptop is Russian disinformation. 

2020: Consumer price inflation hits hard, especially in food and housing, fed by $2 trillion in COVID relief payments to individuals and businesses. Not by coincidence, stock market soars with huge capital gains accruing to individual investors, Wall Street, retirees, and non-profits with stakes in the financial markets. Federal deficit pushes to $35 trillion, including nearly $200 billion in arms and aid to Ukraine and Israel. Rising Federal Reserve interest rates add to deficit.

2021: January 6 pro-Trump rally at U.S. Capitol turns violent with Trump then charged in his second impeachment. In April, Biden withdraws U.S. forces from Afghanistan but supports large-scale Ukrainian artillery attacks on Russian-speaking civilians in east of country.

2021: Biden opens southern border to deliberate influx of millions of illegal immigrants, large numbers being military-age men. Vice-President Kamala Harris called “Border Czar” by media but takes no effective action.

2022: Russia commences its Special Military Operation against Ukraine. U.S. stands accused of surreptitiously blowing up German-Russian Nord Stream pipelines in Baltic Sea or at least allowing it to happen. Conflict in Ukraine becomes largest European military conflict since World War II. Europe slips toward recession due to skyrocketing energy costs resulting from loss of cheap Russian gas and oil. U.S./U.K./E.U. decree vast number of sanctions against Russia, including expulsion from SWIFT, in failed attempt to destroy Russian economy. 

2022: Russia announces discovery of U.S.-funded bioweapons labs in Ukraine that conduct research into microbes specifically targeting Slavic gene pools. 

2022: Ukraine and U.S. hedge fund BlackRock, world’s largest asset manager, announce joint plan to “focus in the near term on coordinating the efforts of all potential investors and participants in the reconstruction of our country, channeling investment into the most relevant and impactful sectors of the Ukrainian economy.” Ukrainian President Zelensky thanks BlackRock CEO Larry Fink “for the work of the professional team that BlackRock has allocated to advise on structuring the reconstruction projects.” BlackRock investments start with preparations to purchase vast quantities of prime Ukrainian farmland.

2023: Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., launches campaign for the presidency of the U.S., seeking first the Democratic nomination but switching to becoming an independent after being blocked from participation in Democratic Party primaries. Kennedy had published best-selling exposé of the misdeeds of Anthony Fauci in his book, The Real Anthony Fauci, Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy, and Public Health. 

2023: Hamas attacks Israel in Gaza region on October 7. Israel retaliates with genocidal attacks against Palestinians in Gaza and West Bank. 

2024: Biden withdraws from presidential campaign in favor of Vice President Kamala Harris, completing a coup d’etat by Democratic Party managers. As Dr. Naomi Wolf wrote on her “Outspoken” Substack on August 21, 2024, advocating for RFK, Jr. to merge his campaign with that of Donald Trump: “But since a coup has taken place in the United States of America, with between 18 and 30 million military-age men deployed around our nation, including at strategic locations, likely awaiting direction; and since the coup was engineered by the DNC, with help from our enemies, I no longer think that it is partisan for me to advocate for those leaders and alliances that can restore our Republic and our freedoms.” 

2024: Looming Russian victory in Ukraine, coinciding with U.S. loss of arms race to Russia, especially in strategic air power and air defense. 

2024: Failure of U.S. weapons in support of Ukraine explodes myth of U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance, followed by the Gaza war, internal collapse of Israeli economy, looming IDF defeat at hands of Axis of Resistance, including Hezbollah in Lebanon and Houthis in Yemen, and pending civil war between Netanyahu reactionary government backed by orthodox militants vs. liberal elements of IDF and Israeli political elite. Large-scale emigration out of Israel continues by Jewish citizens, with close to 100,0000 residents displaced by fighting. 

2024: Evidence continues to mount worldwide that billions of people have been poisoned by COVID vax, leading to rising death tolls from turbo-cancers, myocarditis and heart failure, amyloidosis, and “Long-COVID” effects. See this. Deaths and injuries have also resulted from COVID medical treatment protocols, denial of known COVID remedies, and Draconian lockdown policies. Evidence also rises of aggressive globalist plans to crash world economy via carbon-capture, banning of meat, sequestering of farmland, and other attacks on the world food supply. See here.

2024: USDA prepares policy to implement the Sustains Act, determining who will own “environmental services” like the air we breathe, plant photosynthesis and pollination, and the health benefits of “open space.” Viewed critical for UN “sustainable development” agenda.

2024: Attempted assassination of Donald Trump during campaign rally in Butler, Pennsylvania, on July 13. RFK, Jr., suspends campaign and endorses Trump, as does former Democrat and presidential candidate Tulsi Gabbard. 

2024: “Debate” between Donald Trump and Kamala Harris on ABC Network discloses Democratic Party intention to use biased mainstream media to steal 2024 election, combined with growing reports of use of illegal immigrants as fronts for election fraud. Col. Douglas McGregor forms group called Our Country Our Choice to contest expected fraud along with other citizens’ groups fearing a “Black Swan” event. Trump refuses any further “debates.” 

2024: In response to threats by U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken and British Prime Minister Keir Starmer, Russian President Vladimir Putin announces that any Western aid to Ukraine in launching long-range missiles into Russian territory will be considered an act of war. Putin said: “This would mean that NATO countries, the United States, European countries, are at war with Russia. And if that is the case, then bearing in mind the change in the very essence of this conflict, we will take appropriate decisions based on the threats that will be posed to us.” In the spirit of “Let’s you and him fight,” Starmer is reading from the same script in trying to provoke war between the U.S. and Russia as was followed by British leaders in their actions of getting the U.S. to fight World War I and World War II against the Germans. 

2024: An employee of ABC News who blew the whistle on the Trump-Harris debate being “rigged” is killed in a car accident near Bethesda, MD, the morning of September 13. Employee had filed a sworn affidavit the day before the debate alleging that Harris had been provided questions in advance, certain topics had been ruled off-limits, Trump but not Harris would be “fact-checked,” Harris’s podium would be smaller than Trump’s, certain camera directions flattering to Harris would be followed, etc. For details See here.

2024: Second attempted assassination of Donald Trump with arrest of accused shooter at Trump’s West Palm Beach, Florida golf club where Trump was playing. Shooter, identified as Ryan Wesley Routh, age 58, a vehement Ukraine partisan, captured after fleeing the scene with shots fired by the Secret Service. Suspect reached 300-500 yards of the former president with a scoped AK-47 rifle. “As to why the would-be assassin was able to get that close to the former president despite a previous assassination attempt on him in June, the authorities said that the security perimeter could only be so wide due to him being a presidential candidate as opposed to a sitting president.” Was Routh part of a Deep State plot to kill Trump and blame it on Iran? See here.

2024: September 17-18 attack on Lebanon with thousands of exploding pagers attributed to Israel. Pagers originating in Hungary delivered to Hezbollah. Thousands injured or killed. 

2024: In obvious election ploys favorable to Democrats, Federal Reserve cuts interest rates and gasoline prices slashed. 

 


 

Chapter 5: 

The Plan Is Population Reduction

 

This brings us to the inescapable observation that the quintessence of the Empire’s plan has been to assure the permanent wealth and power of its ruling billionaires by drastic reductions in the world’s population. The process has been underway since the 1960s, when it was discovered that gain-of-function bioengineering could be performed on viruses to make them more lethal. The population could also then be frightened into taking an increasing diet of harmful vaccines. 

In a 1981 French book entitled L’Avenir De La Vie (“The Future of Life”), author Michel Salomon, a journalist and doctor, quoted Jacques Attali, who at the time was an adviser to socialist French President François Mitterrand, who said:

“In the future it will be about finding a way to reduce the population. We will start with the old, because as soon as he is over 60-65 years of age, man lives longer than he produced and costs society dearly. Then the weak and then the useless who do nothing for society because there will be more and more of them, and especially finally the stupid ones.”

This quote from Jacques Attali, adviser to a prominent left-wing European politician, exposes what is essentially an atheistic/materialistic perspective on human life. This reduces human beings to slaves working in a societal anthill controlled by the state. 1984 again. 

This is precisely the perspective that is projected today by the Western mass media and the military-industrial complex that rules the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire and its vassals in Europe and elsewhere. It is the perspective of the ruling billionaires. 

Attali continued:

“Euthanasia targeting these groups, euthanasia will have to be an essential instrument of our future societies, in all cases. Of course, we cannot execute people or set up camps. We will get rid of them by making them believe it is for their own good. Too large a population, and for the most part unnecessary, is something economically too expensive.”

The country that is furthest along in sponsoring state-supported euthanasia is Canada. In fact, one is inclined to think that this may be the best Trudeau’s totalitarian brand of globalism can offer. In other countries, including the U.S., hospitals clearly have a role in culling the elderly population, especially with the COVID “plandemic.” Death from iatrogenic illness is often facilitated or even planned, as happened during the “plandemic” with protocols handed down to hospitals by the CDC. There are ER nurses who call these protocols murder.  

More from Attali:

“We will find something to cause it, a pandemic that targets certain people, a real economic crisis or not, a virus that will affect the old or the big [sic], it doesn’t matter, the weak will succumb to it, the fearful and the stupid will believe it and ask to be treated. We will have taken care to have planned the treatment, a treatment that will be the solution. The selection of idiots will thus be done by themselves: they will go to the slaughterhouse on their own.” Source: Robin Westenra Substack: September 4, 2024.

Reportedly, Henry Kissinger said something similar at a 1990s conference: that once people are made to accept vaccines, it’s “game over.” Added to this horror since then would be the coming likelihood of famine induced by “Climate Change/Global Warming” hysteria and the move within Western nations toward deindustrialization.  

The attempt by Western nations to produce famine through deindustrialization has been exposed by the writings of Matthew Ehret, editor-in-chief of the Canadian Patriot Review and Director of the Rising Tide Foundation. See in particular Ehret’s September 17, 2024, article, BRICS+ vs. the WEF: The Clash of Two Green Paradigms.

Ehret starts by recalling China and India’s derailing of the 2009 COP14 agenda in Copenhagen, “which had promised to establish legally binding emission cuts to guide the de-carbonization (and deindustrialization) of much of society.”

Ehret continues:

“Amidst a supposed pandemic and economic meltdown, puppet leaders like Sarkozy, Merkel, and Obama championed a new era of green global governance and promised to consolidate a legally binding treaty to enforce decarbonization onto the nations of the globe. But it didn’t happen.”

Ehret goes on to contrast the plans of BRICS+ for sustainable development based on advanced technology, including nuclear, vs. the “neo-Malthusian” intent of the Western powers to kill off much of mankind by literally returning to the pre-industrial era. 

On the CO2 “carbon capture” hoax, see Dr. Lewis Coleman’s article Here. In Britain, thousands of elderly people are expected to die in the approaching winter due to the government’s having withdrawn the annual winter fuel allowance as part of its “green” agenda. See here.

In fact, disease, vaccines, and famine are the most favorable methods yet discovered by the elite to engineer massive population reduction in a short period of time without the people of the world become wise to what is going on until it is too late. War, while not eliminated, has been proven to be less effective, more expensive, and too risky to the perpetrators. 

Testimony of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

On COVID, presidential candidate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has said, “The COVID pandemic was used to fundamentally change the relationship between U.S. citizens and their government. The government’s public health response was not a medical response, but instead a test of technocratic power to see how the population would respond to totalitarian edicts masked as medical interventions. The government also selected the lockdown winners and losers, transferring nearly four trillion dollars in wealth from the middle class and small business to Silicon Valley and big box stores.” 

Testimony of Dr. Francis Boyle

In a Florida case filed by Dr. Joseph Sansone involving an Emergency Petition for a Writ of Mandamus that seeks to compel Governor DeSantis to prohibit the distribution of COVID 19 injections in the state of Florida. Dr. Sansone stated: 

“Dr. Francis Boyle, the Harvard educated law professor that drafted the 1989 Biological Weapons and Antiterrorism Act, which passed both houses of Congress unanimously, provided an affidavit stating that COVID 19 injections and mRNA nanoparticle injections violate the law he wrote. Dr. Boyle asserted that ‘COVID 19 injections,’ ‘COVID 19 nanoparticle injections,’ and ‘mRNA nanoparticle injections’ are biological weapons and weapons of mass destruction and violate Biological Weapons 18 USC § 175; Weapons and Firearms § 790.166 Fla. Stat. (2023).”

Testimony of Dr. Meryl Nass

Dr. Meryl Nass is an internist residing in Maine whose medical license was suspended by the state for the entirely legal practices of prescribing ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine to COVID patients. While contesting the suspension, Dr. Nass has been publishing a massively popular Substack blog, attending major conferences worldwide, and has founded a 501c3 organization and website called Door to Freedom that states: “We exist to help people make sense of a rapidly changing world, to stop efforts by the WHO and UN to centralize control during emergencies, and to preserve traditional farming and the production of healthful foods.”

On the origin of COVID, Dr. Meryl Nass stated in her August 23, 2024, Substack: 

“I have always said that the two COVID origin issues are:

  1. Whether it was a lab leak or a deliberate release. I favor deliberate but I’m not certain. 
  2. Next question would be who did it, if deliberate. 

“I have pointed out that the humanized mice that probably were used to design SARS-CoV-2 came from [Ralph S.] Baric’s lab [in North Carolina] originally, but were shared with the Chinese. The ‘no-see-um’ technology came originally from Baric. Other U.S. coronavirus researchers who may have created part or all of the genome of SARS-CoV-2 include Stanley Perlman at Ames (U Iowa), Vince Munster at NIH’s Rocky Mountain lab, or Vineet Menachery in Galveston, Texas. I could be missing some. There are others scattered around the U.S. and the rest of the world. 

“There were so many interesting areas of the genome (by that I mean created/selected for inclusion by humans), I think it was stitched together from parts that probably were developed in multiple labs. Who put the finishing touches on it? I don’t know.

“If it leaked, it likely leaked from a Wuhan lab. If it was a deliberate spread, it could have come from the Americans or anywhere, originally, and may have been spread only in Wuhan or in multiple locations. 

“The issue is always cui bono. Who benefited if this was a crime, as I suspect it was, $4 trillion moved from the U.S. poor and middle classes to the billionaire class. Potentially quadrillions are up for grabs if you impoverish the world, tokenize nature, find ways to grab our property, etc., and the super elite take over the planet’s assets.”

Testimony of Dr. Lewis Coleman

In a personal communication, a summary of the current situation has been offered by Dr. Lewis Coleman, the third principal of the Three Sages, along with Fadi Lama and myself. Dr. Coleman is author of the seminal work 50 Years Lost in Medical Advance: The Discovery of Dr. Hans Selye’s Stress Mechanism.  

Dr. Coleman writes: “The only legitimate purposes of government are to protect its population from crime and other governments and provide a universal medium of exchange to optimize technological and economic advance. Unfortunately, government is little more than a disguised mafia on steroids that primarily serves the interests of those who control it. When it comes to their political mischief, anything is possible. 

“Starvation has often been employed to destroy populations for various reasons, none of which are justifiable. Eisenhower starved thousands of captured and surrendered German soldiers to death by penning them up in barbed wire enclosures without adequate food, clothing, and shelter. Mao Tse Tung starved more than 60 million Chinese to death in the early 1960s, apparently at the behest of Western ‘banksters’ to whom he was beholden for armaments and financial support. Pol Pot liquidated millions in Cambodia for unknown reasons. Stalin starved the Kulak farmers in Ukraine to eliminate their resistance to his communist plans (which didn’t work). Sherman slaughtered the buffalo to conquer the Indians after his infamous march through the South starved the Confederacy into submission. 

“However, I expect that the method of choice will be more versions of the COVID conspiracy, such as the ‘monkeypox’ and bird viruses that already lurk in government laboratories, along with their lethal mRNA injections that are being prepared even now. Never before has a government inflicted so devious and perverse a form of mass murder on its own population. The American public remains so innocent and naive that the majority of citizens are still totally trusting and unsuspecting. They are virtual ‘sitting ducks’ and lambs awaiting their slaughter. They will ignore the warnings.”

Dr. Coleman adds in a separate communication: “Big Pharma is committing mass murder by mass producing weaponized viral RNA and disguising this worthless and inherently lethal poison as ‘vaccines.’ They are using inexpensive enzyme technology to mass produce these toxic substances at negligible cost and reap outrageous profits. It is no accident that they are deliberately by-passing all vaccine safety testing standards and using their political influence to ‘legalize’ mass murder. They are committing the crime of the century, and its consequences will devastate civilization unless it is stopped. It is small wonder that these corporations have attempted to smother free speech. Corporations are government creations, and they should therefore be subject to the same constitutional restrictions as the government itself. Like Dracula, they live forever. Like Frankenstein, they have powers denied to living human beings. The ‘American Experiment’ to restrain government abuse has failed.”

See Dr. Coleman’s March 13, 2024, article on the genocidal intent of the COVID vaccinations here.

Also see Dr. Coleman’s Three Sages article, “COVID Mass Genocide Can Only Be Understood by Reference to Stress Theory.”

Nuclear Armageddon?

The plan for population reduction has been the overriding program of the controllers of the Anglo-American-Zionist Empire, with the mass media like the New York Times, etc., in collusion, to be carried out simultaneously with the military/economic project aimed at destroying Russia, keeping China in thrall as the supplier of consumer goods to the West, and ever-evolving forms of neocolonialism, dollar hegemony, and genocide toward the Global South. 

Within the U.S. alone, this enterprise costs well over a trillion dollars a year in direct costs. Most of this expenditure flows back to the billionaires and their corporations that produce the weapons, create the vaccines and other medications, pay the salaries of the millions of bureaucrats who do the “work,” and allocate fabulous sums to the stars and celebrities who act in the movies and TV shows or in sports arenas to keep the population in a depraved stupor. Today this entire apparatus has been “goosed up” to amplify the hysteria behind the Harris/Walz campaign. 

But with the humiliating loss by the U.S. of its proxy war in Ukraine now looming, combined with the failure of the Eretz Israel project in the Middle East, the Empire has been defeated in the opening stages of World War III. There is simply no place to which the Empire can now retreat, having been exposed in its pretensions to global conquest on two critical geopolitical flanks. The only “way out” would be for them to launch all-out nuclear war. 

I do not know whether we are heading toward nuclear Armageddon. 

One would think that the Empire’s elites are too concerned with their personal survival to sign their own death warrants. They are essentially parasites, living off other people’s labor. In fact, much of the Empire’s elites, including important segments of the U.S. Deep State and military, seem to have surreptitiously  realized the coming defeat on the global stage. 

But not everyone has accepted defeat. The top political leadership of the U.S. has no reverse gear. Nor do their Neocon cheerleaders. These people would destroy the world and every living thing upon it before admitting defeat. They are the domestic U.S. equivalent of Israel’s “Samson option.” 

But the real decision makers may be the leadership of the CIA and top military intelligence. Thus on September 13, 2024, during British Prime Minister Keir Starmer’s visit to Washington, President Biden was forced by the military top brass to read a statement set in front of him that Ukraine would not be allowed to fire long-range missiles at Russian territory. 

This possible glimmer of sanity reflects that Russia has won the arms race, and at least some within the Empire realize it cannot win a protracted Eurasian land war. U.S. air and sea power, always its military backbone, can today be neutralized by Russian air defense and missiles in a war anywhere in Europe. As Andrei Martyanov puts it, the U.S. Armed Forces “cannot fight a peer or better than peer opponent and win such a fight.” (America’s Last War, p. 167.) 

This means U.S. Full Spectrum Dominance has been defeated once and for all. It never came to pass and never will. This includes the intention of total control over all print and electronic communications. Unless what is meant by that term is a suicidal nuclear holocaust once all conventional means of warfare have been countered and checkmated by the rising BRICS+ powers.

Moreover, Russia at any time can provide the Axis of Resistance in the Middle East the weaponry needed to obliterate Israel entirely. But Israel too will disappear as a causus belli, as within five to ten years it will likely cease to exist in lieu of a new Palestinian state with freedom of settlement and religion. The Axis of Resistance is certain of such an outcome. 

Where we are clearly heading is toward a world divided between East and West with what remains of the Empire in competition with BRICS+ for control of the Global South. Thus we are likely looking at a lengthy era of border wars that may yet cause much upheaval and suffering. 

Or, as Pepe Escobar recently put it: “The War on Terror has been debunked; it is now dead. But get ready for serial wars of terror by a Hegemon unaccustomed to not owning the narrative, the seas, and the ground.”

See here. 

While these border wars will provide fodder for endless reams of commentary by cadres of fake analysts and endless opportunities for self-aggrandizement by politicians and grifters of every stripe, they are of no lasting importance. Much better would be a decision by the Empire to finally live in peace with the rest of the world. 

Fadi Lama has depicted the East-West split in his article The west’s Plan B: Secure the realm.

East Is East and West Is West

It is increasingly clear that the world is naturally divided between East and West as reflected, among other things, in their respective religious orientations. British poet Rudyard Kipling emphasized a profound truth by writing that, “East is East and West is West, and never the twain shall meet.” 

The West is definitely far more influenced by Christianity than the rest of the world. The East consists of a number of related religions, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Shintoism, Taoism, and Confucianism, with Islam a bridge between Eastern and Western persuasions. 

The Empire made its big mistake in trying to conquer the East and inflict upon the majority of the world’s population its materialistic obsessions. The hatred this has stirred up will take a long time to dissipate. The Empire is trying to maintain its grip on the Asian rim via the string of nations beginning with Australia and New Zealand and including the Philippines, Taiwan, Korea, and Japan. But cracks are developing in this scene of imperial hegemony also. 

While BRICS+ will see the development of nation-states along the lines of civilizational entities,

the West, stripped of its globalist pretentions, will be wise to look inward at what it has become, what it must atone for, and how it is to survive going forward. 

Survival of the West is not guaranteed, having completely lost its metaphysical center when everything its leaders do is an expediency justified by claims of reacting to imaginary external enemies. 

When governance is based on hysteria and paranoia, survival will not be an easy task. It involves a serious search within Western society for our civilizational roots, including the core ideas of the Christian religion that have been erected into dogmas of intolerance. It involves fighting the forces of dissolution: “Wokeism,” etc. It involves throwing the totalitarians out, such as the WHO, the WEF, etc. And it involves stripping the power of the billionaires. 

Behind all these lurk the cults of revolutionary nihilism. The nihilists still may win control over the West, but never over the entire globe. In the East, they are being defeated by the great historical civilizations. 

So what we now must deal with in the West is the still-lingering elite obsession with destroying the health and sanity of its own population. The right-to-exist of the Western peoples must be recognized and affirmed. Non-Western peoples living in the West should become law-abiding citizens or go back to where they came from. And the Zionists need to shut up, get real jobs, and get on-board with Western values and Western civilization. 

One other factor involves censorship and freedom of speech as specified in the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.

I have been engaged in a study of the Habsburgs and am now reading about Philip II of Spain. He had inherited the Philippines as part of the Spanish Empire and was contemplating using it as the springboard for the invasion and conquest of Indochina, followed by China itself. That is, after he conquered and took over England with his invincible Armada.

Well, we know what happened with that! But he also firmly backed the Spanish Inquisition, introducing it in Spanish America in 1570-1571. The historical result of the Inquisition was that the Spanish intelligentsia and nobility was so terrified of persecution that Spain was permanently stunted. Original thought and scholarship never returned. This was likely what was responsible for Spain’s permanent decline and its status today as a non-entity among nations. 

What we are now seeing in Europe and America, and especially the U.K., is the modern version of the Inquisition. It is going to have the same effect in that it will destroy the ability of those nations ever to mount any original thought or innovation out of fear of the “Woke” police like Keir Starmer. This above all is what is likely to ensure the permanent decline of the West and quite possibly the collapse and demise of the U.K. and U.S. themselves. By the time this happens, and it is happening now, Europe will have jumped off the sinking ship.   

 


 

Chapter 6:

American Civil War II?

 

Are we in a new American Civil War to resolve the above issues, if in fact they can be resolved? 

The conflict appears most clearly in the division between the Democratic and Republican Parties. The differences between the two parties have existed since they were created, dating back to the early 19th century when their modern versions came into existence—the Democrats in 1828 and the Whigs/Republicans around 1840.  

The modern Democratic Party was born with the victory of Andrew Jackson in the election of 1828 over incumbent John Quincy Adams, the last president of “The Era of Good Feeling.” The phrase “to the victor go the spoils” was attributed to Jackson and points to the longstanding practice of the Democrats of using the nation’s wealth to create a standing bureaucracy and military to assure its electoral dominance. Of course this is legalized bribery. 

The Republicans, by contrast, have been the party of limited government spending and promotion of private sector economic growth. Even when the Republicans created the army needed to win the Civil War, that army was disbanded soon afterwards. 

Much later it was the Democrats under Woodrow Wilson and Franklin D. Roosevelt who created the massive taxpayer-funded military machines that fought World Wars I and II and, in Roosevelt’s case, the bureaucracies of the alphabet agencies that put much of the nation on the “dole” during the Great Depression.

Andrew Jackson is famous for having destroyed the Second Bank of the United States, which, despite its benefits to oligarchic interests, had become the only engine of national economic development or means of stabilizing the currency that the country possessed in that era.

Jackson sequestered federal tax revenues in an “Independent Treasury,” where they were not available for infrastructure projects such as roads and canals under the Whigs’ proposed “American System.” The result of Jackson’s policies, which were carried forward under his successor Martin Van Buren, was the devastating Panic of 1837, known then as “the Great Depression.” 

At the same time, Jackson utilized as his personal banker the Rothschilds of London. Under Rothschild agent August Belmont, who emigrated to the U.S. in 1837, the Rothschilds gained a foothold in the New York banking community that they never relinquished. 

August Belmont became an immediate success by buying assets for pennies on the dollar during the Panic of 1837. Known as “King of the Money Changers,” Belmont became one of the richest men in America. 

The Democrats were the party of slavery and its expansion into the territories, and potentially into Cuba and Latin America, factors which loomed large in the run-up to the Civil War. The Republicans were emphatically the party of free labor. 

The Democrats, before the Civil War, were closely allied with the bankers of New York and London and favored low tariffs so they could purchase cheap manufactured goods from England. The Whigs and Republicans favored high tariffs to protect the growth of American domestic industry. This continued until the McKinley Tariff of 1890. By contrast, low tariffs and “free trade” have always been the program of the globalists whose policy is to reduce worker living standards to the lowest possible common denominator—to poverty and starvation if need be.  

Such is the case with the Democratic Party today. It is no accident that the Democrats under President Joe Biden and Vice President Kamala Harris have admitted millions of illegal immigrants, with many of those who have jobs working at wage-slave levels, while living in housing subsidized by local Democrat-controlled municipal governments. The crime waves that follow are brushed off by prosecutors elected with money from Soros and his ilk. 

By the time of the Civil War in 1861, with Lincoln having been elected to defend the Union, the Rothschild bankers controlled the Democratic Party behind the party chairmanship of August Belmont. Sounds incredible, but look it up; it’s a fact of history conveniently forgotten by the Democrats of today. 

Behind Belmont, and behind him the Rothschilds, they ran the disgraced Union General George McLellan against Lincoln in the 1864 election on a platform of compromise with the South but lost decisively. The voters could see the bankers’ snake in the grass.

After the war, the Democrats identified with the aristocrats of the defeated South who regained political power when Reconstruction ended by political compromise in 1876. Democratic senators formed the backbone of the “Solid South” until the election of 1968, when Richard Nixon’s “Southern Strategy” began to build Republican Party strength in Dixie in alliance with Republican conservatives elsewhere in the country.

From Lincoln onwards, the Republicans favored nationalistic economic policies, including a high tariff and infrastructure investment, all the way through to the presidency of William McKinley who was assassinated in 1900. The exception to the string of Republican presidencies was that of Democrat Grover Cleveland, a lawyer who had been governor of New York. It was Cleveland who went hat-in-hand to the J.P. Morgan/Rothschild banking syndicate for a bailout in 1893 when the U.S. government faced bankruptcy due to its gold deficit.

As indicated above, the Democrats are the party of unlimited immigration, which in the 19th century swelled the ranks of Democratic voters in cities like New York, Boston, and Chicago, where party machines handed out jobs and welfare benefits in exchange for votes. The same thing was done to get Woodrow Wilson and FDR elected and is happening today with the Democrats having opened the borders to a flood of would-be voters to get Biden and now Kamala Harris elected. In every respect, the Democrats are acting true to form, including their out-of-control spending and their globalist orientation and allegiances. 

Above all, the Democratic Party is a front for the billionaires who would destroy our nation for profit. Where do you think their fabulously wealthy donors come from who cover their tracks with “woke” platitudes?

It was a Democratic president, Woodrow Wilson, who signed the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 that opened the floodgates to control of U.S. finances by the international banking cartel run out of the City of London. In fact, it was the Rothschilds who actually wrote the Federal Reserve Act. See Our Country, Then and Now. 

It was FDR who took us into World War II by inducing the Japanese attack at Pearl Harbor. In both cases, the Republican Party included a strong anti-war element that was suppressed and vilified. In 1948, the Republican rank-and-file wanted to nominate Senator Robert Taft as president. Taft was a conservative senator who opposed Truman’s National Security State. But the Rockefellers threw their weight to get internationalist Dwight D. Eisenhower nominated and elected instead, so the Cold War moved along without a break. 

John F. Kennedy was an economic nationalist who broke the mold of Democratic presidents in 1960. But he was killed by the warmongers who moved ahead with their Vietnam project, followed later by the Neocon takeover under Reagan. 

Obviously influences change with the wind, with both political parties implicated in the era of endless wars we are now suffering through, but today there is no question that the Democrats have reverted to historical form by being the party of massive bureaucracies, the suffocating war machine, open borders and immigration without limits, the overwhelming power of the Deep State, censorship, erosion of constitutional rights, unlimited governmental surveillance, and corruption—in short, a continuing criminal enterprise vastly more powerful and dangerous than any we have ever had. 

The Democratic Party today is a Mafia gang disguised as a political party. In suppressing freedom of speech, the gang is deeply in cahoots with similar creatures from the U.K. See this. I don’t call it the ANGLO-American-Zionist Empire for nothing. 

Image: Tim Walz and Kamala Harris together in March 2024, prior to the start of the Harris 2024 campaign. Walz would go on to become the campaign’s vice presidential candidate. (From the Public Domain)

Heading the Democratic Party are two candidates—Kamala Harris and Timothy Walz—nominated by the leadership clique on the basis of identity politics and who have no qualifications whatsoever to govern a nuclear superpower with the respective arsenals of the U.S. and Russia on hair-trigger alert. To picture two such non-entities at the head of American government is beyond appalling. It points to a nation of criminals, lunatics—and traitors. 

The Republicans, by contrast, have nominated for president and vice-president two individuals—former President Donald Trump and Republican Senator J.D. Vance—who are clearly in the tradition of American economic nationalism similar to the Republicans of by-gone days. Now added to their support is another American nationalist—Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., who has been forced to leave the Democratic Party that nurtured his father and uncle.

It is interesting that the Democrats and their controlled press—led as always by the elitist New York Times—is attacking and ridiculing Trump much as Lincoln was attacked and ridiculed way back when. 

Cheerleading the attacks are millions of hangers-on who “work” at all levels of government, at NGOs, for the military, for the Deep State, for “think tanks,” for international institutions, or for “non-profits,” and who think nothing of bleeding taxpayers for the benefit of their own status, aggrandizement, and profiteering. 

Indeed, this class pays itself handsomely as it poses as America’s aristocracy.

I add to this list the vast cadres of “work-at-home” employees who have benefited from the tragedies of the COVID pandemic and the “virtual” workplaces appearing on internet platforms conjured up by Silicon Valley. What will become of all these people when someone pulls the plug like Russia is doing to Ukraine’s late, great power grid?

Then there is the mass of civil service, military, and Social Security retirees whose annual COLAs—compounded—are a huge source of inflation and also serve to create a permanent voting bloc to cover Democratic Party grift. 

Given all these factors, it is difficult to see how the Republicans will ever win another presidential election, but we shall see. The conflict between the two parties is permanent and endemic. But it is just as difficult to see how a nation governed by grift, backed by a military that has not won an actual war or proxy conflict since Japan surrendered in 1945, can survive in an age when BRICS+ is advancing at breakneck speed to make world commerce its own.

Unfortunately, Donald Trump is, and has always been, a political amateur, which was proven by the ease with which the Deep State manipulated and bamboozled him during his previous presidency. This included being conned by Israel to support moving the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem and Anthony Fauci blithely suckering him into actively promoting the fake pandemic through “Operation Warp Speed,” etc. 

J.D. Vance has the potential to become a master politician, but he is just getting started. Kennedy had trouble gaining traction throughout his truncated campaign. His loss of master-politician Dennis Kucinich as campaign manager was an early disaster, and his economic program which embraced Bitcoin as an economic panacea remained anemic. 

The opponents of this trio among the Shadow Men and intelligence operatives who now trot Harris-Walz across the stage are consummate professionals at assassination, false flags, and other mayhem and have their long knives at the ready, as already shown by the infamous January 6, 2021, set-up; the July 13 and September 15, 2024, Trump assassination attempts; the current unresolved “lawfare” attacks against Trump by Merrick Garland, Jack Smith, Fani Willis, et.al.; and the rigged travesty of the September 10, 2024 Harris/Trump “debate.”

Failure by Both Parties to Address the Banking System

Unfortunately, neither political party has addressed the financial system that lies at the root of so many problems. This is the system run by the central banks of the Western nations based on fractional reserve lending and usury. A strong case can be made that ultimate control over this system comes out of Europe and the ancient families that have ruled the Old World for centuries. The Bank for International Settlements in Basle, Switzerland, is often mentioned as the system’s institutional overseer. None of the presidential or vice-presidential candidates offer a clue that they have ever even heard of this system which is explained in my book Our Country, Then and Now and many other sources. 

Further, every utopian scheme put forth by such collectives as the UN, the WEF, NATO, or the respective governments of the Western nations presumes a “rules-based” order with the financial billionaires at the top. When I was at the U.S. Treasury Department post 9/11, we had meetings defining the banking system as “critical infrastructure,” meaning it was to be defended by all available means, including military force, and that any attempt to disrupt it was defined as “terrorism.”  

A better term than “rules-based” would be “usury-based.” And it’s this usury-based system that persists only through military power that is destroying humanity. As I wrote in a recent article: 

“The U.S. is in long-term economic decline due to geopolitical factors—the proxy war against Russia in Ukraine, for example—causing a major reduction in dollar hegemony internationally and an increase in the federal debt which now amounts to over $35 trillion.

“At the same time, the overall goal of the U.S. economy is to keep the stock market growing at an average rate of 3-5% compounded. Given an economy where economic growth is essentially stagnant; i.e., the only added value is through inflation, every company must cut costs even more. This means lowering wages relative to workers’ cost of living and reducing product quality, including that of food.”

Three Politicians Who Have Challenged the System

Our ruinous financial system has been challenged by only three living politicians. One is former U.S. representative Ron Paul, who has been calling for many years to “audit the Fed.” 

The second is former U.S. representative Dennis Kucinich, who proposed the National Emergency Employment Defense Act in 2011 that would replace the Federal Reserve with a system of national currency. I describe the NEED Act and my own role in helping to bring it to pass in the Appendix to Our Country, Then and Now. 

The third is representative Thomas Massie (R-KY), who proposed legislation on May 16, 2024, to abolish the Federal Reserve. Unfortunately, Mr. Massie has not given any indication of what he would replace it with. The NEED Act, which Mr. Massie must know about but failed to reference, would satisfy that concern. 

In the area of globalist banking, the willful ignorance of the U.S. political class is staggering. No wonder we are far along the path of losing our country altogether. Under the rubric “Wagging the Dog,” they used to start wars to distract attention from economic problems. I don’t think that will work anymore. 

Public Banking

There is a promising development in the field of public banking being led by the Public Banking Institute founded by Ellen Brown, author of the classic Web of Debt. Brown cites as an exemplar of public banking the century-old Bank of North Dakota, the only government-owned general-service bank in the U.S. It is the legal depository for all state funds in North Dakota, and uses these deposits to fund business development, farming, and small business. Florida has now come up with a plan for its own Florida State Sunshine Bank. One of its purposes is to keep private banks from “debanking” customers on political or religious grounds. 

Ellen Brown points out, however, that “Florida may run up against Federal Reserve and FDIC rules for obtaining a Fed master account, which is required for the Sunshine Bank to join the federal payment system.” See here. Thus, no matter what, the globalist central banking system controls access to the banking game. Any bank that is part of the system must adhere to the Fed’s interest rate policies, where any interest rate above 1%, which is the break-even point for banking expenses, should be considered usury, according to the late Stephen Zarlenga, head of the American Monetary Institute. The same applies to banks owned by Indian tribes on reservations, which is another form of public banking, but equally beholden to the globalist system. 

Trump’s Economic Program

On September 5, 2024, the Trump campaign introduced an eight-point plan “to defeat inflation, make America affordable again, and return the United States to explosive economic growth.” See Here. 

The centerpiece of the plan is to rebuild U.S. industry through protective tariffs, which is a time-honored Republican policy centerpiece that the globalist Democrats have always opposed vociferously. The plan also entails scrapping the “Green New Deal,” expanding extraction of fossil fuels, investing in a healthy food supply, creating new affordable housing, and setting up a Sovereign Wealth Fund for infrastructure investment. 

The plan also calls for “making America the world-capital for crypto and Bitcoin.” While this is far from comprehensive monetary reform, the provision mirrors RFK, Jr.’s, advocacy for a peoples’ currency free from the control of central banks. The next step would be to abolish the Federal Reserve altogether in favor of a new national currency as Rep. Kucinich proposed in 2011.

Meanwhile, the madcap Christian Zionists attribute our peril to their “God” and look forward to, or even call for, the very Armageddon that may be unavoidable. I attribute our peril to our own stupidity, greed, ignorance, and cowardice that may require many centuries to run its course. One thing seems certain: implosion and collapse. 

And what is the alternative to radically-enforced eugenics and genocide to making earth a happy home? It is to create a decent, wholesome society where all members of the Human Family can grow up as sane, productive, positive members of society. 

This does not mean a “perfect” world. 

Nor does it mean the massive “planning” documents such as Biden’s January 10, 2023, “Declaration of North America” or similar documents proclaimed by the UN, WEF, WHO, etc., which are written by bureaucrats in favor of more government “programs” to solve often non-existent problems by spending taxpayer money for salaries of even more “experts,” to solve even more non-existent problems ad infinitum, forever and ever, amen. 

To beat a dead donkey, let’s once again point out that all this grift is the staple of today’s Democratic Party. 

Real change would mean government and its “experts” getting out of the way so ordinary people can live their lives in peace according to the Golden Rule. 

Civil War Is Worldwide

While this section focuses on the U.S., civil war may be breaking out not only here but also in Israel and Europe. There too the battle may go violent as the Empire’s hegemony collapses worldwide. But individuals everywhere in the West also sense new opportunities alongside ramped up repression by the endangered elites. 

As stated earlier, crucial to the outcome is the war being waged by the globalists against freedom of speech, particularly freedom of expression on the internet and social media. Abolishment of free speech is one of their primary aims. Here the war is being fought daily by every individual who cares about the future of humanity. 

The war is also being fought with respect to attempts by globalist institutions like the UN, the WHO, the WTO, and others, to strip nation-states of sovereignty. These attempts are being opposed by figures within the Republican Party and groups like the Door to Freedom and Our Country Our Choice. 

 


 

Chapter 7:

Spiritual Transformation

 

What can bring about peace in the world? I don’t believe any “reforms” will ever do that without changes to the human personality which can only be self-directed. 

Nor will anything ever make life on earth “perfect,” because human beings are not in their essence earthly beings. All real religions point potentially to a higher spiritual state than mere terrestrial satiety or safety.  

But there is the possibility that through Spirit, people may learn to get along through cooperation and compromise instead of war. 

There can be a spiritual outcome, however, only when we see self-directed improvements in the lives of the individuals involved, regardless of race, religion, nationality, or ideology.  But each person’s spiritual path is unique. 

My Journey

Until age 16, I attended the Episcopal Church with my family. Things began to fall apart with the societal disintegration that came with the JFK assassination, the Vietnam War, and the CIA’s assault on young Americans, with the distribution of LSD on college campuses and the infliction on the population of crippling psychotropic medication. 

Doctors were giving it out like candy, emptying the mental hospitals by turning their patients into vegetables. I witnessed and suffered greatly from all this, but was still able to recover and get a job with the federal government. 

It was also the era of “cults,” Scientology being one notorious example. I’m not afraid to admit that for 12 years I was an active member of a cult operating out of Washington, D.C., at the same time that I was starting to work as a federal government analyst. This particular cult promised its followers they could “wake up” and not be just “automatons” reacting to “external influences.” Various complex “tasks” and mathematical exercises set to music were given.

The cult was highly placed within Washington, D.C., society. You can read something about it in a book called Mary’s Mosaic.  If you questioned the leaders, broke secrecy, or—heaven forbid—quit the organization, you were viewed as one who had “died.” I broke these rules and had to move out of a cult-owned residence after a fire I believed was set deliberately.

For the next few years our family lived in a run-down farmhouse a couple of hours commuting distance from work. I worked at several jobs to make ends meet. Efforts to join a local church proved pointless. I then began to study Islam and read the Koran. But I had long been interested in Eastern religions, so was able to get in touch with an ashram in India devoted to a deceased Hindu saint named Ramdas. 

This seemed like the real thing. I corresponded with Ramdas’s successor, a man named Satchitananda, and was given the name “Ramcharandas,” which means, “Servant of the Feet of God.” 

I began to feel a need to learn how to meditate, with the idea that only by going deeply within could I find the peace that had eluded me my whole life. In May 1998 I attended a retreat in the New York Catskill Mountains put on by a woman Indian teacher named Karunamayi. She had published a book where she said that the greatest living Indian meditation master was a guru named Shivabalayogi. I made contact and learned that a man named Shivabalayogi would be visiting Roanoke, Virginia, the coming September. 

I traveled with “Swamiji” on his U.S. summer tours for seven years. It was one thing to read about these teachings and another to spend time with people who lived them. I did in fact learn to meditate and continue to this day. My account of Swamiji’s teaching may be found in a book I wrote entitled, In the Footsteps of the Yogi.

What I learned during this period was life-changing, but by now I was 60 years old. In 2007 I retired from the federal government and published two books reflecting my government service: Challenger Revealed on the 1986 Challenger disaster that I witnessed at NASA and We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform on what I had learned about the U.S. monetary system while working for the U.S. Treasury.  

Both books were “off the beaten path”: way off. But I also continued my spiritual search, trying to relate what I had learned about meditation to Western spiritual teachings. This brought me to two books by the German spiritual teacher Eckhart Tolle: The Power of Now and The New Earth. 

An article I came across about Eckhart Tolle spoke of his childhood and youth when, as a post-World War II German, he was suffering deep depression and had gone to Spain to live with his father. It turned out that his father was a reader of the works of German spiritual master Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943). I learned that books by Bô Yin Râ were becoming available in English translation through the Kober Press of Berkeley, CA, and another publisher in Amsterdam. 

I began reading everything by Bô Yin Râ I could find and have never looked back. I am now starting to read his books in German. My wife Karen and I visited his birthplace in Franconia, Germany, and I am in touch with his German Stiftung. 

Though Bô Yin Râ was raised a Roman Catholic, his teachings apply to all faiths and religions. His books are particularly inspiring, and intensely practical, when speaking of prayer. His book On Prayer is the best on the topic I have ever read, and I cannot recommend it too highly. Clearly prayer is desperately needed in today’s crisis. 

Here is an article I wrote for Three Sages on Bô Yin Râ’s teachings, focusing on his primary text, Book on the Living God. Also see this review of his The Book on Life Beyond.

Bô Yin Râ writes of a better time ahead as more people are born who have a spiritual orientation. He writes that even in his day, signs could be seen, and that was a century ago. 

 


 

Addendum 1:

The Fourteen Holy Helpers

 

In his book More Light, Bô Yin Râ speaks of the Fourteen Holy Helpers, who are saints that appeared in the 14th century to help people in Germany suffering from the Black Death. The presence of the Fourteen Holy Helpers is expressed in the following nighttime prayer:

When at night I go to sleep,
Fourteen angels watch do keep,
Two my head are guarding,
Two my feet are guiding;
Two upon my right hand,
Two upon my left hand.
Two who warmly cover
Two who o’er me hover,
Two to whom ’tis given
To guide my steps to heaven

I firmly believe in the help available to human beings from the heavenly realm. The names of the Fourteen Holy Helpers and the conditions they treat are said to be as follows. 

May you find some of the help you seek in our own plague-filled era by directing your prayers to one or more of these saints or to any others you choose to follow. I also know that St. Michael and St. Anthony always stand ready to help. I also know that for prayers to be answered, we first must ask.

.

 


 

Addendum 2:

Richard Wagner (1813-1883)

 

When citing German culture, we return to Richard Wagner, creator of The Ring of the Nibelung, the great 19th century prophecy of the coming of the modern age in which Wagner depicts allegorically the travails through which humanity must past to achieve its promised future. The Empire has been trying in vain to block this future from arising, as such a future has no place for the exploitation of humanity.  

.

File:Siegfried dans la forge de Regin.jpg

Siegfried at Regin’s forge to receive the sword he will use to slay Fafnir the dragon in Richard Wagner’s cycle Ring of the Nibelung: Painting 1880 by Wilhelm Ernst Ferdinand Franz Hauschild (1827-1887), Neuschwanstein Castle collection  (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

.

In contrast to the dwarves and dragons whose grip on the world is passing away, Wagner wrote:

“Love in its most perfect reality is only possible between the sexes; it is only as man and woman that human beings can truly love….It is an error to look on this as only one of the forms in which love is revealed, as if there were other forms coequal with it, or even superior to it….It is only in the union of man and woman by love (sensuous and supersensuous) that the human being exists…”

Perhaps the best source for Wagner’s adulation of the Eternal Feminine is his opera Tannhäuser. 

Source of quotation: George Bernard Shaw, “The Perfect Wagnerite: A Commentary on the Niblung’s Ring,” Dover edition, 1967, p. 99-100.

 


 

Addendum 3:

Jesus on a White Horse

 

See here.

Canadian economist Prof. Michel Chossudovsky criticizes the U.S. government for promoting nuclear war propaganda and advocating for the ‘safe use’ of nuclear weapons in conventional war. He highlights the brainwashing of decision-makers and the dangers of their own power.

Chossudovsky discusses the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review and the recategorization of nuclear weapons. 

The short video below also addresses the role of Victoria Nuland in U.S. foreign policy and the neo-Nazi agenda embedded in regime change efforts.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

****

Introductory Note by Michel Chossudovsky 

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable – a nuclear holocaust which could potentially spread in terms of radioactive fallout Worldwide .

All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped. “Offensive” military actions using nuclear warheads are now described as acts of “self-defense”. 

The  August 6-8 2003 “Privatization of Nuclear’ War secret meeting was held behind closed doors at Strategic Command Headquarters at the Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska.

It was conducive to a $1.3 trillion dollar nuclear weapons program initiated under the Obama administration, which is slated to increase to 2 trillion dollars by 2030. 

Hiroshima Day, August 6, 2024

Towards a World War III Scenario:

The Privatization of Nuclear War

Michel Chossudovsky

August 7, 2011.

 

Introduction

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable – a nuclear holocaust which could potentially spread in terms of radioactive fallout over a large part of the Middle East.

All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped. “Offensive” military actions using nuclear warheads are now described as acts of “self-defense”.

The casualties from the direct effects of blast, radioactivity, and fires resulting from the massive use of nuclear weapons by the superpowers [of the Cold War era] would be so catastrophic that we avoided such a tragedy for the first four decades after the invention of nuclear weapons.1

During the Cold War, the doctrine of Mutually Assured Destruction (MAD) prevailed, namely that the use of nuclear weapons against the Soviet Union would result in “the destruction of both the attacker and the defender”.

In the post Cold war era, US nuclear doctrine was redefined. The dangers of nuclear weapons have been obfuscated.

Tactical nuclear weapons have been upheld as distinct, in terms of their impact, from the strategic thermonuclear bombs of the Cold War era.

Tactical nuclear weapons are identical to the strategic nuclear bombs. The only thing that differentiates these two categories of nuclear bombs are:

1) their delivery system;
2) their explosive yield (measured in mass of trinitrotoluene (TNT), in kilotons or megatons.

The tactical nuclear weapon or low yield mini-nuke is described as a small nuclear bomb, delivered in the same way as the earth penetrating bunker buster bombs.

While the technology is fundamentally different, tactical nuclear weapons, in terms of in-theater delivery systems are comparable to the bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in August 1945.

The Pentagon’s 2001 Nuclear Posture Review envisaged so-called “contingency plans” for an offensive “first strike use” of nuclear weapons, not only against “axis of evil” countries (including Iran and North Korea) but also against Russia and China.2

The adoption of the NPR by the US Congress in late 2002 provided a green light for carrying out the Pentagon’s pre-emptive nuclear war doctrine, both in terms of military planning as well as defense procurement and production. Congress not only rolled back its prohibition on low yield nuclear weapons, it also provided funding “to pursue work on so-called mini-nukes”. The financing was allocated to bunker buster (earth penetrator) tactical nuclear weapons as well as to the development of new nuclear weapons.3

Video. James Corbett Interviews Michel Chossudovsky 

Hiroshima Day 2003: Secret Meeting at Strategic Command Headquarters

On August 6, 2003, on Hiroshima Day, [twenty two years ago] commemorating when the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima (August 6 1945), a secret meeting was held behind closed doors at Strategic Command Headquarters at the Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska.

Senior executives from the nuclear industry and the military industrial complex were in attendance. This mingling of defense contractors, scientists and policy-makers was not intended to commemorate Hiroshima.

The meeting was intended to set the stage for the development of a new generation of “smaller”, “safer” and “more usable” nuclear weapons, to be used in the “in-theater nuclear wars” of the 21st Century.

In a cruel irony, the participants to this secret meeting, which excluded members of Congress, arrived on the anniversary of the Hiroshima bombing and departed on the anniversary of the attack on Nagasaki.

More than 150 military contractors, scientists from the weapons labs, and other government officials gathered at the headquarters of the US Strategic Command in Omaha, Nebraska to plot and plan for the possibility of “full-scale nuclear war”, calling for the production of a new generation of nuclear weapons – more “usable” so-called “mini-nukes” and earth penetrating “bunker busters” armed with atomic warheads.4

According to a leaked draft of the agenda, the secret meeting included discussions on “mini-nukes” and “bunker-buster” bombs with nuclear war heads “for possible use against rogue states”:

We need to change our nuclear strategy from the Cold War to one that can deal with emerging threats… The meeting will give some thought to how we guarantee the efficacy of the (nuclear) stockpile.5

The Privatization of Nuclear War: US Military Contractors Set the Stage

The post 9/11 nuclear weapons doctrine was in the making, with America’s major defense contractors directly involved in the decision-making process.

The Hiroshima Day 2003 meetings had set the stage for the “privatization of nuclear war”. Corporations not only reap multibillion-dollar profits from the production of nuclear bombs, they also have a direct voice in setting the agenda regarding the use and deployment of nuclear weapons.

The nuclear weapons industry, which includes the production of nuclear devices as well as the missile delivery systems, etc., is controlled by a handful of defense contractors with Lockheed Martin, General Dynamics, Northrop Grunman, Raytheon and Boeing in the lead.

It is worth noting that barely a week prior to the historic August 6, 2003 meeting, the National Nuclear Security Administration (NNSA) disbanded its advisory committee which provided an “independent oversight” on the US nuclear arsenal, including the testing and/or use of new nuclear devices.6 

The above text is an excerpt from Michel Chossudovsky’s Towards a World War Three Scenario, The Dangers of Nuclear War.

please note: at the moment, this book is only available in PDF format

Financing the Culture of War

There are more than 5000 US nuclear weapons deployed. And now the US is committed to developing a generation of “more usable” low yield tactical nuclear weapons (bunker buster bombs) which are “harmless to the surrounding civilian population because the explosion is underground”.

“Blowing up the Planet” on a first strike basis as a instrument of peace and global security.

Those who decide on the use of nuclear weapons believe their own lies.

And what the US public does not know that is that on September 15, 1945, confirmed by declassified documents, the Truman administration released a secret plan to bomb 66 Soviet cities with 204 atomic bombs, at a time when the US and the Soviet Union were allies.

And those who dare to say that the use of nuclear weapons threatens the future of humanity are branded as “conspiracy theorists”.

The Privatization of Nuclear War 

Video. James Corbett Interviews Michel Chossudovsky 

 

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Featured image is from Countercurrents


Towards a World War III Scenario: The Dangers of Nuclear War” 

by Michel Chossudovsky

Available to order from Global Research! 

ISBN Number: 978-0-9737147-5-3
Year: 2012
Pages: 102

PDF Edition:  $6.50 (sent directly to your email account!)

Michel Chossudovsky is Professor of Economics at the University of Ottawa and Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG), which hosts the critically acclaimed website www.globalresearch.ca . He is a contributor to the Encyclopedia Britannica. His writings have been translated into more than 20 languages.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

Trump tra Guerra e Pace

November 8th, 2024 by Manlio Dinucci

Donald Trump, appena eletto presidente degli Stati Uniti con una maggioranza schiacciante rispetto a Kamala Harris, ha così enunciato le linee portanti della sua politica estera: “Voglio dire alla comunità mondiale che, mentre metteremo sempre al primo posto gli interessi dell’America, tratteremo in modo equo con ciascuno – tutti i popoli e tutte le altre nazioni. Cercheremo un terreno comune, non l’ostilità; la partnership, non il conflitto.” Poiché già nel precedente mandato Trump incontrò Putin, e per questo negli Stati Uniti fu sottoposto al primo tentativo di impeachment, c’è la possibilità che oggi, avendo la maggioranza nel Congresso, riapra un tavolo negoziale con Putin per mettere fine alla guerra Russia-Ucraina, ossia alla guerra che la NATO sotto comando USA conduce contro la Russia.

Che cosa dovrebbe fare l’Amministrazione Trump in Europa? 1) Fare in modo che venga immediatamente attuato un cessate-il-fuoco tra Nato/Ucraina e Russia. 2) Aprire un negoziato al vertice tra i Presidenti di Stati Uniti e Federazione Russa. 3) Fare in modo che venga demilitarizzato e denuclearizzato l’intero fronte europeo, ritirando le forze nucleari USA-NATO a raggio intermedio schierate in Europa a ridosso del territorio russo e le forze nucleari russe a raggio intermedio schierate in territorio russo a ridosso dell’Europa e in Bielorussia. 4) Togliere le sanzioni alla Russia e riallacciare i rapporti politici, economici e culturali tra Stati Uniti e Russia. 5) Fare in modo che venga convocata, sotto l’egida dell’ONU, una Conferenza Internazionale – con la partecipazione di USA, NATO, UE, Ucraina, Russia e Bielorussia – per una soluzione negoziata del conflitto Russia-Ucraina e l’instaurazione di un sistema di sicurezza in Europa. Diversa è la situazione sull’altro fronte di guerra, quello mediorientale. Trump, come tutti i precedenti presidenti degli Stati Uniti, sostiene Israele.

In base alle preannunciate linee di politica estera, che cosa dovrebbe invece fare l’Amministrazione Trump in Medio Oriente? 1) Fare in modo che venga immediatamente attuato nella regione un cessate-il-fuoco fra tutte le parti in conflitto, che Israele ritiri da Gaza e Cisgiordania le sue forze armate e gli insediamenti di coloni, che i Territori Palestinesi siano governati dagli organismi scelti dai Palestinesi stessi. 2) Fare in modo che venga convocata, sotto l’egida dell’ONU, una Conferenza Internazionale – con la partecipazione di tutti i Paesi della regione a partire da Israele e Iran – per una soluzione negoziata dei conflitti e l’instaurazione di un sistema di sicurezza in Medioriente.

La situazione è resa ancora più complessa dal fatto che Trump è stato votato a grande maggioranza dai 150.000 Americani (ossia Ebrei con doppia cittadinanza statunitense e israeliana) che vivono in Israele (paese con 10 milioni di abitanti,) e che 60.000 di questi sono insediati in Cisgiordania: qui costituiscono il 15% dei coloni che, armati e sostenuti dal governo israeliano, si stanno impadronendo delle terre e altre proprietà palestinesi. Potrà l’Amministrazione Trump, nella sua politica estera, cercare “un terreno comune, non l’ostilità; la partnership, non il conflitto”? Il debito pubblico statunitense supera per la prima volta i 35 mila miliardi di dollari, un livello pari a quello del PIL.

La spesa militare USA, che supera ampiamente i 1.000 miliardi di dollari annui (comprese altre voci oltre il budget del Pentagono), continua crescere. Crescono di conseguenza gli interessi sul debito pubblico pagati ogni anno, che stanno superando il livello della stessa spesa militare. Di questa beneficia largamente Elon Musk, l’uomo più ricco del mondo che ha largamente finanziato la campagna elettorale di Trump e probabilmente avrà un importante incarico nella sua Amministrazione. La società missilistica di Musk, SpaceX, gestisce il programma di lancio dei razzi della NASA e il Pentagono si affida a lui per portare in orbita la maggior parte dei satelliti militari. La macchina bellica statunitense è in piena azione perché sta aprendo un altro fronte di guerra, quello contro la Cina.

Manlio Dinucci

VIDEO :

“Everybody knows the boat is leaking/Everybody knows the captain lied” – Leonard Cohen, “Everybody Knows”

When the polls closed on Tuesday, November 5th, I was sound asleep, like a baby rocking gently in his cradle, lost to the frenzied rants or joyful shouting of the different political claques.  Even though I missed the results of what the mass media had been telling us was the most important election in our lifetimes, I was happily oblivious to their cant.  I remember hearing that nonsense many times before.

I gave up on my country’s electoral system more than 50 years ago.  Every presidential election is a contest between two sides of the ruling monied elite, chosen to represent their interests.  It is corrupt beyond repair and was so even then.  Do most people have a clue that their country is owned and run by a small group of the super-rich and ten or so financial institutions, such as BlackRock, Vanguard, State Street, Morgan Stanley, JP Morgan Chase, etc., the big banks and financial interests that in 1947 formed the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) to spearhead the U.S. warfare state around the world in support of its economy that is reliant on endless war?

The electorate continually puts its hope in the performers that the spectacle’s producers put up to front for their interests, failing to grasp that the rulers’ interests are not theirs.  Arguing and anguishing over certain policy differences between Democratic and Republican presidential candidates, they fail to see that both exist to serve global capital, not regular people, that exchanging presidents is a counterfeiter’s con-game with the voters the scammers’ marks.

Trump’s current victory is an example of that, as was Biden’s in 2020.  If Harris had won, it would have proven the same.  They are two sides of one coin.  That the system is rigged by the oligarchs should be obvious but isn’t.  Or maybe it is obvious but people secretly harbor a perverse liking for it.  Stranger things are true, as on personal levels people embrace the symptoms of their neuroses because the symptoms are their disguised solutions, their ways of staying stuck because change is hard and frightening and requires admitting repressed realities.

The cliché that all politics is local has a certain appeal and a trace of veracity, but 99 + % of the truth lies elsewhere.  Approximately 145 + million Americans just lined up to vote like puppies looking for a bone to be thrown their way by the people who own the country.  They do get a bone here and there, which keeps them looking for the meat, but that is reserved for the fat cats, as always.

I understand why people prefer upbeat words, but very often the upbeat is really the downbeat of hopelessness in disguise.  A coverup.  And seemingly hopeless words, such as that our presidents are the public personae of the rapacious oligarchy, are actually far more hopeful, even though they reveal long-held assumptions to be delusional.

Imagine what might happen if a great portion of people refused to vote for the charlatans chosen to run for president.

The fear that there was even a slight chance that this might happen lies behind all the pep talks and moralizing about doing your civic duty, which is such “a privilege.”  Vote, even if it’s for the “lesser of two evils.”

But please, let us not mention the great evil that lies behind these lessers.  Vote and we’ll give you a sticker. A sticker that signifies your gullibility.

There is a “system,” as young radicals referred to the U.S.’s political-economic structure back in the 1960s.  I was one of them, a conscientious objector from the Marine Corps and a graduate student studying sociology, deeply influenced by the work and moral voice of C. Wright Mills and his powerful books, The Power Elite, The Causes of World War III, and Listen, Yankee, and William Domhoff’s Who Rules America, a work that has gone through seven updated editions.

There were (and are) many other books that told the story truly, but even reading them won’t help unless you are willing to dispense with the obvious illusions and face the bleakness of a corrupt system.  Willing to take it personally.  Willing to recognize the systemic evil that under-girds the System.  Willing to accept the void that the Trappist monk Thomas Merton termed the Unspeakable:

It is the void that contradicts everything that is spoken even before the words are said; the void that gets into the language of public and official declarations at the very moment when they are pronounced, and makes them ring dead with the hollowness of the abyss.

This void is the fact that the U.S. political economy is controlled by a small group of the wealthiest nihilists and is maintained through lies, a military-industrial economy, and perpetual wars around the world to maintain and increase their wealth.  It is a death cult that people worship by their participation.

Although in subsequent years it became fashionable to decry the use of the term “the system,” there was a system then and there is one now, run by the upper class elite whose wealth has increased exponentially over the years throughout Democratic and Republican administrations.  This system is tightly entwined throughout the social structure of the country, part of the everyday fabric of American life.  It is fueled by the corporate mass media of all political persuasions.  Understanding it helps to explain most of what is going on today, including the farcical election just concluded.  A battle between two candidates who represent the forces that oppress the common people, support the genocide of the Palestinians, and are figureheads for the warfare state.

The system has evolved its methods of control since the 1950s but is essentially unchanged.  It is now monopoly global capitalism joined with the steroidal injection of digital technology and the Internet to create a seamless marriage of economic exploitation and non-stop propaganda that has coopted and controlled the working classes and leftist intellectuals alike. Those middle to upper middle classes who like to consider themselves liberal or progressive accept the status quo because it rewards them at the expense of struggling peoples at home and abroad.  They can afford to play along and look away, being typical Babbitts.  And the right-wing was always in the pocket of the power elites.

Elections are said to be about pocket-book issues, which is largely true, but the oligarchic control of the nation’s pocketbook is not the focus.  Small stuff is.

Book cover for Titans of Capital

Listen to Peter Philips, a sociologist in Mills’s tradition, who tells the truth that most can’t bear to hear and will never accept. His latest book is, Titans of Capital.  Here he is being interviewed by Robert Scheer, These Ten Companies Run Our “Democracy.”

It’s nothing new, but to accept it would require an American revolution, which isn’t coming.  No, it’s not coming when so many people “do their civic duty” and vote for presidential candidates fronting for the upper class’s interests.

As I am finishing writing these words, a headline appears at The New York Times Corporation to make me laugh and give me that all-over happy tingle.  It reads: “Popularist Revolt Against Elite’s Vision of the U.S.”   Subheaded with these introductory words: “In the end, Donald Trump is not the historical aberration some thought he was, but a force reshaping the modern U.S., writes Peter Baker in an analysis.”

Not an historical aberration!  Then he must not be a deviation from the normal type of American president.  Trump is a good old normal American president, claims the Times.  Is this a Freudian slip?

The “elite’s vision?”  So the Times is also admitting that there is an elite and they have a vision for the common people?  I wondered what kind of confession was to follow?  So I followed.

The article by Baker has a strangely punctuated title with an ambiguous meaning that its text contradicts: ‘Trump’s America’: Comeback Victory Signals a Different Kind of Country.”  It opens with the introductory words I quoted above, as if to reinforce the point.  Not an historical aberration, which for anyone who understands the English language means he is normal.  But then Baker mixes his illogical word salad with dressing.

He writes, as if there were some logical connection between his sentences:

Populist disenchantment with the nation’s direction and resentment against elites proved to be deeper and more profound than many in both parties had recognized. Mr. Trump’s testosterone-driven campaign capitalized on resistance to electing the first woman president.

.

Screenshot from the NYT

.

Is he not saying that there is an elite that the common people are rebelling against by voting for Trump and that Harris has been chosen by these same elites.

But if Trump is not an historical aberration and therefore has also been chosen by the elites, then the “popularist revolt” is no revolt at all but a con job played out by the billionaire elites who support Trump.  Baker and all the “experts” he quotes are loathe to admit openly that the ruling oligarchy is split; that both Harris and Trump are candidates of the elite who war among themselves but who in the end reap the spoils of the system.  That they are allied in an overall goal.

Baker tells us about Kamala Harris, who was not chosen by the people but by the elite who control the Democratic party, that

“Once she took the torch from Mr. Biden, Ms. Harris initially emphasized a positive, joy-filled mission to the future, consolidating excited Democrats behind her, but it was not enough to win over uncommitted voters.”

Joy didn’t work.  Well what the heck!

Baker also tells us that trashing Trump and emphasizing unity didn’t either because the American people want a strongman.

What? A non-aberrational strong man?

But Baker goes on to castigate Trump as a criminal, a liar, a fraud, a conspiracy theorist, etc. while the joyful Harris just miscalculated and underestimated popular discontent.  This is the usual Times’ schtick.  Turn to the New York Postfor the obverse and have a chuckle at the absurd game the media play on the public.

Baker’s headline tells us that Trump’s win signals that the U.S. is now a different kind of country because so many people are fed up with how it’s being run.  Different from 2016 when Trump won?

If only it were a different country, but it isn’t.  The same elite money forces run the show.  Elections don’t change that.  People continue to be suckers.

Baker lets it slip again with these words:

The assumption that Mr. Trump represented an anomaly who would at last be consigned to the ash heap of history was washed away on Tuesday night by a red current that swept through battleground states – and swept away the understanding of America long nurtured by its ruling elite of both parties.

Yes, the “ruling elite.”  One elite.  Both parties.  And nothing was swept away.  This ruling elite is just laughing and no doubt secretly applauding the stenographers who serve their interests, such as Peter Baker, who portrays them in typically deceptive Times’ gobbledygook fashion as “perplexed.”  Have a laugh!

“Everybody knows the fight was fixed
The poor stay poor, the rich stay rich
That’s how it goes
Everybody knows”

Do they?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Behind the Curtain.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from rawpixel.com / Sergeant Matt Hecht


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Com maioria no Senado e muito provavelmente na Câmara dos Deputados, Donald Trump terá um maior controle sobre a política norte-americana. Além disso, tudo indica que ele aprendeu um pouco com os erros de seu primeiro mandato e desta vez terá homens de alta confiança nos principais postos governamentais. Há muita preocupação, entre os elementos tradicionais do establishment, que ele reorganize toda a burocracia estatal e construa um Deep State próprio.

A força avassaladora de Trump, comprovada nestas eleições, indica que os donos tradicionais do Deep State podem ter de adotar a máxima do “se não pode com ele, junte-se a ele”. Os grandes jornais, prevendo a vitória do republicano, decidiram não declarar apoio a nenhum candidato, apesar de sua cobertura ter sido claramente anti-Trump e pró-Harris. Nos últimos meses da campanha, também foi possível verificar um aumento no financiamento da candidatura Trump por grandes corporações, em comparação com o período anterior à entrada de Harris na disputa (embora esta, mesmo assim, tenha recebido o dobro de dinheiro do republicano). As previsões mais recentes dos mecanismos do mercado financeiro também indicavam uma vitória de Trump, contrastando com o empate técnico verificado nas pesquisas de intenção de voto.

Apesar disso, caso o regime político estadunidense se adapte a Trump, seus representantes farão de tudo para colher concessões do presidente eleito. As principais publicações que orientam os formuladores da política externa americana, como a Foreign Affairs, têm publicado artigos alertando para o mal que uma política trumpista pura representaria para os Estados Unidos. Em outras palavras, como o isolacionismo enfraqueceria o sistema imperialista de dominação global.

O caso brasileiro e latino-americano

Contudo, se na Europa e na Ásia a política externa de Trump pode resultar na debilitação do intervencionismo americano, o cenário na América Latina provavelmente não seguirá essa tendência. Claro, o imperialismo está numa fase histórica de decadência, mas, por ser o quintal dos Estados Unidos, o continente tem maiores dificuldades de reagir contra a dominação imperial. As classes dominantes dos nossos países não passam de vassalas de Washington, que, devido à proximidade geográfica, exerce um controle mais efetivo sobre elas do que sobre as de outros continentes.

Somos um dos pontos de menor divergência entre a ala trumpista e a ala “globalista” da burguesia americana. As duas concordam que o Hemisfério deve ser de controle exclusivo dos Estados Unidos. A Doutrina Monroe faz parte do ABC político dessas duas alas. A armadilha da dívida externa escraviza nossos povos sob o jugo do FMI e do Banco Mundial. Os abundantes recursos naturais nos tornam presas imediatas para os grandes monopólios industriais. Trump tem uma política extremamente favorável à voracidade das grandes petroleiras, e Brasil e Venezuela cheiram a petróleo. Elon Musk, o mais proeminente magnata trumpista, olha para as reservas de lítio de Brasil, Argentina, Chile e Bolívia com uma cobiça indisfarçável (basta lembrar de suas palavras quando do golpe na Bolívia).

Nos últimos anos, os Estados Unidos escalaram a ofensiva sobre o nosso continente. Se Trump, em seu primeiro mandato, adotou uma política relativamente pacifista com relação ao resto do mundo, na América Latina ele quase derrubou os governos de Nicarágua (2018) e Venezuela (2019), além de ser bem-sucedido com o golpe de Estado na Bolívia (2019) e a eleição de um fantoche no Brasil (2018).

Ao mesmo tempo que mantinha o espólio dos nossos países, o protecionismo de Trump (seguido, em muitos aspectos, por Joe Biden) afetou duramente as exportações do Brasil. Ele impôs uma tarifa de 25% ao aço brasileiro, acusando-nos de ser uma “ameaça à segurança nacional dos EUA”. Biden manteve essa medida e agora todos consideram que as tarifas também prejudicarão a exportação de milho, soja, ferro, biocombustíveis e partes de maquinário.

As transações comerciais com os EUA já tiveram um déficit de 1,1 bilhão de dólares em 2023 e a redução das exportações, motivada pelas altas tarifas, deverá elevar ainda mais esse déficit. A política econômica de Trump também deverá elevar os juros e valorizar o dólar, conduzindo ao aumento da inflação no Brasil. A grande imprensa monopolista brasileira – sucursal dos veículos estadunidenses – já está usando isso para pressionar ainda mais fortemente por um arrocho fiscal, porque os bancos internacionais precisarão compensar as perdas com o protecionismo nos EUA aumentando o espólio dos outros países.

A necessidade de um reposicionamento do Brasil

Se for mantida a política de submissão (que Lula não tem conseguido superar) diante dos EUA, a crise econômica no Brasil vai piorar vertiginosamente. Claro que os primeiros a senti-la (e os que a sentirão mais profundamente) são os pobres, os trabalhadores e os camponeses. Mas os empresários que não pertencem – totalmente – ao seleto grupo de sanguessugas e parasitas antinacionais também serão fortemente afetados.

O Brasil vai presidir o BRICS no primeiro ano de mandato de Trump nos Estados Unidos. Uma das principais tarefas do País será avançar com o processo de desdolarização dentro do bloco, iniciado e impulsionado por China e Rússia. Dentre os seríssimos equívocos do governo com relação ao BRICS, está o de optar por um processo mais lento de abandono do dólar como moeda exclusiva de negociação. Diante da nova realidade, isso terá de ser revisto e revertido, porque a redução e – oxalá – o fim da dependência do dólar é uma necessidade imperativa para qualquer nação que pretende ser soberana.

Com efeito, a presidência brasileira do BRICS em meio ao relacionamento econômico crescentemente negativo com os EUA de Trump abre uma oportunidade imperdível de distanciamento dessa dependência quase escravagista. Ao ver dificultada a exportação de soja para os EUA, por exemplo, o Brasil pode orientá-la para a China. O aço também pode ser dirigido para os Emirados Árabes e a América Latina e Caribe, grandes importadores do Brasil.

Além do BRICS, abre-se também uma chance de fortalecimento da integração latino-americana através dos mecanismos regionais como a Celac e o Mercosul (desde que a política desse organismo seja reorientada para os interesses nacionais). Agora que os democratas tomaram uma surra e foram escorraçados da Casa Branca, do Congresso e do Senado, pode ser que o presidente Lula também se sinta menos amarrado às suas pressões, volte atrás nos ataques do governo à Venezuela e à Nicarágua e busque retomar as boas relações com os dois países, o que seria vital para o fortalecimento do Brasil e da região diante da ofensiva que virá. Porque se o governo continuar com suas hostilidades contra os países irmãos, estará objetivamente aliando-se a Donald Trump. Isso vai deixar claro para todos os ingênuos dirigidos pela Globo que o ataque à Venezuela não passa de um alinhamento à extrema-direita nacional e internacional.

Aqui entra um ponto delicadíssimo que merece profunda reflexão de Lula e do PT. A vitória de Trump impulsiona os instintos golpistas de toda a oligarquia latino-americana e, particularmente, da extrema-direita, ainda em crescimento. Ela não fica apenas animada e motivada, mas vai também receber apoio material para desestabilizar os governos minimamente nacionalistas da região. Se Javier Milei já demonstrou ser a ponta de lança da ofensiva imperialista na América Latina, com Trump no poder nos EUA essa parceria vai crescer.

A pressão sobre o Brasil vai dobrar. Jair Bolsonaro acaba de declarar que a eleição de Trump “é um passo importantíssimo” para ele mesmo voltar ao governo – e, se não for possível, alguém apoiado por ele. Mas o capitão reformado não escondeu suas esperanças no apoio do novo governo dos EUA: “acredito que o Trump gostaria que eu fosse elegível.” Demonstrando sua disposição apaixonada de servir novamente ao imperialismo americano, como se estivesse balançando o rabinho para o dono, Bolsonaro disse que “sabe o seu lugar”: “estou para ele como o Paraguai está para o Brasil.”

É tão claro como a água que a oposição bolsonarista vai tentar tirar o máximo proveito do fato de Trump assumir o governo para prender ainda mais o Brasil sobre o colo do Tio Sam. Porque, embora Trump não seja um representante típico do sistema imperialista americano, os bolsonaristas – amantes da bandeira americana – o veem como o grande símbolo do poder e da força dos Estados Unidos, que devem reinar eternamente sobre a face da Terra. No Congresso brasileiro há muitos exemplos dessa vassalagem, a começar por Eduardo Bolsonaro, que esteve abraçando Trump em Mar-a-Lago.

Mas os agentes dos EUA estão espalhados por todo o Congresso e também pelos governos estaduais, prefeituras e todos os órgãos de poder no Brasil. Lula e o PT terão de enfrentá-los de maneira contundente, o que significa abandonar as alianças que fazem até mesmo com os próprios bolsonaristas – o PT apoia 52 prefeitos que também são apoiados pelo PL. A imprensa está aproveitando tanto o resultado das eleições municipais quanto o das americanas para fazer campanha por um governo de centro, ou seja, da direita oligárquica neoliberal e lacaia dos EUA – ou de uma frente ampla à qual Lula se submetesse com medo do espantalho do bolsonarismo. Mas essa quinta coluna, que também está dentro do governo, é tão agente do regime americano quanto os bolsonaristas, por isso seus ataques retóricos a Trump ou a Bolsonaro não devem ser mal-interpretados como nacionalismo. Uma deposição de Lula (seja nas eleições ou não) pode servir tanto aos interesses de Trump como aos do establishment imperialista.

A conclusão, mais uma vez, é a de que o governo Lula ainda pode reduzir a dependência brasileira do imperialismo americano, aproveitando-se do enfraquecimento do Deep State e do regime como um todo com o isolacionismo de Trump. Mas para isso terá a obrigação de combater os agentes dos EUA no Brasil, que poderiam se unificar para evitar que o Brasil se afaste dessa dependência.

Eduardo Vasco

 

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

RussiaGate 2.0. (2024-25): Donald Trump and the Manchurian Candidate. Regime Change in America

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 08, 2024

RussiaGate 1.0 contends that Trump was “in bed with the enemy”, namely Russia. In the wake of the 2016 elections, prior to his inauguration, Trump was accused of high treason. There was a carefully planned “Disrupt Campaign” formulated well before the November 8, 2016 elections which consisted in a media smear campaign, an engineered anti-Trump protest movement across the US, coordinated with media coverage, petitions,  the objective which was “to disrupt.”

Trump’s Triumph and the Firing of Yoav Gallant. “The Deep State Needs Donald Trump”.

By Mike Whitney, November 08, 2024

Indeed, the reason the election results were “free and fair” is not because the intel community has stopped rigging elections, but because no rigging was required. They wanted Trump to win because Trump was ‘their man.’

Donald Trump, “The Deep State” and the War in Ukraine. Kiev Regime Takes “Dramatic” Turn for Worse. Drago Bosnic

By Drago Bosnic, November 08, 2024

As Donald Trump is taking back the presidency in the US, the Deep State and its lackeys around the world (particularly in the EU/NATO, along with other vassals and satellites) are losing their minds.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr.: The Misdeeds of Big Pharma, the Inordinate Power of the Billionaires and the Hope of Monetary Reform

By Richard C. Cook, November 08, 2024

Under the slogan, “Make America Healthy Again,” Kennedy announced his inclusion in President Trump’s transition team even before Trump’s November 5 victory and said his mandate included a broad range of measures to tackle America’s chronic disease crisis. This was expected to include the health impacts of the huge number of childhood vaccines being administered today with government approval.

Non-Aligned Movement Condemns Israeli Airstrikes on Iran

By Abayomi Azikiwe, November 08, 2024

Even though inside the United States, Britain and the many Western European states the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) retaliatory bombing of military sites in the Islamic Republic of Iran on October 26 was greeted with praise, others largely within the Global South viewed the actions of Tel Aviv as a major threat to world peace.

U.S. Election 2024: Governments Change, the Agenda Stays the Same

By Michael Welch, James Corbett, Dmitry Orlov, and Dr. Jack Rasmus, November 08, 2024

Whatever else it may have been, it is certainly the most expensive election of our lifetime! According to stats available at the non-profit organization OpenSecrets, fully $15.9 billion was spent overall, including over $1 billion dollars from shell companies and “dark money” groups not disclosing the identities of their donors that are trying to influence federal elections.

COVID Vaccines Pose 112,000% Greater Risk of Brain Clots, Strokes Than Flu Shots

By Michael Nevradakis, November 08, 2024

COVID-19 vaccines pose a 112,000% greater risk of brain clots and strokes than flu vaccines and a 20,700% greater risk of those symptoms than all other vaccines combined, according to a peer-reviewed study that calls for a global moratorium on the vaccines.

Dutch Health Minister Fleur Agema has acknowledged in parliament that the Dutch pandemic policy is taking place “under the direction of National Coordinator for Security and Counterterrorism (NCTV) and Defense” and must comply with “NATO obligations”. In doing so, she confirmed what researchers such as Cees van den Bos previously revealed on the basis of Wob documents: the corona policy was a “coup d’état” by the NCTV. Family doctor Els van Veen says she finally understands what happened to her, and other critical doctors, during the corona crisis: “It was a military operation, the Minister of Health obeys NATO and NCTV”.

On Thursday 24 October, Fleur Agema had a first: she was the very first health minister in parliamentary history to explain her actions by “NATO obligations.” And not once, but six times, as Member of Parliament Pepijn van Houwelingen (FVD) did. A three-minute video, in which Agema tells the Chamber that pandemic preparedness is related to treaty obligations and that the intelligence service NCTV is in charge, went viral on X. Van Houwelingen immediately promised to answer Chamber questions.

Agema made her remarks during a debate on “resilience.” She said the Netherlands must be prepared for any kind of disaster, such as “hybrid threats, military threats, natural disasters or a new pandemic.” A “substantial strengthening” of the country’s resilience is needed, she said, adding:

“Under the direction of the NCTV and the Ministry of Defense, we will come up with a plan of action in the spring.”

She said shortly after taking over as minister that she had been briefed on resilience and the Nato commitments:

“Since that briefing, I have been with my ministry taking stock of what we need to meet those Nato commitments. We are doing that under the leadership of the NCTV. A number of ministries are involved in this. I have asked if there is an overlap between pandemic preparedness and resilience of care and there is. She added: “You want to have the same tools as we would have had in relation to the corona crisis.”

One of the first to comment on Agema’s appearance on X was Woo researcher Cees van den Bos. Under the heading “the coup d’etat,” he characterized the NCTV as a “bamiluk” of NATO:

“This country will only be free if the NCTV is completely abolished and these kinds of shadow governments never get a foothold again. This is the biggest obstacle that stands in the way of a democracy,” he said.

He added that there is no control over the NCTV:

“The NCTV has carte blanche, as has been shown during corona.”

According to Van den Bos, people who think corona is over (“let’s stop talking about it”) are waiting for another hard “reality check.” He thanked Agema for her “candor.”

Van den Bos previously pointed out – also in this newspaper – that the NCTV was in charge during the coronavirus crisis, in the person of Pieter-Jaap Aalbersberg, who had succeeded Dick Schoof as NCTV boss in early 2019. At the end of 2022, Van den Bos accused the NCTV of having committed a “coup d’etat.” The crisis management was almost everywhere in the hands of the military and intelligence services, and in our country it rested with the NCTV. In addition to the day-to-day management of the crisis organization, the NCTV even counted it as its task to coordinate the parliamentary process (“timing and mutual congruence”). The intelligence service set up a separate team for this, according to a report from mid-March 2020. Commenting on the parliamentary vote, it said: “Ambition and agreement are not surprising.” It was likely intended to prevent unexpected motions or amendments to new legislation.

In early 2023, journalist Elze van den Hamelen described NATO’s role in this newspaper, based on investigative work by Van den Bos: “The documents show that since at least 2019, more than a year before the coronavirus pandemic, the government has set up a large organization to “combat disinformation.” The initiative for this came from NATO and the EU, Van den Bos shows:

“It was a military operation aimed at its own population. Not to turn people off, but to influence their behavior.”

During the coronavirus pandemic, NATO set the guidelines for the covid response and coordinated the “Stratcom” (strategic communications). “The guidelines were circulated through the member states’ foreign ministers.” Does this explain why Sweden, which only joined NATO this year, was the only country in Europe to adopt a more lenient policy during the coronavirus crisis?

Earlier, the leader of Verheid, Willem Engel, had made similar revelations. At his trial in Rotterdam on 22 November 2022, in which he was accused of “sedition,” Engel gave an extensive speech in which he showed how the government has worked to combat critics of the coronavirus policy. According to him, this involved agencies from four ministries: NCTV (Justice), AIVD (Interior), MIVD (Defense) and PCD19 (VWS).

“They formed a crisis team that worked together with other government agencies, such as the OM, mayors, and the judiciary, and with the media,” he reported in De Ander Krant on 27 November 2022. “They are using a military method that amounts to mapping, suppressing and disrupting.”

Critics from the medical world have meanwhile reacted sharply to Agema’s revelation, including medical ethicist Wendy Mittemeijer:

“For the first time in four years, I hear a public admission that the NCTV was in charge during the corona crisis, and that it had to be carried out. It was a military operation. This was not allowed to be said for four years. That was a conspiracy theory. I appreciate the honesty of the minister, that this is being admitted and that he was not in charge.

General physician Els van Veen experienced the policy to heart: “Almost five years after the beginning of corona, I understand much better what happened,” she reported on October 27th. After this video and this explanation, I actually understand everything. Hence the censorship of critics and especially critical doctors. Hence, the police visit in 2021, ostensibly because of a tweet about tick boxes. Hence letters and an investigation by the Inspectorate, based on anonymous and unfounded reports that I was spreading disinformation. Hence that the government and VWS do not want to release the WOB documents, that they have been black-painted, that minutes of the OMT are guarded as if they were state secrets. The NCTV governs this country, but it does so with a closed eye.”

What she saw several times in the Museumplein, according to her, also fit a military operation: ‘That demonstration was banned, that innocent civilians were crushed by the ME, that police dogs were bitten, that water cannons were used. We were mistreated by the police, by the judiciary and so, I understand now, with the approval of the NCTV and Mr. Aalbersberg. It was a military operation.’

Her post generated some 225,000 views and numerous reactions within two days, including a comment from Stefan Homburg, emeritus professor of public finance at Leibniz Universität Hannover and one of Germany’s leading coronavirus critics. Last July, he spoke, along with journalist Aya Velázquez, at the press conference in Berlin where the leaked data set of the meeting minutes of Germany’s Covid Crisis Team (the “RKI protocols’ named after the Robert Koch Institute, which is similar to our RIVM) was presented. Homburg argues that Van Veen’s post “perfectly matches the German experience: As we discovered in the leaked #RKIFiles, a NATO general (Holtherm) was in command of the so-called “pandemic.”

The news of Agema also fits in with what Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has repeatedly stated about the production of the coronavirus vaccines in the US. According to him, this was a military operation, with close involvement of the US Department of Defense (DOD) and the military-industrial complex. Defense, according to him, was in full charge and paid pharmaceutical companies for their brand names, so people would think they were getting something from Pfizer or Moderna.

.

Read on X

.

.

Watch on X

.

The minister openly stated that both Covid and the current “pandemic preparedness’ is a military operation that has nothing to do with healthcare in the traditional sense of the word: “Covid policy is a child of NCTV and NATO.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from the author


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr.: The Misdeeds of Big Pharma,

The Inordinate Power of the Billionaires 

.

 

.

Robert F. Kennedy Jr. announced his campaign for the 2024 United States presidential election on April 19, 2023. Immediately the Democratic Party and its compliant mainstream media launched into vociferous attacks to prevent Kennedy from challenging incumbent President Joe Biden in the upcoming primary elections. Almost six months later, on October 9, Kennedy announced that he was dropping his Democratic Party bid and running as an independent.

Thus began a long and arduous campaign by Kennedy and his team to get on the ballot of all 50 states for the November 5, 2024, election. Kennedy’s national polling numbers varied throughout this period but generally hovered at around 10 percent. While a path to election to the presidency gradually disappeared, Kennedy’s level of support among voters was still formidable. In fact, it was enough to provide Republican candidate Donald Trump with a substantial boost when Kennedy withdrew from the race and announced his support of Trump on August 23, 2024. 

During and after his campaign, Kennedy had attracted a massive level of public support in his criticisms of the U.S. health care establishment, including such agencies as the FDA, CDC, and NIH, as well as the pharmaceutical industry—Big Pharma—that had gained so much influence over these agencies as to constitute what Kennedy called “regulatory capture.” 

The Real Anthony Fauci - Wikipedia

Kennedy was especially effective in exposing the misdeeds of Dr. Anthony Fauci, the government’s COVID Czar during the COVID pandemic, about whom Kennedy had written in his best-selling book, The  Real Anthony Fauci: Bill Gates, Big Pharma, and the Global War on Democracy and Public Health. 

Kennedy had also spoken up to criticize the federal government’s longstanding investment in viral “gain of function” research leading to the development of weaponized viruses, as well as the foisting of an experimental “vaccine” on the public using mRNA technology. We are now starting to see from around the world the extent of the injuries and deaths that have resulted from the “jabs.”

Under the slogan, “Make America Healthy Again,” Kennedy announced his inclusion in President Trump’s transition team even before Trump’s November 5 victory and said his mandate included a broad range of measures to tackle America’s chronic disease crisis. This was expected to include the health impacts of the huge number of childhood vaccines being administered today with government approval.

But Kennedy’s interests included topics that went much further than health issues. He also spoke broadly about the economic crisis, the erosion of the middle class, inflation in household staples, and the inability of home buyers to afford the massive increases in home prices that have plagued first-time home buyers above all. 

He also criticized the inordinate power over the economy by “an oligarchy of billionaires,” and he even showed himself willing to take on the Federal Reserve. He called the Fed “the captive agency working for the banking industry. Jamie Dimon and Larry Fink run the Fed,” he added, saying “It’s not working for you and me. It’s working to flood the canyons of Wall Street with money.” He also came out in favor of Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies as a way to combat the Fed’s monopoly on money creation. And he pointed out that the Federal Reserve was a “machine” by which the banking system sucks in the wealth of the entire society.

I was personally involved in Kennedy’s early campaign when these and many other issues were being discussed. I was engaged in particular in discussions with his campaign website, The Kennedy Beacon. Given my background as an analyst with the U.S. Treasury Department, and my involvement with the small but vocal monetary reform movement within the U.S., the Beacon asked me for an article detailing my views. So here it is.

***

RFK, Jr., and the Hope of Monetary Reform

by Richard C. Cook,

Special to the Kennedy Beacon 

September 28, 2023, Republished 2024

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., has based his presidential campaign on honestly facing the fact that gigantic global corporations have taken over and rule the U.S. today. He is, of course, right. 

I would also like to point out that the largest, most aggressive, and least conscionable of these corporations are the financial ones: the banks, like J.P. Morgan Chase, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo; the investment companies, like Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley, and Berkshire Hathaway; and the holding companies and hedge funds like BlackRock, State Street, and Vanguard. The military-industrial complex is also in their grip. For instance, the latter three are majority owners of Lockheed Martin, the largest U.S. defense firm. 

These companies have one goal: making money, no matter what—legally or illegally, no matter the cost to public health, well-being, or even human survival. In fact, the most favorable scenario to them is wartime, as shown by the soaring profits coming from U.S. expenditures on weapons provided to the Kiev regime during the conflict in Ukraine. 

These are the institutional forces Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. is bravely facing down. President John F. Kennedy launched a similar campaign when he sought to restore New Deal principles for a strong national economy, including low interest rates and national investments for improving productivity.

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., has an able backer in former Congressman Dennis Kucinich, his campaign manager. Kucinich won a rare victory against big finance when he rescued Cleveland’s municipal electric utility from their grip while mayor of that city decades ago. He wrote of this real-life drama in his recent book, Division of Light and Power. 

While in Congress, Kucinich authored the most important monetary reform legislation of the last century in his NEED Act, proposed in 2011 before he was gerrymandered out of office. This legislation, which I’ll explain shortly, stands ready to become part of Kennedy’s platform when the time comes. 

Let me offer some personal information. After 32 years of federal government service as an analyst for several civilian agencies, including the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury Department, I retired and began to publish books and articles on public policy issues.

One of my books was We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform. Based on a deep study of our monetary system going back to colonial days, I documented how the authority reserved to Congress by our Constitution to create and control money had been usurped by the private bankers. This unconstitutional usurpation of power culminated in the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 [which I have characterized elsewhere as an “insurrection.”]

The banks, from the beginning of our republic, operated as a force outside control of the government. Originating in Europe, privately-owned banks had usurped the power to create money “out of thin air” by the practice of “fractional reserve banking.” This meant lending far in excess of value held in reserve as cash, precious metals, or other assets. The banks then lent its printed paper at usurious rates of interest to anyone they thought could repay at a profit to them. 

In early America, much of this power of lending went into land, stock market, and currency speculation that crashed markets and led to periodic “panics” that continue today. These took place when the banks’ depositors tried to withdraw their money from the banks’ empty vaults. Waves of individual and business bankruptcies and foreclosures were the result, leading to recurrent panics within the U.S. through the 19th and into the 20th centuries. 

The biggest “panic” was the Great Depression—at least until the Great Recession of 2008-2009. Today, with a public debt of $33.1 trillion, [now $35.8] all derived from government borrowing through the agency of the banking system, we again face a national disaster. Of course, much of this debt is to foreign governments like China. We now have a coming disaster that will be even worse than 2008-2009, as the government’s ability to extract purchase of Treasury bonds from foreigners, who must use the dollar as a reserve currency, declines in the face of de-dollarization due to BRICS.

So What Is the solution? 

Let me take you back to when I first began to study monetary reform when I worked in the Carter White House under Esther Peterson, whom some of you senior citizens might remember as Carter’s renowned special assistant for consumer affairs. 

Back then, as Democrats, we all still worked under the diminishing influence of Keynesian economics. We were feeling the pressure of what became “supply-side economics,” which was essentially to privatize all public functions, including utilities, and leave it to the private sector to sort out issues of economic equity, which we knew would never happen.

Economic Democracy (Classic Reprint)

I then discovered that back in the 1920s and 1930s there was a notable alternative to the theories propounded by Keynes. This was the National Dividend proposals put forth by British engineer C.H. Douglas. While in 1936, Keynes published his famous The General Theory of Employment, Interest, and Money, Douglas had published the first edition of his book Economic Democracy in 1920. 

The banks were enamored of Keynes, because the massive government bond issues he favored would always result in bank profits. And the government bond issues could be used to augment the reserve base for bank lending. To the bankers, it’s always the more debt the better, regardless of the source. 

Douglas, on the other hand, had been wrestling with the paradox we are all familiar with: that while modern industry is capable of producing a seemingly unlimited quantity of products, the amount of money available to the general population to purchase these products at the prices offered is not sufficient. Theoretically, poverty had been conquered. The problem now seemed to be overproduction. Unable to sell what they were able to manufacture, companies were forced to reduce their workforces. The money companies had borrowed from the banks to operate could not be repaid. Recession or depression would inevitably set in as it did in 1929. 

According to Douglas, a discrepancy immediately jumps out between the total value of a nation’s production—measured today in GDP—and the value of the income earned by the members of society available to purchase that production. There is a “gap” between production and national income that represents society’s inability to purchase what it manufactures. 

The “gap” between GDP and National Income has a variety of causes. I explained these causes in an article I published on September 25, 2007, entitled “C.H. Douglas: Founder of the Modern Monetary Reform Movement.” See Here. The main causes are the withdrawal of funds from the production-purchase cycle due to savings or reinvestment and the accounting time lag required for bringing products to market. 

How, then, did Douglas recommend to cure the problem of the “gap”? First of all, he noted that the typical government response was to view the gap as a negative, as something to be overcome. So the first candidate as a potential solution was always for a nation to attain a favorable balance of trade, whereby the gap would be filled by extraction from other nations’ economies. Similar to this was getting other nations to invest in one’s currency if they could be persuaded to use it in their own trading regimes. This points to the “reserve currency” problem. 

At one time, the world’s reserve currency was the British pound. After World War II it was the U.S. dollar, an outcome brought about at Bretton Woods in 1944 that later manifested as the “petrodollar” after the international gold standard was dropped in 1971. 

Then, if other means failed, a nation would attempt to enforce its requirement for a net inflow of cash, or purchasing power, by means of coercion, often leading to war. From this point of view, Douglas had explained the inevitable financial imperative of the British, and later, the American Empire. He had in fact explained the driving force for World Wars I and II, where Great Britain had fought to the death against Germany for commercial motives.

Finally, still facing an insufficiency of purchasing power, a nation would attempt to fill the gap by bank lending, using the fractional reserve system to create the purchasing power through book entries subject to future liquidation upon repayment. Of course, the banking system would skim a large proportion of lending off the top by means of usury; i.e., compound interest. The banking system therefore works to make a bad situation much worse and eventually empties a nation of its purchasing power. This is where the U.S. finds itself today. Increasingly, individuals and families can only pay their bills by running up ever-increasing credit card debt.

It is obvious from this description why the modern economic system, overseen in particular first by Britain, and then the U.S., was doomed to crash periodically. Such events, disastrous to society at large, were accompanied by a constant state of warfare among nations and individuals through Thomas Hobbes’ “war of each against all.”

Why had no one seen and understood any of this? The answer is that many people have. But today’s failed economic system works to the advantage of so many powerful people, starting with the financiers, but also including the military-industrial complex, the political class who get rich from war, and organized crime. Thus systemic change has proven impossible to bring about. 

But how should the gap between production and income be filled, if not through ruinous international competition, warfare, and lending? Douglas pointed out that viewed positively, the gap can be seen as a celebration of society’s prowess in creating useful things for all people. But people have to be issued the money to fill the gap, either as what Douglas called a “National Dividend,” or by price subsidies, what he called a “Compensated Price,” both provided by the central government. 

A complementary approach would be for the government to cease borrowing to meet its obligations by what today is called “direct payment.” Thus money would be issued by the government and distributed exactly as the U.S. printed and issued Greenbacks during and after the American Civil War. 

The money would be spent into existence against a dividend account created neither by taxes nor government borrowing. The money would be a true, legitimate fiat currency backed by the productive capacity of the nation’s physical plant. Every nation could do the same. International trade would take place not as a predatory act, but among equal trading partners.

The most effective means of direct payment would be to build infrastructure, where the federal government would take charge of creating the physical underpinnings of the economy by direct funding of roads, bridges, the electrical grid, clean air and water, internet services, and the working system of public transportation that we lack today. The work, of course, would be done by the private sector with employees receiving a respectable living wage.  

Back now to my personal story…After President Carter succumbed to the “Reagan Revolution” in the 1980 election and after Federal Reserve Chairman Paul Volcker devastated the U.S. producing economy with 20 percent interest rates in the 1979-1982 recession, I gradually learned of the long history of the takeover of the U.S. financial system by the banks. I developed and taught courses on this history to my Treasury colleagues. Along the way, I came to know Stephen Zarlenga (1941-2017), the most important monetary reformer in modern history. 

The Lost Science of Money - Monneta

Zarlenga had concluded that our financial system based on private control of banking and the creation of credit through fractional reserve lending showed a total misunderstanding of the nature of money and that the real beneficiaries of this misunderstanding are the financiers. In 1996, Zarlenga founded the American Monetary Institute as a vehicle for his research. In 2002 he published his magnum opus: The Lost Science of Money: The Mythology of Money, The Story of Power, a 756-page masterpiece. 

Zarlenga argued that “the nature of money is a fiat of the law, an invention or creation of mankind,” and that even when money is evaluated in terms of a gold standard, the authority to create money should be the prerogative of sovereign government. 

Zarlenga advocated a reform of US finance based on the creation of a system of government-issued Greenback-type currency that would enter into circulation in fulfillment of government obligations, especially infrastructure investment. Fractional reserve lending would be replaced by a system whereby government-chartered banks would be authorized to lend money they had borrowed in turn from the federal monetary authority. 

In 2005, Zarlenga and I began to work with Congressman Dennis Kucinich. We had just finished writing a draft of the American Monetary Act to embody the principles of monetary reform. 

Congressman Kucinich then decided to turn our draft into congressional legislation, to be titled the National Emergency Employment Defense—NEED—Act, filed with Congress in 2011. It was and remains the most important piece of monetary legislation since the Federal Reserve Act of 1913 and the most comprehensive piece of monetary reform legislation in US history. It was later adopted as part of the platform of the Green Party. While space prevents reprinting here, it can easily be read in one sitting. 

More than any other reform, the NEED Act would return the US to its founding principles. It would create a sustainable financial system whereby the US would no longer have to ransack other nations and our own population to keep its privately-owned financial system afloat. When reviewing the NEED Act, we should bear in mind the following: 

The NEED Act would abolish the Federal Reserve System and replace it with a Monetary Authority within the U.S. Department of Treasury. The Monetary Authority would serve as a central bank depository for federal funds and a point of origin for direct issuance of US currency. 

The NEED Act would restore to constitutional government the sovereign power to create money. The private banking system could only lend money beyond its deposit base by borrowing it first from the Monetary Authority according to established guidelines. Bank issuances would also be in US currency. 

The NEED Act is not socialism; private enterprise would be the backbone of the economic system when money is controlled by a responsible public agency. 

Through the NEED Act, the federal government would also provide direct funding for infrastructure projects, for paying down the national debt, and for interest-free loans to state governments. This would allow Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., to fulfill his August 31, 2023, pledge, “I am going to stop buying $1 billion stealth fighters that can’t fly in the rain and build 1,500 new schools in our poorest neighborhoods.”

Capitalism would be restored to its proper place, which is to finance production, not as bank-imposed debt parasitical to the working economy. 

The catastrophic weakness of the bank-centered financial system was exposed during the 2008-2009 collapse and the Great Recession that followed. The experience was repeated in the economic meltdown that came with the COVID pandemic of 2020-2022. In both cases, the government drove the nation into unpayable debt to forestall destruction of the U.S. economy. The only way this debt can ever be paid off is through hyperinflation which will destroy the finances of every US citizen. As an emergency measure, the government also made individual payments and business loans totaling $5 trillion charged directly to the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet. These payments actually proved the necessity and wisdom of C.H. Douglas’s National Dividend system. 

Conclusion

This is where my article for the Kennedy Beacon ended. But the work of monetary reformers like Zarlenga, Kucinich, and many others has not been in vain. Among the reformers are former Congressman Ron Paul, who has called to “audit the Fed,” and Congressman Tom Massey who recently introduced legislation for the Fed to be abolished. The NEED Act stands as a ready alternative and has the potential of becoming the basis of President Donald Trump’s program of financial reform.  

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Richard C. Cook is co-founder and lead investigator for the American Geopolitical Institute.  Mr. Cook is a retired U.S. federal analyst with extensive experience across various government agencies, including the U.S. Civil Service Commission, FDA, the Carter White House, NASA, and the U.S. Treasury. He is a graduate of the College of William and Mary. As a whistleblower at the time of the Challenger disaster, he exposed the flawed O-ring joints that destroyed the Space Shuttle, documenting his story in the book “Challenger Revealed.” After serving at Treasury, he became a vocal critic of the private finance-controlled monetary system, detailing his concerns in “We Hold These Truths: The Hope of Monetary Reform.” He served as an adviser to the American Monetary Institute and worked with Congressman Dennis Kucinich to advocate for replacing the Federal Reserve with a genuine national currency. See his new book, Our Country, Then and Now, Clarity Press, 2023. Also see his Three Sages Substack and his American Geopolitical Institute articles at https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/category/agi/.

“Every human enterprise must serve life, must seek to enrich existence on earth, lest man become enslaved where he seeks to establish his dominion!” Bô Yin Râ (Joseph Anton Schneiderfranken, 1876-1943), translation by Posthumus Projects Amsterdam, 2014. Also download the Kober Press edition of The Book on the Living God here

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: End the Fed March – 14 By Steve Rhodes Licensed under CC BY-NC-ND 2.0 DEED


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Moldova’s future is expected to be a very dark one whose trajectory is already set and might be impossible to offset.

Moldovan President Maia Sandu was re-elected on Sunday after winning 55.35% of the vote, though the opposition refused to recognize the results since their candidate Alexandr Stoianoglo reportedly received 51% of the votes cast at home before the diaspora’s piled in around midnight. He only obtained 25.98% of the vote during the first round late last month compared to Sandu’s 42.45%, but other parties’ voters seemingly rallied behind him during the run-off, only to be dealt a defeat by the diaspora.

This outcome was predictable since that electorate’s European members tend to be mostly pro-Western and accordingly had the full support of the state behind them, while their more balanced counterparts in Russia where half a million live only had two polling stations opened with just 10,000 printed ballots. This was the same state of affairs that plagued the first round, which also coincided with a referendum on EU membership that passed by just 12,000 votes or a 0.78% margin as explained here at the time.

Moldova’s consequently deepening socio-political divisions, which now go far beyond its unresolved conflict with the separatist region of Transnistria that hosts approximately 1,500 Russian peacekeepers, could dangerously lead to this country following neighboring Ukraine’s path. What took place during the recent referendum and the second presidential round was a constitutional coup whereby the ruling liberalglobalists defrauded voters in order to falsely legitimize their radical pro-Western policies.

For all intents and purposes, Moldova is already a de facto NATO member whose ties with the bloc might even be formalized through a forthcoming referendum for removing the country’s constitutional neutrality clause, all in the name of “teaching Russia a lesson”. About that, both votes were plagued by unsubstantiated claims of Russian meddling, which led to the West misportraying their outcomes as “victories over Russia” in order to boost morale amidst Russia’s on-the-ground gains in Ukraine.

Considering these ignoble achievements, it therefore wouldn’t be surprising if they replicate their fraud scheme for a third time in order to bring Moldova into NATO, which could be spun as yet another “defeat for Russia” after Finland and Sweden recently formalized their decades-long relationships with the bloc. As with Moldova, they were already de facto members, but officially joining NATO was meant to inflict a psychological and political blow to Russia. The same can be said about Moldova’s motives for joining too.

The risk though is that any such move could provoke the opposition into resorting to “extreme protests” out of desperation to preserve their country’s increasingly nominal independence. Seizing government buildings and carrying out acts of violence can’t be ruled out, but in that scenario, their speculative attempts to orchestrate a “multipolar Maidan” would be framed as “Russian meddling”. A hardcore crackdown could follow, and Romanian troops might be requested to assist if it spirals out of control.

The abovementioned forecast isn’t being shared to demoralize the opposition, but simply to raise awareness of how much the odds are stacked against them. The ruling liberal-globalists have a monopoly on the use of force and enjoy the West’s support. They could therefore use lethal force against riotous demonstrators without any fear of Western condemnation or sanctions. Moldova’s future is thus expected to be a very dark one whose trajectory is already set and might be impossible to offset.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from the author

“Forget the politicians. They are irrelevant. The politicians are put there to give you the idea that you have freedom of choice. You don’t. You have no choice! You have OWNERS! They OWN YOU. They own everything. They own all the important land. They own and control the corporations. They’ve long since bought, and paid for the Senate, the Congress, the state houses, the city halls, they got the judges in their back pockets and they own all the big media companies, so they control just about all of the news and information you get to hear. They got you by the balls.” – George Carlin, The American Dream [1]

LISTEN TO THE SHOW



Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

For Kamala Harris, the election underway that she was contesting was about “not going back!” She was a prosecuting Attorney attempting to hold in check a “convicted felon.” She was concerned that Donald Trump was a “fascist” wanting “unchecked power.”

Harris referred to Election 2024 as “The most consequential election of our lifetime.

Whatever else it may have been, it is certainly the most expensive election of our lifetime! According to stats available at the non-profit organization OpenSecrets, fully $15.9 billion was spent overall, including over $1 billion dollars from shell companies and “dark money” groups not disclosing the identities of their donors that are trying to influence federal elections.

The nation may have been driven apart by the masses scared to death of the cartoonish villains in the media. We should therefore look beyond typical polito-chat happening in the work-place, the bar, and neighbourhood beauty salons and check out what the guys in real positions of power are saying.

Larry Fink, CEO of BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, had this to say about the grand spectacle at the “holy of holies” ballot box:

“I’m tired of hearing this is the biggest election in your lifetime…The reality is over time, it doesn’t matter.” [2]

BlackRock works with both Democrats and Republicans. No matter the actual result, Wall Street is happy.

But now that we are looking at the (s)election of 2024 in the rear view mirror, it seems necessary to don our Deep State special eye-glasses and get a closer look at some of the processes active in both parties. We could then better calculate a more effective strategy than choosing the “lesser evil” every four years. We do our very best to accommodate your political needs on this special episode of the Global Research News Hour.

In the first half hour, we are joined by the writer and educator Dr. Jack Rasmus. He will delve into how he roughly predicted the outcome of the election in his two most recent pre-election articles and what the result would mean for the economic and foreign affairs of the country and also talk about the fundamental changes in recent years to both the Democrat and the Republican parties.

In our second half hour we talk with writer, blogger and geopolitical analyst Dmitry Orlov about his view that the elections and the president himself really don’t matter that much, and how the front man of the day will guide us through the wars, the collapsing economy and other factors.

And finally, we are joined by journalist and film-maker James Corbett about the aspects of the Trump campaign that ensure it’s loyalty to Elon Musk, Peter Thiel, Miriam Adelson, and the forever war doctrine, regardless of what the new Commander-in-Chief may say, and what Americans can do to evolve beyond servitude in this rigged system.

Dr. Jack Rasmus is author of the book, ‘The Scourge of Neoliberalism: US economic policies from Reagan to Trump’ Clarity Press, 2019) and of the upcoming book The Twilight of American Imperialism (forthcoming later this year from Clarity Press). He is a host for the radio show Alternative Visions on the Progressive Radio Network, a journalist, a playwright, and a former professor of economics at St. Mary’s College (retired). 

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Dmitry Orlov emigrated from Russia where he was born to the United States in the mid-1970s. He has degrees in Computer Engineering and Linguistics and has worked in the fields of high energy physics, internet commerce, advertising and network security. He has now moved back to Russia. He is the author of numerous articles. His books include: Shrinking the Technosphere: Getting a Grip on the Technologies that Limit our Autonomy, Self-sufficiency and Freedom (2016), The Five Stages of Collapse: Survivors’ Toolkit. (2013) as well as  Reinventing Collapse: The Soviet Experience and American Prospects (2011). Dmitry Orlov blogs at https://boosty.to/cluborlov.

James Corbett started The Corbett Report website (corbettreport.com) in 2007 as an outlet for independent critical analysis of politics, society, history, and economics. An award-winning investigative journalist, he has lectured on geopolitics at the University of Groningen’s Studium Generale, and delivered presentations on open source journalism at The French Institute for Research in Computer Science and Automation’s fOSSa conference, at TedXGroningen and at Ritsumeikan University in Kyoto.

(Global Research News Hour episode 448)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW



Click to download the audio (MP3 format) 

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg.

The programme is also broadcast weekly (Monday, 1-2pm ET) by the Progressive Radio Network in the US.

The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Notes:

  1. https://www.icomedytv.com/content/george-carlin-the-american-dream-transcript
  2. https://www.aol.com/blackrocks-larry-fink-says-us-063857873.html

European leaders have vowed to work with Donald Trump after he declared victory in the US presidential election, even as they agonize over the implications of his return to the White House, such as a more protectionist economy and the level of support that Ukraine will be provided.

According to the Financial Times on November 6, after Trump’s election was projected following his victory in decisive states, European leaders expressed their “fears” about working with the future 47th American president.

“European diplomats on Wednesday voiced shock at the scale of Trump’s victory in key swing states, noting that by winning both the popular vote and the electoral college, he would likely be even more emboldened in his America First agenda,” the article said.

After Trump vowed to cut off military aid to Ukraine, threatened to withdraw US support for NATO allies that did not spend enough on defence, and announced he would impose blanket tariffs of up to 20 percent on European Union imports, Brussels has painted a fearful picture of the Republican return to Washington’s leadership.

A senior EU official involved in negotiations on a bloc crisis cabinet set up in the face of a potential Trump presidency even told the FT he was “afraid.” A second senior EU official told the outlet:

“On trade, it will be bad. And Ukraine is in big trouble.”

Starring in the most expensive election in US history and the biggest “political comeback” ever seen in the country, according to analysts, Trump made many tough promises during his campaign. These promises clash with the scepticism of those who disbelieved his comeback and are now worried that his promises will come true.

The most prominent of these promises is ending the Biden administration’s reckless support for the Kiev regime that has only prolonged the war and suffering in Ukraine, something that the EU and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky desperately do not want to occur. For this reason, Zelensky offered Trump his congratulations even before officially winning the 2024 presidential election.

“Congratulations to Donald Trump on his impressive election victory! I recall our great meeting with President Trump back in September, when we discussed in detail the Ukraine-US strategic partnership, the Victory Plan, and ways to put an end to Russian aggression against Ukraine,” Zelensky wrote in a post on the social platform X.

He added that he admires Trump’s “commitment to the ‘peace through strength’ approach in global affairs.”

“This is exactly the principle that can practically bring just peace in Ukraine closer,” the Ukrainian leader continued. “I am hopeful that we will put it into action together.”

.

Read on X

.

It is recalled that the billionaire president-elect met with Zelensky in October and highlighted his relationship with Russian President Vladimir Putin, implying he could make a deal to end the war “very quickly.”  Trump’s statement that he could “very quickly” end the war came only weeks after he blamed Zelensky for the war and called him “the world’s greatest salesman” because every time he “comes to the United States, he walks away with $100 billion.”

Trump famously claimed that he could end the Ukraine war in “24 hours”, and future vice-president JD Vance stressed that he “does not really care what happens to Ukraine, one way or another.” Although it is highly unlikely that Trump can end the war in a day, his and Vance’s announcements signal their intentions to start winding down the war.

Moscow announced it would seek to work with the Trump administration when it enters power but added the main focus was on “achieving all the set objectives of the special military operation. Our conditions are unchanged and are well known in Washington.”

Kremlin spokesperson Dmitry Peskov stressed that any reset of relations between Moscow and Washington would take some time.

“We have repeatedly said that the US is able to contribute to the end of this conflict. This cannot be done overnight, but… the US is capable of changing the trajectory of its foreign policy,” Peskov told a daily briefing of reporters.

Evidently, the Kremlin recognizes that US policy towards Ukraine is changing. To what extent remains to be seen, but changes will undoubtedly occur once Trump enters the White House in January.

Therefore, it is of little surprise that many within Europe have “fears” and are “afraid” of the upcoming Trump administration as they do not want to take on full responsibility for bankrolling and militarily equipping Ukraine, especially after their economies and industries have been devastated by the boomerang-effects of the anti-Russia sanctions.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: President Donald J. Trump participates in a bilateral meeting with Ukraine President Volodymyr Zalensky Wednesday, Sept. 25, 2019, at the InterContinental New York Barclay in New York City. (Official White House Photo by Shealah Craighead)


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

As Donald Trump is taking back the presidency in the US, the Deep State and its lackeys around the world (particularly in the EU/NATO, along with other vassals and satellites) are losing their minds.

This is quite literal in many cases, as the neoliberal/woke extremists are bawling their eyes out, suffering severe panic attacks, making mindless threats and showing other symptoms of the Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS), apparently an extremely serious mental health condition (it seems neoliberalism/wokeism goes perfectly hand in hand with those) for which there’s no known cure, particularly as the sufferers refuse to even acknowledge the existence of TDS (let alone seek urgent professional help).

On the other hand, many sovereigntists around the world view Trump’s victory as a chance for the US to effectively accept multipolarity, while some of the more optimistic ones even think it could become one of its poles (if not cornerstones).

However, it seems the political elite in Russia, a country that neoliberal/woke extremists and their neocon allies view as the “foreign power behind Trump”, subscribe to a much more balanced position on him.

What’s more, even this varies significantly, as opinions range from those who think that Trump can indeed be beneficial to the final settlement of the NATO-orchestrated Ukrainian conflict to those who don’t believe his return to the White House will truly change anything. It should be noted that there’s a lot of merit to the latter position, as the Deep State’s roots are virtually unbreakable in Washington DC. It will take a lot more than Trump alone to face the warmongering oligarchy in America (and beyond, particularly in Brussels). His ability to push back against the Deep State proved to be rather limited during his first presidency, with many unadulterated war criminals running entire departments and making critical decisions.

Trump was aware these would hurt everyone, including the US and himself, as his political career would’ve been effectively over had he ever agreed to invade a single country. His reluctance to allow the troubled American Military Industrial Complex (MIC) to “run the show” also meant that he was making even more enemies in Washington DC, including those apparently “close to him”.

As they turned out to be controlled opposition, Trump effectively organized his cabinet in a rather unusual manner, with top-ranking officials often changing their posts or losing them entirely. Some of these former associates also had no issues stabbing him in the back, particularly when the DoJ was after him. However, when it comes to Trump’s victory, it seems nobody’s losing it more than the Neo-Nazi junta. Namely, many of its deranged supporters, particularly in the mainstream propaganda machine, are fuming, “demanding” the political West “immediately defeat” the multipolar world.

“The Free World has little time – until Jan 20 – to finish [off] Russia, China, North Korea, Iran and Serbia,” the so-called “Terror Alarm” cried, with its following posts becoming progressively filled with impotent rage (and all the more comical).

On the other hand, Zelensky and his henchmen chose a completely different strategy. Namely, he congratulated Trump “on his impressive election victory”, sharing “fond memories” of their September meeting, when they “discussed in detail the Ukraine-US strategic partnership, the Victory Plan, and ways to put an end to Russian aggression against Ukraine”. Exactly, for Trump, “nothing takes priority” over the Kiev regime’s “victory plan”. Jokes aside, it seems Zelensky truly wants to believe this, further saying he “appreciate[s] President Trump’s commitment to the ‘peace through strength’ approach in global affairs”. He thinks that “this is exactly the principle that can practically bring just peace in Ukraine closer” and he’s “hopeful that we will put it into action together”. Zelensky is also “looking forward to strong US” under President Trump’s “decisive leadership” and says the Neo-Nazi junta relies on “continued strong bipartisan support for Ukraine”.

Now, if you think these outbursts of “Trumpism” are distasteful, you’re certainly not the only one. In addition, it cannot be expected that Trump and his associates will simply forget the Kiev regime’s attempts to torpedo his presidency, both during the 2016 and 2020 elections, but especially during this one, as evidenced by Zelensky’s pretty obvious hostility toward JD Vance, Trump’s running mate. However, what’s even more amusing is that Zelensky still thinks that the Neo-Nazi junta is a “major European power”, instead of an increasingly unpopular foreign-backed regime, just like NATO’s Axis predecessors were during WWII. Worse yet for the Kiev regime, the Deep State insists it should make changes that would pretty much destroy whatever’s left of former Ukraine (which seems to be the goal after all), with top-ranking officials of Biden’s lame-duck presidency openly advocating for more death and destruction.

Namely, both the US and EU/NATO want the Neo-Nazi junta to forcibly conscript teenagers and women. It should be noted this isn’t a new “proposal”, as it was repeatedly mentioned by many in the political West, particularly Ivo Daalder, former US ambassador to NATO, who thinks that wiping out entire generations of Ukrainians aged 25-45 “isn’t enough”, so he now wants teenagers to also die in an unwinnable war with Russia. However, even Daalder seems “reasonable” in comparison to the Kiev regime, whose officials openly want kids aged as low as 14 to be sent to the frontlines. It should be noted that this unrelenting bloodlust isn’t just proof that these creatures (because calling them humans is a stretch) are verifiably insane, but also that the Neo-Nazi junta’s manpower losses are simply unsustainable. Despite all the talk of “hundreds of thousands of dead Russian invaders”, evidence suggests otherwise.

Namely, the battlefield math simply doesn’t add up when it comes to this narrative. Even the most rudimentary calculations based on the ratio of advantages and disadvantages of both sides show that the Kiev regime is hopelessly outmatched. Back in July, the results of these calculations were beyond bleak, with upwards of 750,000 dead soldiers for the Neo-Nazi junta forces. It’s been well over three months since then and the situation looks only worse, particularly after the Kiev regime launched the suicidal Kursk oblast (region) incursion, which resulted in over 20,000 killed on its side. Now, if you reject basic math and think such numbers are merely “Russian propaganda”, just think for a second, why would the “winning side” that allegedly lost “only 31,000 soldiers” so far (according to Zelensky) suddenly want to forcibly conscript teenagers and women? Where did all those who “killed half a million evil Russians” go?

On the other hand, not even NATO can match Moscow’s technological edge, particularly in hypersonic missiles. Namely, despite years of laughable propaganda about “shooting down” such weapons, neither NATO nor its Neo-Nazi puppets have provided any actual evidence to support such claims. Worse yet, the Israeli-Iranian conflict debunked the narrative about “shooting down” half a dozen or more 9-S-7760 “Kinzhal” hypersonic missiles at once. Namely, Israel actually gave up on the overhyped “Patriot” SAM (surface-to-air missile) systems due to their ineffectiveness against even basic Iranian ballistic missiles, resulting in the deployment of additional American THAAD ABM batteries in the Middle East. It should be noted that Zelensky was previously “begmanding” for these to be delivered to the Kiev regime, which is rather peculiar, as the US-made “Patriots” were supposedly “far superior” to Russian hypersonic missiles.

Such self-serving lies soon became apparent when the Kiev regime released data on its alleged “shootdown rates”, showing massive inconsistencies and casting doubt on virtually every single claim it made in the last well over two and a half years. Unfortunately, the number of forcibly conscripted Ukrainians who have died is rapidly approaching the apocalyptic 1,000,000 figure, precisely because of all these unadulterated lies, while those who have been maimed for life are already in the millions. Still, the warmongering oligarchies of the political West are refusing to stop the bloodshed and are pushing for more escalation, even risking full-scale war with Russia, one in which NATO itself would suffer unprecedented casualties. What’s more, the world’s most vile racketeering cartel has been preparing for Trump’s second term, even setting in motion plans to “Trump-proof” its commitment to prolong the death and destruction it caused in Ukraine.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Non-Aligned Movement Condemns Israeli Airstrikes on Iran

November 8th, 2024 by Abayomi Azikiwe

Even though inside the United States, Britain and the many Western European states the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) retaliatory bombing of military sites in the Islamic Republic of Iran on October 26 was greeted with praise, others largely within the Global South viewed the actions of Tel Aviv as a major threat to world peace.

Iran has taken a leading position in supporting the affiliates of the Axis of Resistance which extends throughout the West Asia region.

Since the beginning of the Al-Aqsa Flood on October 7, 2023, the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) with the backing of the administration of President Joe Biden, has killed tens of thousands of people in the Gaza Strip and in the West Bank. Since the end of September, the war has expanded exponentially into Lebanon where daily bombing and shelling by the IDF has resulted in the deaths and injuries of many more.

The displacement of 2.3 million Palestinians in the Gaza Strip has been a cause of concern for people around the world. In Lebanon reports suggest that 1.2 million people have been displaced in response to the IDF bombing operations with approximately 200,000-300,000 fleeing into neighboring Syria.

Iran is viewed by successive administrations in Washington and Tel Aviv as the principal adversary of the settler-colonial regime. The build up of the diplomatic and military capability of Tehran since the 1979 Revolution has shifted the geostrategic landscape in the Persian Gulf and West Asia as a whole.

NAM Stands in Solidarity with Iran

The Non-Aligned Movement (NAM) representing 121 countries has issued a statement condemning the Zionist state for its attacks on Iran which resulted in the deaths of four people. This organization has its origins in the surge of the national liberation movements within the colonial territories in the aftermath of World War II and the imperialist invasion of the Korean Peninsula.

.

undefined

16th summit of the NAM, Tehran (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

.

In 1955 at the Bandung Conference in Indonesia, the first Afro-Asian Summit was held where these newly emerging states set out to pursue an independent course to the unfolding international situation. Six years later in Belgrade, Yugoslavia, the founding of the Non-Aligned Movement was formally established. Since 1961, the NAM has held periodic conferences where various positions have been enunciated and implemented. See this.

.

Start of the Belgrade summit marking the 60th anniversary of the first conference of the Non-Aligned Movement, October 11, 2021. Photo: Serbian President Aleksandar Vucic’s Facebook page

.

The NAM released its statement on November 4 where it condemned the IDF airstrikes for their violations of the territorial sovereignty of the Islamic Republic. In addition to defending the rights of one of its member-states to protect its ability to exist without threats of military attacks, the Mehr News Agency emphasized in a report that:

“The NAM also strongly condemns the violation of the sovereignty and territorial integrity of Iraq, whose airspace was illegally used by the Israeli regime to commit this aggression against Iran, the statement said. While expressing deep solidarity with the people and the government of the Islamic Republic of Iran, the bloc reiterated that by launching the attack, the regime violated the fundamental principles of international law, the United Nations Charter, especially Article 2, Paragraph 4, which explicitly prohibits the use of force against the sovereignty and territorial integrity of any country. The NAM members, while holding Israel accountable for its aggression and consequences, call it the inherent right of the Islamic Republic of Iran and other affected countries to protect their sovereignty, and territorial integrity in accordance with international law and the UN Charter.” 

These comments made by the NAM speak volumes as it relates to the burgeoning solidarity between peoples of the Global South. Although the governments affiliated with the NAM encompass different systems of economics and politics, there is an overall concern in regard to the well-being and genuine sovereignty of its people.

Within the NAM countries there are 4.7 billion people residing which constitute 58.3 percent of the world’s population. Despite the unequal distribution of power between the western capitalist countries and the majority of those living in the Global South, the level of political consciousness and organization among the peoples of Africa, Latin America and the Asia-Pacific is rapidly rising.

Other groupings such as BRICS plus and the New Development Bank (NDB) are directly addressing the necessity for an alternative framework of international relations and trade. The concept of de-dollarization has gained interest within the Global South in collaboration with the Russian Federation. These issues are directly tied to the imperialist domination of Palestine, Lebanon, Iran and other areas of West Asia.

UN Rapporteur Slams Western States for Ignoring Genocide

Iran is being targeted by the Israeli Occupation Forces (IOF) due to its uncompromising solidarity with the people of Palestine. The Yemeni Armed Forces (YAF) has been mobilized in efforts to impose a blockade on Israeli-controlled ports in Palestine.

These avenues of exposure and struggle are adopted because of the failure of the imperialist states and the United Nations to resolve the Palestinian question. The UN General Assembly voted recently to recognize Palestine as an independent state and to end the occupation by the Zionist regime over the next year.

On October 31, Francesca Albanese, Special Rapporteur on the Situation of Human Rights in the Palestinian Territory Occupied Since 1967, issued a statement on her research involving events which have unfolded over the last year. Official figures supplied by the Gaza Health Ministry say that more than 43,000 people have been killed since October 7, 2023. In addition, more than 100,000 have suffered injuries.

According to the UN report on Albanese’s work:

“Describing herself as ‘a reluctant chronicler of genocide,’ Ms. Albanese said the international community must recognize what is happening in Gaza as a genocide and ‘understand the bigger design behind what’s happening in Palestine today’. It is not simply war crimes and crimes against humanity that the Palestinians are experiencing — ‘they have experienced those through their entire life,’ she said, but the current situation is different. Under the fog of war, Israel has accelerated the forced displacement of the Palestinians that began decades ago, but ‘what’s happening today is much more severe because of the technology, the weaponry and the impunity’, she added.  It is time to consider suspending Israel’s credential as a Member State. Acknowledging that this is a sensitive topic, she said, ‘None of you really has clean hands when it comes to human rights,’ but no other country has maintained an unlawful occupation violating decades of UN resolutions as Israel has done, she said.” 

Such words are an indication of what billions of people all over the world see taking place in Palestine. The International Court of Justice (ICJ) has ruled that the legal claims brought by the Republic of South Africa against the State of Israel in December charging genocide were plausible.

These research reports and lawsuits are important because they shed indisputable light on the objective conditions as they prevail. However, the people impacted by U.S.-Israeli policy in Palestine and throughout West Asia are compelled to resist the decades-long occupation, ethnic cleansing and genocide.

In an article written by human rights Atty. Stanley L. Cohen and published by Al Jazeera in 2017, it cites a UN resolution upholding the right under international law to resist colonial and imperialist oppression, noting:

“At that time UNGA resolution 37/43 removed any doubt or debate over the lawful entitlement of occupied people to resist occupying forces by any and all lawful means. The resolution reaffirmed ‘the legitimacy of the struggle of peoples for independence, territorial integrity, national unity and liberation from colonial and foreign domination and foreign occupation by all available means, including armed struggle’.” 

Consequently, the Palestinians and their allies in the region will continue to wage struggles in various forms aimed at their national liberation and sovereignty. This factor is a motivating force for the U.S. supply of arms to the settler-colonial Zionist state which are utilized to carry out genocide in Palestine and Lebanon as well as engage in airstrikes against Iran, Iraq, Yemen and Syria.

Both ruling class political parties in the U.S. are invested in the occupation of Palestine and the suppression of the people of the entire West Asia region. The administration of President Joe Biden was heavily castigated for its support of the genocide in Gaza.

His apparent successor, President-elect Donald Trump, is also a staunch defender of the Zionist project. News reports on November 6 indicated that Trump had already spoken directly to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu as they discussed their hostile plans towards Iran. 

Therefore, the role of the NAM and all progressive multilateral organizations are important for their solidarity with Iran and other anti-imperialist states under pressure by the U.S. and its allies. The broader the alliances among the peoples of the Global South, the greater the prospects for ending national oppression and exploitation around the world.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Abayomi Azikiwe is the editor of the Pan-African News Wire. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  

Featured image source

Why Was Trump Allowed to Win the Election?

We know what happens when the deep state does not get the outcome it wants. All hell breaks loose, just like did following the 2016 elections. Try to remember what that was like. Try to remember the legal challenges and the lawsuits, the hectoring and name-calling, the spurious allegations of voter fraud and Russian meddling, and the overall discrediting of the electoral process. Try to recall the street protests, the angry antifascist mobs scuffling with cops and the relentless outbursts of rage directed at the “new Hitler”.

Do you remember that?

That’s what happens when the deep state does not get its way.

Have you noticed that nothing similar to that display of manufactured rage has taken place in 2024? Have you noticed that the liberal media has been calling for calm and unity and that it is almost impossible to find a belligerent or hostile article aimed at Trump?

Isn’t this a case of the ‘dog that didn’t bark’; a case in which a skeptical person should assume foul play not from what he hears but from what he doesn’t hear?

Indeed, the reason the election results were “free and fair” is not because the intel community has stopped rigging elections, but because no rigging was required. They wanted Trump to win because Trump was ‘their man.’

Before I explain what I mean by that, allow me to share an email I send to a friend on Monday, the day before the election:

Trump’s gonna win…
The deep state needs a popular president to recruit red state teenagers to fight a war with Iran…
Harris doesn’t have that kind of appeal

Doesn’t this help to explain why the media hasn’t gone bonkers over the Trump victory and pilloried him as a racist, fascist homophobe as they typically do?

As it happens, the deep state –which unconditionally supports the state of Israel– needs Donald Trump. They need a charismatic, populist firebrand to boost recruitment and spearhead the rush to war. Harris can’t do that. Harris had trouble attracting even a hundred supporters to her rallies.

No, this is a task for a leader that is trusted, admired and loved. This is a task for a man who has credibility with the red state young men who traditionally fight our wars. This is a job for Trump.

.

.

That doesn’t mean that the deep state has abandoned its pro-censorship, pro-surveillance, anti-civil liberties agenda. (It hasn’t.) It just means that their overall priorities have shifted to more pressing issues like the Iranian ballistic missile attack on Israel which could happen at any time. Trump will not only be required to respond to that attack; he will also be asked to deploy US troops to counter the Iranian threat. And given Trump’s record of sycophancy to Israel (as well as the $100 million his campaign was gifted by Zionist donors) we expect he will comply. No president has ever demonstrated more unwavering loyalty to Israel than Donald J Trump.

Do you have any idea of how highly regarded Trump is in Israel?

Check out this extraordinary clip of two TV anchors downing shots of whisky on air in celebration of the Trump victory:

.

Watch on X

.

Can you imagine what the reaction would be if pundits in Moscow performed a similar toast on national TV?

Here’s another ‘must see’ display of emotion by an infantryman blasting a civilian enclave in Gaza while bellowing ‘God bless Israel and God bless the USA’

.

Watch on X

.

And here’s a TV game show host leading an audience in a traditional song of celebration to a large photo of Trump on a screen behind him.

.

Watch on X

.

It’s clear that Trump is regarded by many Israelis as an American messiah who will deploy his legions of young men to the Middle East to smite Israel’s enemies and help the Jewish state emerge as the regional hegemon. That’s the hope at least; the reality may be far different. But the point we’re trying to make is that Trump’s utility to Israel may have been a critical factor in the deep state’s approach to the 2024 presidential elections. Of course, that is just my own conspiratorial point of view.

Guess who else supports Donald Trump?

.

.

Now, onto Gallant…

The surprise sacking of Israeli Defense Minister Yoav Gallant is significant for many reasons, none of which have been covered in the mainstream media. Netanyahu justified the action in a statement he delivered on Tuesday:

In the midst of a war, more than ever, full trust is required between the prime minister and the defense minister… Unfortunately, although in the first few months of the campaign there was such trust and very fruitful work, over the last few months, this trust has cracked between myself and the defense minister.

This is nonsense. There was no “crisis of trust” between Netanyahu and Gallant. The Defense Minister was fired because he objected to the improvisational (and idiotic) way the war was being conducted. As a military man, he wanted to see the implementation of a coherent strategy that clearly articulated the objectives of the mission and the manner in which those goals could be realistically achieved. But –as anyone who has watched this bloody fiasco unfold– it’s clear that there is no battleplan, no strategy, and no endgame. Netanyahu has been flying-by-the-seat-of-his-pants from the get-go while keeping the bulk of the population on his side with regular eye-popping tactical triumphs like the exploding pagers or the assassination of Hassan Nasrallah. Bibi operates on the theory that war is not a coercive way to achieve strategic objectives, but a series of oddball events aimed at garnering public support. Sacking Gallant merely confirms that Netanyahu intends to continue in this same suicidal vein, embroiling Israel in more and more conflicts for which there is no clear definition of victory and no plan for ending the hostilities. These are truly the “forever wars.”

Don’t get me wrong, Gallant is not a ‘good guy’ by any stretch of the imagination, he’s just slightly more rational than the loonies that are fast becoming the majority of Bibi’s war cabinet. This is an excerpt from an article at The Times of Israel:

An official close to the Prime Minister tells The Times of Israel that Defense Minister Yoav Gallant was fired for professional reasons, and not because of coalition politics.

The official, speaking on condition of anonymity, says that Gallant…. advocated a diplomatic solution in Lebanon six months ago that would not have diminished Hezbollah’s capabilities, and opposed the killing of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah until the IDF backed the move.

On Gaza, claims the official, Gallant resisted the IDF going into Rafah because of American pressure, and fought against Netanyahu’s and most of the cabinet’s position on the need to remain on the Philadelphi corridor. Official close to Netanyahu claims Gallant fired for professional reasons,Times of Israel

Let’s summarize:

  1. Gallant advocated a diplomatic solution in Lebanon six months ago
  2. Opposed the killing of Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah
  3. Gallant resisted the IDF going into Rafah
  4. And fought against Netanyahu’s ….position on the need to remain on the Philadelphi corridor.

On these issues, Gallant’s views closely align with the views of the majority of people around the world who oppose Israel’s provocations and escalation.

What does this tell us?

It tells us that Gallant opposed unnecessary, pointless bloodshed that achieved no strategic purpose and only served to undermine Israel’s security. It shows that the Defense Minister wanted Israel’s operations to comply with conventional military theory that acknowledged Israel’s diminishing ability to carry on a multi-front campaign. It shows that his views on warfare were fundamentally different that those of Netanyahu who believes that the primary objective of armed conflict is to inflict pain on one’s enemy. And it tells us that Gallant was increasingly concerned about the direction of the war and how Israel had grossly overestimated its military capability.

Once again, we are not saying Gallant is a virtuous person. Quite the contrary, the man is a viper. Even so, his approach made some sense from a military point of view. The fact that he has been replaced by another messianic lunatic who enthusiastically supports the blocking of food and medicine to starving Palestinians while never articulating a vision for ending the hostilities tells you that the Israeli leadership has no idea of the trouble they are in. Depending on the ferocity of Iran’s upcoming missile attack, Israel could be facing an existential crisis that the US will be unable to change. Here’s a short clip of John Mearsheimer explaining how Israel is presently mired in numerous wars it has no way of winning:

Let’s talk about the three conflicts: The one in Gaza, the conflict with Hezbollah, and the conflict with Iran. Israel has three goals in Gaza. 1– To decisively defeat Hamas 2– To get the hostages back 3– To ethnically cleanse Gaza. ….They have achieved none of these and, furthermore, they are stuck in Gaza. They left Gaza in 2005 because it was hornets nest and now they are back in there because haven’t defeated Hamas.
With regard to Hezbollah, they tried to decapitate the leadership, they were successful (but it made no difference) so they went on to kill huge numbers of civilians in Beirut; that didn’t work. So, they invaded on the ground… and they are getting clobbered in southern Lebanon…. And remember, the reason they invaded, was to stop the rocketfire into Israel. But they haven’t stopped the rocketfire, and they haven’t succeeded against Hezbollah, and they won’t succeed against Hezbollah. Perhaps, eventually some negotiated settlement might be worked out –who knows– but the idea that their military strategy has worked? It hasn’t worked against Hezbollah, and it hasn’t worked against Hamas.

And against Iran? Iran is still capable of sending large numbers of ballistic missiles into Israel… (Mearsheimer explains how Israel’s attack on Iran was a failure.) The Israelis do not have escalation dominance over Iran. (and) Israel does not have escalation dominance over Hezbollah. Hezbollah is still firing rockets and missiles into Israel. And, by the way, the Houthis are now firing missiles into Israel too….. The conventional wisdom in the west that “Israel is on a roll” or that Israel is ‘in the driver’s seat’ is simply wrong. And if you look at what is happening in Gaza, and what is happening with Hezbollah, and what is happening with Iran; Israel is in a lot of trouble. (Mearsheimer explains the revolution in missile technology that has rendered Israel’s air power obsolete. Netanyahu and his lieutenants fail to understand that Israel can no longer defend against Iranian ballistic missiles.) Interview with John Mearsheimer, Unherd

What is the connection between Mearsheimer’s analysis and Gallant’s firing?

Gallant’s dismissal is linked to “a harshly worded missive to Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu warning that Israel’s war efforts had become aimless and needed to be refocused. According to the Times of Israel:

In the communique, Gallant argued that Israel was fighting according to an “outdated compass” and that Jerusalem needed to revise its official war aims initially set following the October 7, 2023 Hamas attack…

“Significant developments in the war, especially Israel and Iran trading direct blows, raise the necessity of holding a discussion and updating the war’s goals with a comprehensive look” at the areas of fighting and the interconnections between them, Gallant reportedly wrote….

While Israel initially set its war goals as the destruction of the Hamas terror group and the return of hostages taken during the onslaught of southern Israel over a year ago, the fighting has since expanded significantly due to attacks by Iranian proxies and Iran itself, with Israel saying it is actually fighting a seven-front war.

Israel updated its goals to include the return of northern residents to their homes before sharply intensifying attacks on the Hezbollah terror group in Lebanon last month.

Gallant was said to advocate adding the following war aims: in the West Bank, “preventing an outbreak of violence by thwarting terrorism”; in Iran, “deterrence and keeping Iran out of the war”; and in Gaza, “establishing a reality with no military threat, preventing the growth of terror capabilities, return of all the hostages and promotion of an alternative to the Hamas government.”…

Gallant’s opposition to Israeli rule of Gaza, and his support for a hostage-ceasefire deal there, have put him at odds with the coalition’s far-right flank, further stressing already frayed ties within the cabinet. Gallant said to tell Netanyahu management of war directionless, goals need updating, Times of Israel

Can you see what’s going on? Can you understand how serious this is?

Gallant opposed a war with Iran, so he was sacked. Now the crazies are running the asylum and think that Uncle Sam is going to come to the rescue when they get their bu** kicked.

This may be the most dangerous situation humanity has ever faced. The future of life on the planet is being decided by fanatical messianic zealots whose grasp of reality is greatly in doubt and who believe that any act of violence they inflict on their neighbors is blessed by almighty God.

And now they want Trump to join their harebrained war on Iran so they can light up the entire region like a Roman Candle and bring on the End Times.

In the words of Nancy Reagan, Trump should “just say No”.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Featured image is from TUR


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

November 8th, 2024 by Baxter Dmitry

[This article was posted by GR in April 2024.]

Introductory Note

What is significant is that the German Health authorities based on official data have now been obliged under Freedom of Information to reveal the devastating nature and impacts of the Covid lockdowns imposed on 190 countries, starting March 11, 2020.

Most of the independent studies including those conducted by Global Research have been the object of censorship.

Of Significance,  the official documents of Germany’s Ministry of Health are consistent with the independent reports published in the course of more than 4 years pertaining to the COVID-19 lockdowns, the mandatory wearing of the face mask, and the experimental mRNA vaccines.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, April 4, 2024

***

Huge news out of Germany as the federal government have been forced to admit that so-called “conspiracy theorists” were right about everything during the Covid pandemic.

In fact, according to the German government data, there was no pandemic at all, just a tightly choreographed military grade psy-op to brainwash the masses into accepting an experimental vaccine with disastrous consequences.  

These secret German government documents obtained via a Freedom of Information request and subsequent lawsuit have blown the lid of the global elite’s Covid lies and it’s vitally important that as many people as possible are made aware of the truth.

More and more people all over the world are waking up and seeing the global elite for what they always have been: deranged psychopaths hell bent on destruction and domination.

Germany is no different. The German population suffered some of the most brutal lockdowns and vaccine mandates in all of Europe and now the people are rising up and demanding accountability.

Step forward Paul Schreyer and Multipolar magazine who launched a Freedom of Information request and then launched a lawsuit against the German government when they tried every trick in the book to keep the secret documents under lock and key.

As Professor Steven Homburg explains, the results are stunning, and represent total vindication for everyone who dared to question the narrative of lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates.

The secret government documents – all 2,000 pages of them – reveal that we were right about nearly everything and the so-called “pandemic” was all fraud.

These facts are damning and prove the official narrative about Covid, pushed by world governments and mainstream media, is completely bogus.

Which makes the tyranny we experienced during the so-called pandemic even harder to swallow, as Professor Homburg explains.

The data also reveals that Sweden, which was the only European country free of masks and lockdowns, performed much better than Germany. Which raises the question, what were the tyrannical lockdowns and mandates really about?

Professor Homburg has the answer – and as it turns out, we were right all along.

Breaking down vaccine hesitancy through brutal lockdowns was always the goal of the global elite. Unfortunately, for those who did not see through the psy-op at the time, the health consequences are dire. Serious questions must be asked.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the bad news doesn’t end there. Japanese researchers have linked Covid vaccines to hundreds of diseases.

While a new study out of the US has found that those who have been vaccinated and boosted can expect to meet their maker far sooner than they would have expected.

A disturbing new study has revealed that people who have been “fully vaccinated” with Covid mRNA injections can expect to lose a staggering 25 years from their life expectancy.

Researchers analyzed data from the CDC, Cleveland Clinic Data, and insurance company risk assessment data and uncovered a disturbing trend of plummeting life expediencies among those who had multiple doses of mRNA.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the news gets even worse. The chronic damage to health caused by each dose of mRNA does not lessen over time, as previously believed.

In reality, the negative health effects appear to continue indefinitely.

According to the researchers, CDC All-Cause Mortality data reveals that each jab increased mortality by 7% in the year 2022 compared to the mortality in 2021.

This means that people who have had 5 doses – that’s two doses and three boosters – were 35% more likely to die in 2022 than they were in 2021.

Correlating with the German information, the study also confirmed that people who are not vaccinated were no more likely to die in 2022 than in 2021.

These numbers are damning. But anybody paying attention can see that something is very wrong with the vaccinated. They are dropping like flies with heart problems and turbo cancer all over the world.

Professional athletes are supposed to be among the healthiest people on the planet but in the past few years thousands have collapsed with sudden and inexplicable heart conditions.

Fully vaccinated professional athletes are continuing to drop like flies, with four professional soccer players have collapsed suddenly, clutching their hearts, in the last week alone.

Egyptian star Ahmed Refeat became the third professional soccer play to suffer cardiac arrest in front of live TV cameras, with doctors later admitting they “hadn’t seen something like this before.”

Orlando Pirates midfielder Makhelene Makhaula was the second football star to collapse on the field this week, as medical staff were seen desperately attempting to revive the South African star.

Listen as the stunned announcer admits, in his own words, that footballers are dropping like flies all over the world since the vaccine roll out.

On Sunday in the Argentinian top flight, Estudiantes’ Javier Altamirano suffered a seizure and collapsed suddenly in the big match against Boca Juniors, one of the biggest clubs in South America.

It’s not just professional athletes dropping like flies. People from all walks of life, including popular social media influencers, are being struck down with heart conditions and rare forms of cancer at unprecedented rates.

An ethical media would be highlighting these incidents on the front pages, putting their resources into investigating why so many young and healthy people are suffering from cardiac arrests, strokes, and rare forms of cancer.

Instead, the media is attempting to normalize the phenomenon and convince you that professional athletes and young people having heart attacks is par for the course.

However, anybody capable of independent thought understands this situation is far from normal.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Baxter Dmitry is a writer at The People’s Voice. He covers politics, business and entertainment. Speaking truth to power since he learned to talk, Baxter has travelled in over 80 countries and won arguments in every single one. Live without fear.
Email: [email protected]

Featured image is from TPV


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

COVID-19 vaccines pose a 112,000% greater risk of brain clots and strokes than flu vaccines and a 20,700% greater risk of those symptoms than all other vaccines combined, according to a peer-reviewed study that calls for a global moratorium on the vaccines.

The study, published last week in the International Journal of Innovative Research in Medical Science, found reports of 5,137 cases of cerebral thromboembolism after COVID-19 shots over 36 months. This compares to 52 reported cases following flu vaccination and 282 cases for all vaccines over the past 34 years.

.

Read here

.

According to the study, this represents an “alarming breach in the safety signal threshold concerning cerebral thrombosis adverse events” following COVID-19 vaccination.

The study’s authors — independent researcher Claire Rogers, obstetrician and gynecologist Dr. James A. Thorp, independent researcher Kirstin Cosgrove and cardiologist Dr. Peter McCullough — used data from the U.S. government’s Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), for their analysis.

The data also indicated 9,821 reports of atrial fibrillation — an irregular heart rhythm that is “the most common identifiable cause of cerebral arterial thromboembolism” — following COVID-19 vaccination in 41 months, compared to 797 cases reported in 34 years for all other vaccines combined.

Rogers told The Defender the findings confirm anecdotal evidence of an increased incidence of stroke seen during and after the COVID-19 pandemic.

Rogers said:

“Cerebral thrombosis case reports in VAERS substantially increased after the COVID vaccines. Not only have clinicians witnessed this in the hospital setting, but the average citizen has seen increased reports of stroke in celebrities, athletes and young people.”

McCullough told The Defender the study employed a “reasonable vaccine safety research strategy” by comparing “a new vaccine to the routine influenza vaccination as a ‘safe’ standard.” He said the results showed “horrific outcomes” following COVID-19 vaccination.

These outcomes led the study’s authors to call for an immediate global moratorium on the use of COVID-19 vaccines “to mitigate further risk with an absolute contraindication in women of reproductive age.”

“Our study joins the growing chorus of analyses calling for all COVID-19 vaccines to be removed from the market,” McCullough said. The withdrawal “should be the first priority” for the next administration.

Spike Protein Implicated in Increased Stroke Risk

According to the study, the spike protein found in the SARS-CoV-2 virus and COVID-19 vaccines is likely a significant contributor to brain clots and strokes.

“Early in the COVID pandemic, it became evident that there was a thrombogenic effect of the Sars-CoV-2 virus and it is now believed that the spike proteins [are] one of the major contributors to this thrombogenic effect,” the study said.

According to the study, the original strain of the virus led to “a variety of severe thromboembolic events.” However over time, “natural evolution may have resulted in less virulent strains.”

This original risk was replaced by an increase in the incidence of microclots, “affecting the smaller vessels in the circulatory system.” The study noted that it is “widely understood that cumulative exposure to the spike protein” leads to an increased risk of such clots in patients.

According to Rogers,

“One mechanism by which the spike protein is thought to contribute to this pathogenesis is by triggering endothelial dysfunction” — a condition that exists when coronary arteries are constricted even though there isn’t a physical blockage.

The study did not compare the different COVID-19 vaccine types — the Pfizer and Moderna mRNA vaccines, and the Johnson & Johnson (Janssen) and AstraZeneca adenovirus-based vaccines. Rogers noted, though, that the adenovirus vaccines were withdrawn in the U.S. and Europe following reports of blood clots.

Noting that VAERS “is regulated, owned, and maintained” by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), the study addressed the relative advantages and disadvantages of using this database for such an analysis.

“Despite the bias of the CDC/FDA and their attempts to hide, conceal, and ‘throttle’ the deaths and injuries caused by the COVID-19 vaccines, there remains an unprecedented breach of the safety signal using their own criteria,” the study said.

This safety signal is evident even though the “relative underreporting factor … in VAERS is thought to be in the range of 30-100.”

A 2011 Harvard study found that less than 1% of all adverse events are reported to VAERS.

Calls Intensify for a Moratorium on COVID Shots

Karl Jablonowski, Ph.D., senior research scientist at Children’s Health Defense, told The Defender that despite “the limitations of using VAERS data to infer risk,” he was “startled” by the study’s results. He said the study adds to the growing number of voices calling for a moratorium on the administration of the COVID-19 vaccines.

“While one study does not justify a moratorium, a cacophony of studies does,” Jablonowski said.

According to the study,

“There are now 3,580 studies published in peer-reviewed medical journals documenting injuries, disabilities, and deaths after COVID-19 vaccines,” strengthening calls for their withdrawal.

Last month, Idaho’s Southwest District Health said it would stop offering COVID-19 vaccines, following testimony by members of the local community and by experts including McCullough and Thorp.

This followed last month’s release of a Slovak government report calling mRNA shots “dangerous” and calling for their ban. Also last month, a town council in Western Australia called for a ban on mRNA products.

In January, Florida Surgeon General Joseph Ladapo called for a “halt in the use of COVID-19 mRNA vaccines” over safety concerns.

Psychotherapist Joseph Sansone, Ph.D., author of the “Ban the Jab” resolution adopted by 10 Florida counties, supported the study’s call for a moratorium on the COVID-19 vaccines.

He said:

“COVID-19 and mRNA nanoparticle injections are biological and technological weapons of mass destruction. It is time for the medical community to tell the truth and admit they were lied to like everybody else. These injections harm those injected and those not injected, via the shedding of this technology.

“All mRNA nanoparticle injections need to be prohibited immediately and there needs to be a thorough investigation into the criminals behind this attack on humanity.”

Organizations including the World Council for Health, Doctors for COVID Ethics and the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons have also called for a moratorium on the COVID-19 vaccines.

COVID vaccine uptake by the public is at an all-time low,” Rogers said. “The need is no longer there for production of these products.”

Jablonowski said:

“A global moratorium on the COVID-19 vaccines would be a major step forward for humanity, not just in human health but for our humility.

“We would have to admit that we were fooled into taking a dangerous product and that our governments, scientists and pharmaceutical companies were all too willing to fool us. Our brighter future starts when we come to these terms.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Michael Nevradakis, Ph.D., based in Athens, Greece, is a senior reporter for The Defender and part of the rotation of hosts for CHD.TV’s “Good Morning CHD.”

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

Neo-liberalism: What Is It? What Is Wrong with It? What Next?

November 8th, 2024 by Prof. Joseph H. Chung

[We repost this article by the late Prof. Joseph H. Chung, first published by GR in May 2019. Prof. Chung was an indefatigable voice on the politics of Asia-Pacific, especially on the dynamics of the Korean Peninsula.]

For the last four decades, we have been watching a new animal called neo-liberalism. At first, we did not know what it was; we hoped that it would bring global prosperity; we thought that the deregulation would be a blessing for the businesses, we hoped that the IMF doctrine of structural adjustment would strengthen the economies of developing countries; we imagined that the privatization of public corporations would improve the efficiency of the national economy; we wanted to believe that the free trade agreements would make us happier.

But, the doctrine of neo-liberalism has turned out to be a disappointment for many; it appears to be a blessing only for a few. Its performance has betrayed our hopes and expectations; it is so bad that it even threatens the very survival of the healthy free-market capitalism; its failure is so serious that we are now looking for new economic doctrines.

In this paper, I intend to share with the readers my honest concern for the future of neo-liberalism and the survival of the free-world capitalism. I am asking these questions. What is neo-liberalism? How destructive is it? What are the alternative doctrines?

  1. What Is Neo-liberalism?

The developed economies, especially the U.S. economy, enjoyed rapid economic growth during several decades following the World War II, mainly due to the vast reconstruction of war torn social and industrial infrastructure and the production of civil goods and services which was not easy during the war.

However, by the end of the 1960s, the process of the reconstruction of infrastructure was almost completed and the shortage of goods and services for civil use was solved. In other words, the rate of economic growth of the economy slowed down. This meant declining profit for businesses and it was a challenge for businesses to deal with. To make the matter worse for the business, the oil crisis of the 1970s shot up the cost of production and provoked decade-long inflation and at the same time, rising unemployment, that is, the world had to cope with “stagflation”.

Stagflation is one of the rare economic phenomena observed in the free-market economy. When stagflation happens, inflation and wide spread unemployment occur at the same time. In normal cyclical variations of the economy, inflation is accompanied by employment increase.

Suppose that a large number of immigrants come into the country or the income of citizens rises so that the demand for housing and other goods and services increases. The result is the increase in the price of goods and services. If the cost of production does not increase as much the price increase, the expectation of profit improves; the producer will expand the production and create more jobs. In other words, inflation goes with job creation and GDP growth.

But, if inflation caused by the demand increase is accompanied by increasing unemployment, something is wrong. This is the stagflation and it happens when the supply of goods and services does not increase along with inflation. This happens when the inflation is caused by the increase in the cost of production more than price increase,

The decade of the 1970s was an era of stagflation in the U.S. To understand what happened we have to go back to the period of 1960s which was the decade of President Johnson’s heavy spending on welfare and war resulting in increased demand for goods and services. The period of 1960s was the decade of Lyndon Johnson’s (1963-1969) “The Great Society” of equality and prosperity.

The period of 1960s was also a decade of heavy spending for the Vietnam War. The heavy spending of the government led to the expansion of demand for goods and services. But industries were not able to produce consumer goods and services rapidly enough meet the rising demand. The end result was inflation caused by increasing demand; it was the demand-pull inflation.

Then, in 1973, the oil embargo by the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) shot up the oil price provoking cost-push inflation. The 1973 oil crisis provoked a grave recession in 1974-1975. The GDP in the first quarter of 1974 fell by 3.4% compared to the same period of the previous year. In the first quarter of 1975, the GDP fell by 4.8%.The rate of unemployment was as high as 9%. At the same time, the price of consumer goods and services rose by 12% in 1975. This was how the U.S. had to cope with a brand new strange phenomenon called stagflation unknown in the past.

Hoping to get out of the recession, the Federal Reserve Board increased substantially the money supply; the money supply rose by 10% in the period 1970-1974 compared to an average money supply increase of 4% in the 1990s. The money supply was designed to fight the recession; the expansion of the money supply was additional factor for the inflation of the 1970s.

In short, the inflation of the 1770s was the combination of the three types of inflation: the demand-pull information, the cost-push inflation and the money supply-led inflation

Despite the price increase, the companies did not increase production and create new jobs. There were two main reasons. First, when inflation goes beyond a certain level, the future prospect of profit becomes uncertain and the producer waits and would not increase investments. Second, President Richard Nixon (1969-1974) imposed price control; in 1970, he introduced the ACOLA (Automatic Cost of Living Adjustment).

Moreover, Nixon raised tariffs on imported goods. To make the matter worse, after the removal of the U.S. currency from the gold standard regime, the value of the American dollar fell. The end result was the higher cost of getting imported parts and components.

The combination of these factors made industries to hesitate to invest, hire more people and produce more goods and services. Here you are. You have your stagflation.

In a way, the stagflation of the 1970s was partly the fault of the government policy, but the private sector was not entirely free from blame, for they could have better responded to the increased demand for goods and services brought about by Johnson’s expanded public spending related to his Great Society policy.

This unusual phenomenon has stirred up heated controversy over the selection of better economic doctrines and policy measures. The economic doctrine which had ruled the economic thought during two postwar decades was the Keynesian doctrine. In 1937, a British economist John Maynard Keynes published a book called “The General Theory of Employment, Investment and Interest” in which he proposed policy measure to combat economic recession; this was the Keynesianism.

The structure of national demand may be expressed in terms of a simple equation: Y= C + I + G + (X-M): Y represents GDP, or national demand; C, household consumption expenditure; I, companies’ investment expenditures; G, government expenditures; X, value of exports; M, value of imports.

Suppose that the economy is suffering from severe recession and that the government is looking for measures to overcome the recession. Of these five variables in the above equation, all the four variables, except G, belong to the decision of the private sector; they are beyond government’s direct control; the only variable which can be controlled directly by the government is its own expenditures, G. Hence, the best way of overcoming the economic recession is the expansion of government expenditures.

The controversy was about whether the Keynesian remedy can solve the stagflation. The experience of stagflation of the 1970s has made a large number of economic think tanks, academics and politicians began to look at the freer private market as being better equipped than the government for the solution of economic problems. This was the theoretical justification for making the private market freer and even more liberal than the previous liberal private market. In other words, they were looking for new (neo) liberalism.

There is a basic difference between Keynesian remedy and neoliberal remedy of solving economic recession; the former relies on the demand side of the economy, while the latter, on the supply side. In fact, the postwar neo-liberalism is sometimes called the “supply-side economics”..

The neo-liberalism was boldly applied by British Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher and U.S. President Ronald Reagan in the 1980s. However, it was more formally structured by the concept of “Washington Consensus” by John William of the Institute of International Economics in Washington. William suggests ten points for the solution of economic problem.

Of these ten points, some are relevant to neo-liberalism; they are tax cuts for firms, smaller government, free-market determined interest rate, competitive exchange rate, trade liberalization, liberalization of foreign investments, privatization of government-owned enterprises, and deregulation. There is one more part in the Washington Consensus, namely the Structural Adjustment Policy conceived by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) imposed on countries indebted to the IMF.

All of these measures are designed to minimize government interventions in national economic matters. But, a more important point is that they are in fact designed to let the private enterprises to make as much profit as they can without government interference.

In the final analysis, these measures allow the human greed to rule the economy. Why not? After all, the greed is the most powerful motivational factor of hard work; but, it is at the same time, the most devastating factor of immorality and the merciless exploitation of the weak.

The world led by unbound human greed ends up by destroying itself.

There is one more instrument in the tool bag of neo-liberalism; it is the system of Structural Adjustment imposed by the neoliberal policy makers, especially the International Monetary Fund (IMF); this measure requires, as the condition of IMF loans, the transformation of the debtor country into neoliberal free market system economy.

  1. What Is Wrong with Neo-liberalism?

In this section, I will deal with the impact of the following neoliberal measures: deregulation, privatization, free trade and structural adjustment and the global production chains.

2.1 Deregulation

The measure of deregulation affects a host of sectors of the economy. The deregulation of the entry of new firms, foreign investments, labour unions and a host of other deregulations are all designed to minimize government interventions and let the private firms to make more money..

One of the most important deregulation is the removal of regulations designed to protect labour union rights. This type of deregulation is expected to produce labour flexibility; this means restriction of unionization of workers, abolition of minimum wage and prohibition of labour strike. The end result of labour related deregulation is lay-offs, increase in part-time works and inequitable income distribution.

The most devastating deregulation is that of national and international finance. This deregulation is truly one of the key elements of the neoliberal regime. It has allowed the global integration of finance on the one hand and, on the other hand, it has permitted the creation of unlimited range of financial products. Moreover, under the neoliberal regime, the international mobility of funds has no barriers.

The trouble is that these mobile funds are not development funds but highly speculative funds. In fact, the Asian Financial Crisis of 1997 initiated in Thailand was caused by the sudden flight of speculative funds.

What is more troubling is the emergence of diverse financial products. Many of these products are the securitized financial products (derivatives) such as the mortgage-backed securities (MBS) which are debts transformed into assets. The securitized assets can be further securitized and, as the securitization goes on, the quality of the assets decreases and the risk of default rises. In fact, the global sub-prime financial crisis of 2007 was caused by the multiplicity of securitized assets.

The main reason for the multiplication of financial products is low production cost of the asset and high profit. The attractiveness of these financial products is so great that the amount of funds invested in these products is of much greater amount than funds invested in the production of consumption goods and related services. It is why it is difficult for real good producers to acquire funds.

In the normal situation, the financial sector must serve the real sector which produces goods and services, but because of the deregulation, the former rules the latter.

2.2 Privatization of Government-Owned Enterprises (GOE)

The privatization of GOE is the core of the neoliberal regime. In fact, the idea of privatization was so popular in the 1990s that the World Bank devoted important human resources to study the privatization of SOE in Easter European countries which had been parts of the Soviet Union.

However, countries of democracy and free-market including South Korea also undertook massive privatization of SOEs. The privatized SOE are often those enterprises which are responsible for the production of public services such as transportation and telecommunication. The privatization of SOEs raises several problems

First,the rational of the justification of privatization is the argument that the government is less competent than the private enterprises in managing businesses. The usual criterion of efficiency is the rate of profit. The profit of an enterprise can increase either by good planning and management of production or by cutting the cost of production. But, in many cases, the profit is increased not through good management but through the cut of labour cost. In most of the cases, the efficiency of the privatized firms come from the decrease in labour cost obtained through lay-offs, use of part-time workers and the cut of wages

Second, many of the privatized companies are those which produce goods and services that are basically public goods and services such as hospitals, public transportation, telecommunication and highways. The proper criteria for the evaluation of their performance cannot be efficiency measured by profit but it should be measured by public welfare.

Third, once the SOEs are privatized, the government has no more control over the companies which have bought the SOE. We must remember that the reason for buying the SOE being profit, the price of privatized goods or services will rise and the quality of the service might worsen. In this game of privatization of the SOE, the losers are the government and the citizens; the winners are large corporations which are often friends of corrupted politicians, high-ranking civil servants and “leaders of the society”.

Fourth, the privatization further worsens the corruption culture. In South Korea, until 1980, the government could control the Chaebols such as the group Samsung and the group Hyundai through, among others measure, the generous “policy loans”. But, from the 1990s, the wind of neo-liberalism swept over South Korea and the government gave up any hope of controlling the Chaebols. This happened when South Korea had to liberalize the financial sector allowing the Chaebol to have unlimited access to international funds. At the same time, the government stopped the practice of policy loans which had been, in fact, the best way of disciplining the large corporations.

From there on, it was rather the Chaebols which started to dictate the government policy; this was how the conservative government-Chaebols collusion became the every-day collective life in Korea. This collusion transformed itself into the culture of corruption in which the income of privatized corporations was shared between the corruption partners.

The Korea Telecom (KT) was privatized; since its privatization, its priority shifted from the telecommunication business to the horizontal integration of unrelated businesses in order to make money through dubious ways. To protect itself from possible investigation by the authorities, it appointed a large number of “advisors” who were former ranking civil servants, prominent politicians, former judges, former prosecutors and “leaders”. These people do nothing for the company but get every month several thousand U.S. dollars. The similar phenomenon happens in the case of the Pohang Iron and Steel Company (POSCO) which was also privatized company; it used to be and is one of the largest steel producers in the world.

2.3 Free Trade

In the university class room of economics, free trade based on “comparative advantages” has been the Bible of economics. But this theory is based on the assumption that there are no trade barriers such as tariff and non tariff restrictions. But trade barriers have been necessary in many cases, especially at the early stage of the take-off of the economy. For instance, as happened in South Korea, in the 1970s, the import substitution policy was needed in order to create a solid basis for the industrialization.

The Washington Consensus requires the total elimination of all trade barriers through the intervention of the WTO and countless free trade agreements. In these days, rare are the countries which have no free trade agreement. As soon as the free trade agreement is signed, more than 80% of goods traded are free of tariffs. It goes without saying that free trade agreements offer some advantages.

For instance, there are several econometric estimates of the benefice of the free trade agreements; the GDP can increase as much as 0.5% and the value of exports of goods can rise, in some cases, by more than 50% over the period of tariff elimination. There is also the welfare benefit made possible by the decrease in the price of imported goods and services. In the case of Canada-Korea free-trade agreement, it is about 3 billion Canadian dollars available to both Koreans and Canadians combined.

But, the reliability of these estimates is debatable in view of simplistic assumptions used for the estimation. One of the principal shortcomings of these econometric estimates is the lack of considerations for the negative effects of increased imports on the national economy.

The free trade imposed by the Washington Consensus has the following issues to be tackled: benefits of tariff removal, absence of the trickle-down effects, negative effects on SMEs, worsening income distribution, the Industry State Dispute Settlement (ISDS) system.

2.3.1 Benefits of Tariff Removal 

There is no doubt that the removal of tariffs would facilitate international trade. But, the beneficial effect is controversial. In the first place, the negotiations of free trade agreement are undertaken in secret and led by exporting companies. Hence, the negotiations are not undertaken between governments; they are undertaken between large corporations through government negotiators. As a result, the choice and the timing of goods selected for tariff removal is made for exporting companies. This is not necessarily good for the overall economic growth of trade partner countries. The more serious problem is that advantage coming from the tariff removal is short lived. You must remember that as free trade is generalized so that tariffs are all removed, exports of goods no longer depend on trade barriers but on real competitiveness.

2.3.2 Absence of Trickle-Down Effects 

There are two ways by which exports of goods and services contribute to the national economy: growth of the economy and its trickle-down effect. The trickle-down effects comprise the creation of jobs and fair income distribution.

There is no doubt that the exports of goods and services make the GDP grow; the greater the weight of exports in the economy, the greater will be its GDP contribution. However, such contribution tends to decrease because of two reasons.

First, an increasing part of the value of exports is more and more of foreign origin. In the case of South Korea, more than 40% of the value of exports of goods is of foreign origin. Second, the production of goods exported relies more and more on the advanced technology which kills jobs. The combination of these factors tend to minimize the trickle-down effects of the exports of goods

2.3.3 Negative Effect on SMEs 

In many countries, exporting companies are usually of fair size and close to the government and those who have power. This is especially so in South Korea and Japan.

The pro-large corporation and pro-export policies of many governments have resulted in the prevention of the healthy development of the SMEs for two reasons.

First, in order to take advantage of good opportunities offered by the free-trade agreements, the government allocates a major part of financial and fiscal resources to the exporting companies, namely, the Chaebols in the case of South Korea; this has been one of the major factors responsible for the under-development of SMEs. Another reason is Chaebols’ unfair treatment of SMEs which are their sub-contractors. A sample survey shows that 30% of SMEs claim that the quality of products asked by the Chaebols is too high given the product price paid by the Chaebols. According to 53% of SMEs, the Chaebols do not pay what is due in time. Almost 25% of the SMEs complain that the Chaebols change the contracts without prior consultation with the subcontractors

There are almost 4 million SMEs in Korea; they account for as much as 99.9% of the total number of firms, account for 85% of jobs. The under-development of SMEs means therefore the difficulty of job creation and the unfair income distribution. Thus, free trade agreements have been one of the factors which prevent the normal healthy development of SMEs and job creation.

2.3.4 Unfair Income Distribution

The export friendly policy has another serious problem; it worsens the fairness of income distribution. The exporting companies use more and more labour- cost-saving high technology to be competitive. The exports of goods generate the labour income and the capitalist income. As the exports increase, the gap between these two types of incomes widens. In fact, according to the official data in South Korea, in recent years, labour income has not increased or decreased, while the capitalist income rose by more than 15%.

The trend of the widening income disparity is a universal phenomenon. But, before the coming of the Washington Consensus, the government intervened to narrow the income gap through the progressive income tax and the transfer payment. Unfortunately, under the neoliberal regime, the government is powerless, because the large corporations dictate the government policy. This was especially pronounced in South Korea under the conservative government which has ruled South Korea for 58 years out of 70 years since WWII.

2.3.5 The Industry State Dispute Settlement System (ISDS)

One of the troubling aspects of free trade agreements is the ISDS. This is a mechanism of settling disputes between the host government and foreign corporations which are investing in the areas of natural resource development and even public utilities. If the corporation thinks that it has lost profit because of the host government’s interventions, the arising dispute is settled through a “tribunal” composed of representatives of parties concerned.

Canada is one of the countries which have lost most in the ISDS. Within the NAFTA (North American Free Trade Agreement), Canada lost 6 cases of disputes paying US $171 million. The U.S. won 11 cases; it has won all the cases. In most of the cases, Canada has lost by trying to protect the environment and public welfare.

The Canadian government did put a ban on the export of toxic PCB wastes. S.D. Myers, an American Co. waste disposal company sued the Canadian government and got US$ 6 million. The Canadian government applied guidelines for foreign offshore oil investments. The U.S. oil giant Exxon Oil sued and got US$ 17.3 million. Canada imposed a ban on the import of MMT a gasoline derivative. Canada was sued by Ethyl Corporation, an American Company, and Canada lost US$ 15 million. One can go on and on illustrating how Canada could have been prevented from protecting its environment because of the NAFTA’s ISDS.

The ISDS has the following problems. First, it seriously challenges the sovereignty of the host country in resource development and environment protection. Second, the tribunal of the ISDS is composed of the representatives of parties involved in the dispute who are not always those who know international laws and the tribunal may come up with unjust judgment. Third, to the extent that the process of the ISDS is highly political, the corporations of militarily and diplomatically dominating nations may have upper hand and get the better deal. In fact, it is a known fact that corporations from North America are known to be bullying the governments of developing countries.

2.4 The Structural Adjustment

The structural adjustment policy of the IMF is the condition of loans and it is applied without proper considerations for cultural and political conditions of the debtor countries.

The policy of Structural Adjustment is designed to facilitate the debt repayment. It has two main parts. First, it requires harsh fiscal discipline; it requires drastic cut in public spending and balanced budget. This measure ends up with deep cut in welfare spending; this makes citizens’ life miserable, a life which is already hard to cope with. Second, it requires harsh monetary policy leading to very high interest rate which invites inevitably mass unemployment and wide-spread bankruptcies of firms. In the 1997 crisis in South Korea, interest rate was as high as 20%. Third, the value of the national currency fell to the bottom from about 1,000 Korean Won per American dollar to 1,700 Korean Won

These measures have led, in South Korea, to the dreadful bankruptcies of several thousand firms, galloping inflation, massive unemployment and deep recession. But, South Korea could pay back the debts before the debt maturity date owing to solid macroeconomic environment and heroic devotion of the population. We still remember how millions of ordinary Koreans donated gold wedding rings, gold necklaces and other small gold items in order to facilitate the debt repayment

2.5 Global Production Chain (GPC) 

The free trade agreement has allowed major multinational corporations (MNC) to acquire, at low cost, raw materials, parts and components from developing countries and assemble them into finished goods to be exported to advanced countries. This is the global production chain.

It is true that this process allowed developing countries to increase GDP and exports of goods and services. But, it has two problems. On the one hand, these countries have to keep wage as low as possible, otherwise, the production chain moves to another country of lower wage. Thus, the host country has the risk of being caught in the prison of poverty. On the other hand, since the GPC is not integrated into the overall local economy, its impact on the sustained development of the host country economy is very limited.

  1. What Next? 

The Washington version of neo-liberalism is, in reality, not a new liberalism; it is going back to the 19th-century laissez-faire regime in which the strong exploits the weak. In the laissez-faire regime, the market is governed by the “invisible hand”; it is the hand of price mechanism. Whenever there is demand-supply gap and the price departs from the original equilibrium position, the invisible hand intervenes and the original equilibrium price is restored. The invisible hand insures, in theory, the establishment of the market stability.

But, in order that the laissez-faire system works, the market should be one of perfect competition. To have such competition, the market should be perfect in such a way that there should be a great number of producers; there should be neither monopoly not oligopoly; the goods should be perfectly mobile; both the consumer and the producer should have perfect market information; the goods should be homogenous and perfect substitute. What is important is that there should be no government. But, the reality is far from being such a perfect market.

It is true that the invisible hand works, but it works with crooked fingers in such a way that the market equilibrium may not be secured.

We need the free market but we need also strong government.

Our experience with the neo-liberalism makes us to re-examine the meaning of the success of economic doctrine and economic policies. Up to now, we have been focusing, as criteria of such success, on the GDP growth; most of the international organizations including the World Bank, the IMF, OECD and others evaluate the performance of national economies in terms of GDP growth.

But, is this really the right way of judging the economies? What we have learned from living with neo-liberalism is that we need another criterion for judging the performance of national economies; it is the fair distribution of income. Even the most ardent proponent of the neo-liberalism, namely the IMF, is now recognizing that the neo-liberalism has worsened the national income distribution.

The fair income distribution claims its right for two reasons. First, the good old Judeo-Christian tradition of the Western world requires that the rich should look after the poor and the weak; this is the matter of human decency and social justice. If the western civilization has flourished for so long, it is precisely because of these virtues.

The second reason is something more down-to-earth thing. As we saw above, one of the worst performances of the neoliberal economic regime is the  concentration of wealth and income in the hands of a few. But this means that the vast majority of the people have less and less income and weaker and weaker purchasing power. What come after is economic down fall.

Thus, the very success of the neoliberal economic regime brings down the economy.

The neo-liberalism has caused the financial crisis in 2007-2008; the world economy has been barely surviving because of the massive injection of money into the economy. But, the benefit of this desperate measure is dying. Nobody knows where the world economy will go.

Are there any other economic regimes better than the neo-liberalism? Should we go back to the Keynesian remedy? How about hybrid system of socialism cum private market system? To be more precise, should we adopt the Beijing Consensus? This concept was coined in 2016 by Joshua Cooper Ramo and it has been discussed by numerous experts in Chinese affairs. The discussion on the concept may be summarized as follow.

The Beijing Consensus, or simply the Chinese economic model, is a hybrid model. In this model, there are, by and large, three groups of enterprises: the government-owned enterprises (GOEs), the joint-enterprises (government-private enterprises or local enterprises-foreign enterprises) and the genuine private enterprises.

At the bottom, there are the private firms mainly in the agricultural sector; at the middle, the joint-enterprises producing a variety of goods and services for export and domestic consumption; at the top, the GOEs produce goods and services which are essential for the sustained development of the economy including steel, telecommunication, transport and energy.

The role of each type of enterprises evolves in time and in space. The GOEs have been the leading the economy, but its relative importance in the Chinese economy is now 30%, much lower than what they have been. As the economy develops, the private enterprises will increase in importance and replace the other two types of enterprises.

There is no doubt that the Chinese model has made possible the Chinese miracle. However, it has many problems including, the difficulty of coordinating the rules and regulations governing the different types of enterprises, the biased finance in favour of the GOEs, the collusion between the GOE and ranking Party members which lead inevitably to the corruption practices.

Nevertheless, nobody can deny the fact that without the strong government interventions, China’s economic miracle would have been impossible. That is, neo-liberalism would have been useless in China.

By the way, the Chinese model is very popular among developing countries; the utility and the relevance of the Washington Consensus are more and more questioned. One of the reasons for the popularity of the China model is its non-interference in the internal affairs of the country which receives Chinese aid. On this point, the China model is very different from the IMF’s Structural Adjustment Policy

My final remark is this. What we need at this time of search for more universally applicable economic models is neither the Washington Consensus nor the Beijing Consensus; we need a Global Consensus allowing each country to combine the virtues of the free-market and the usefulness of the government not only for the growth of the economy but also, in particular, more equitable distribution of income generated by the growth.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Professor Joseph H. Chung is co-director of the East-Asia Observatory (OAE) of the Research Center for Integration and Globalization (CEIM), Quebec University in Montreal (UQAM). He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Neo-liberalism: What Is It? What Is Wrong with It? What Next?
  • Tags:

This Week’s Most Popular Articles

November 8th, 2024 by Global Research News

COVID mRNA Vaccine Injury: 5-11 Year Olds Are Dropping Dead From Heart Attacks

Dr. William Makis, November 7, 2024

US Elections 2024: The Mechanism of Fraud. Manlio Dinucci

Manlio Dinucci, November 5, 2024

Here’s What Trump’s Peace Plan Might Look Like and Why Russia Might Agree to It

Andrew Korybko, November 7, 2024

The End Run – US Elections 5 November 2024. “Uncontrolled immigrant Flood”. Peter Koenig

Peter Koenig, November 4, 2024

UK Government Report Admits AIDS Is Surging Among Covid-Vaccinated

Hunter Fielding, November 6, 2024

Conspiracy TheoryPost-Election Truths: The Things That Won’t Change. No Matter Who Wins

John W. Whitehead, November 4, 2024

There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic

Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 3, 2024

The Erroneous Claim of Safety of the Covid Vaccine: Open Letter to Canada’s Fraser Health Authority

Ted Kuntz, November 1, 2024

The BRICS’ 16th Summit in Kazan Revisited. “Not All That Glitters Is Gold.” “BRICS Nations Follow the Same Globalist Agenda.” Peter Koenig and David Skripac

David Skripac, November 2, 2024

A Silent and Warm Revolution in the Arctic Ocean: ‘As the Ice Melts, the Hegemonic Sea Power Also Melts’

Ret Admiral Cem Gürdeniz, November 4, 2024

5G Danger: 13 Reasons 5G Wireless Technology Will be a Catastrophe for Humanity

Makia Freeman, November 5, 2024

Election 2024: “Too Big to Rig”?

Richard C. Cook, November 4, 2024

Will the US Live a Golden Age with Donald Trump?

Germán Gorraiz López, November 6, 2024

Too Big to Rig? The Deep State – Diagnosis and Incoming Remedy. Richard C. Cook with Frank Wright

Richard C. Cook, November 6, 2024

Increasingly Desperate Deep State – One Step Away from Checkmate

Julian Rose, November 5, 2024

U.S. Sanctions against Moscow Don’t Work. Meanwhile, “EU Suffers Suicidal Subservience to Washington”. Drago Bosnic

Drago Bosnic, November 5, 2024

The Monster Behind Weather Engineering?

Peter Koenig, October 18, 2024

Russian Army Now the Strongest in the World: US News and World Report

Ahmed Adel, November 6, 2024

Leading Up to the Elections: The War Against the Palestinians Must Go On

Philip Giraldi, November 3, 2024

Why Israel’s Attack on Iran Was a Bust

Mike Whitney, November 6, 2024

The Defender’s Big Pharma Watch delivers the latest headlines related to pharmaceutical companies and their products, including vaccines, drugs, and medical devices and treatments.

The views expressed in the below excerpts from other news sources do not necessarily reflect the views of The Defender.

Our goal is to provide readers with breaking news that affects human health and the environment.

***

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Foe of Drug Makers and Regulators, Is Poised to Wield New Power

New York Times reported:

When 12,000 public health professionals gathered in Minneapolis last week for the annual meeting of the American Public Health Association, Dr. Jerome Adams, who served as surgeon general in the first administration of President-elect Donald J. Trump, issued a pointed warning about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.

“If R.F.K. has a significant influence on the next administration, that could further erode people’s willingness to get up to date with recommended vaccines,” Dr. Adams said. “I am worried about the impact that could have on our nation’s health, on our nation’s economy, on our global security.”

Now, Mr. Kennedy, a vocal skeptic of vaccines, is in a position to have significant influence, and over a broad range of policy. Mr. Trump’s sweeping electoral victory, with Mr. Kennedy at his side, is — in the eyes of their supporters — not only a mandate but also a repudiation of the public health establishment that has long kept Mr. Kennedy at bay.

Mr. Kennedy’s worldview is embodied in two of his most frequent refrains:

“There is nothing more profitable for much of the health care system than a sick child” and

“Public health agencies have become sock puppets for the industries they are supposed to regulate.”

Now that Republicans will control the Senate, Mr. Kennedy could theoretically win confirmation for any one of a number of top health jobs: secretary of Health and Human Services, commissioner of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

“There is a real mandate victory here, with many millions of people who are first-time Trump voters,” said Calley Means, a health care entrepreneur who has been an adviser to Mr. Kennedy and who was instrumental in connecting him to Mr. Trump. “It is a true mandate to take on broken health care institutions, and to deliver the change.”

*

Ghost of Pandemic Haunts US Election with Win for Anti-Vax Movement

The Guardian reported:

Donald Trump will be propelled to the White House for a second term amid concerns about inflation kicked off by the pandemic, with a leading vaccine skeptic — Robert F. Kennedy Jr. — at his side, and proposals from conservative supporters to fundamentally restructure public health agencies central to pandemic-era ire.

COVID-19 was never seen as the central issue of the 2024 presidential campaign season, but in the first post-pandemic presidential election, it reverberated as the anti-vaccine movement ascended to its greatest political heights ever. Even in his Wednesday morning acceptance speech, Trump alluded to changes he expects as his administration comes into focus.

The vaccine skeptic and conspiracy theorist Robert F Kennedy Jr. is “going to help make America healthy again,” Trump told supporters, before adding: “We’re going to let him go to it.” Dr Howard Markel, a historian of medicine at the University of Michigan who has studied pandemics, said he was struck by widespread anger, and called the election’s theme “the ghost of pandemic future.”

“Did you ever think,” Markel said he remarked to colleagues, “when you were doing all this hard work and staying up all night that not like 1% or 10%, but like 50% of the country would be saying you destroyed their life and kept them inside, out of harm’s way, during the pandemic?”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from CHD


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

Carbon Dioxide Is the Least of Our Worries

November 8th, 2024 by Josh Mitteldorf

[This article was posted by GR in August 2023.]

Last week, Nobel physicist John Clauser came out of the Clausit to speak his own inconvenient truth about global warming and CO2 . No good deed goes unpunished. Another physicist who was a personal hero of mine has expressed similar views. This is a big subject, and I don’t feel engaged enough with the issue to write a book, But I will say a few things about which I feel pretty certain, but to which Right Thinking People may take exception. 

  1. Global ecosystems are indeed in crisis, and this is the result of human activity.
  2. But greenhouse gasses, CO2 and climate change are peripheral to this story. The net effect of CO2 emission is likely to be beneficial, if at all relevant.
  3. Environmental activism may be the most important movement on the planet today, and its diversion into a narrow focus on carbon is dangerous.
  4. Weather manipulation is a well-developed, sophisticated science being practiced on a global scale, without open scientific backing and without democratic consent. This, too, is a crime and a major danger. 

1.  Ecosystem Collapse 

Elizabeth Kolbert’s book, The Sixth Extinction, is the best single guide to what is at stake.

Species are disappearing at a rate that has only been rivaled five previous times in the 4-billion-year history of life on earth.

These are seminal events, changing the face of the earth and the nature of life.

The most recent extinction (#5) was the disappearance of the dinosaurs, 65 million years ago. 

We know just enough to realize that ecosystems are complex and interdependent in more ways than we can understand. Ecosystems are robust, and the loss or replacement of a few species triggers adaptations so that the ecosystem continues in a new equilibrium. But ecosystems can also collapse if a keystone species is lost, or if it is sufficiently disrupted. 

Some large fraction of the species on earth is either extinct or rapidly disappearing. It is impossible to offer a more quantitative estimate because most of the macroscopic species have not yet even been catalogued, and of the microscopic species, including bacteria and fungi, our understanding has barely scratched the surface. 

At some point, ecosystems collapse and species disappear because other species on which they depend are disappearing.

This is happening in large stretches of the world.

Ocean life is seeking a new equilibrium after the pollution, overfishing, and the killing spree of the last 50 years in particular.

Forests and wetlands the world over no longer support the diversity of life that they once harbored, and the collapse of biodiversity has a momentum that continues over decades.

The Center for Biological Diversity is a go-to source for information and my favorite environmental group.

Major reasons for this collapse include 

  • habitat loss 
  • deforestation 
  • every war is an environmental disaster
  • widespread poisoning of insects, which are at the base of the animal food chain
  • insects are also pollinators, and plant life becomes fragile when insects disappear  
  • draining of wetlands, mining of fossil water, and damming of rivers
  • deliberate targeting of apex predators, including lions, wolves, and whales
  • washing of topsoil into the rivers and oceans
  • wasteful practices in mining, agriculture, and industry
  • global travel, bringing invasive species that tend to homogenize ecosystems worldwide 

Many people, consciously or otherwise, imagine a transhuman future in which the earth is paved over and food is grown hydroponically.

We’ll eat lab-grown meat and live in a virtual paradise, even after we kill the ecosphere.

This is a dangerous delusion! All life is interdependent.

No species can survive outside an ecosystem. Bacteria manufacture chemicals crucial for life. Insects pollinate. Fungi recycle waste, make atmospheric nitrogen biologically useful, and connect trees underground. No species can exist without a rich ecosystem, and we don’t begin to understand all the connections that create a functional ecosystem. Mankind’s one attempt to create an artificial ecosystem, dubbed Biosphere 2, fell flat on its face within weeks.

In murdering nature, we are destroying the foundation for human life as well.

2.  Carbon Dioxide Has Little to Do with This

Anthropogenic global warming is a tiny fraction of the natural variations in earth’s temperature.

There are great natural cycles in the earth’s temperature. One of the best-documented is a cycle of about 100,000 years. The reasons are not well understood, but the present warm period in which human civilization has developed is not typical. Ice ages are typical.

As recently as 12,000 years ago, the part of Pennsylvania where I live was under a glacier two miles thick. When these conditions inevitably return, it will create a far greater disruption to animal life and to human activity than anthropogenic warming. “We’re overdue for the next ice age,” and it may be that “global warming” is helping to stave off that destiny, at least temporarily.

So, it’s true that we are at the warmest point in the last 100,000 years, but that has little to do with human activity. The 100,000 year cycle has a range of about 10o C, and human activity in the last 200 years is responsible for only about one 1o C.

Compared to local effects in America and Europe during the Little Ice Age of the 18th century, the effect of all our burning of fossil fuels is lost in the noise. Global warming is a worldwide average, while the Little Ice Age was regional; but the point is that even in the last few hundred years, ecosystems have had to adapt to much larger changes than those that global warming has imposed.

All the hype about a climate catastrophe based on carbon emissions is based on computer models that are woefully inadequate. These models have been wrong about the changes in the last 40 years since modeling began. They are no reliable guide to future climate response, though they are are continually being cited as authority.

In the last 7 years in particular, CO2 emissions have continued and accelerated, atmospheric concentration has increased steadily, but temperatures have gone up and down. 

Freeman Dyson makes the point that plants grow faster when there is more CO2 in the air, and when temperatures are warmer. Plants are the productive basis for all ecosystems, so ecosystems are enriched by higher CO2 levels. John Clauser makes the point that there is no evidence that a pattern of extreme weather events can be related to more CO2 in the air.

3.  The Environmental Movement Has Been Derailed by the Carbon Narrative

Many people of good will are passionate about reducing their CO2 footprint. Many companies and organizations are profiting from scaring the public about climate change and selling solutions to enrich themselves such as carbon credits, or pushing nuclear power as a friendlier form of energy than burning wood, coal or petroleum products. (It is not.)

Government policies regarding energy could certainly be improved. The most effective thing we can do is to adopt technologies that use energy much more efficiently than we now do.

Cars that get 200 miles per gallon of gasoline already exist, and public transit can be much more efficient.  Buildings can be designed so that they remain comfortable with much less energy input. Rocky Mountain Institute has been creatively documenting the necessarily policy changes for decades. 

There is an urgent need for all of us to get back to advocating the diverse policy changes that are required to preserve and restore ecosystems, to slow and mitigate the Sixth Extinction.

Reducing carbon emissions is dauntingly difficult, both technically and politically. Technically, because so much of what we do depends on fossil fuel energy, politically because the economic benefits of burning fossil fuels accrue locally, while the costs, if any, are spread across the globe.

Burning oil is associated with spills that devastate ocean life for decades; burning coal is associated with mountaintop removal; fracking causes earthquakes and pollutes groundwater. Cars cause smog and coal-burning power plants put mercury in the air. I’m not saying that fossil fuels are environmentally benign or that our dependence on carbon-based fuels is sustainable; only that atmospheric carbon dioxide is not the locus of the principal harms. 

When vast machines capture carbon dioxide from smokestacks and pipe it thousands of miles to be pumped into the ground, I suspect something is seriously amiss. When companies get environmental brownie points for cutting down forests for woodchips and replanting seedlings, environmentalism has gone mad.

Focus on carbon emissions is the least effective kind of environmental advocacy, and it is probably counter-productive. 

4.  Weather Manipulation Is Everywhere, and It’s Unacknowledged

Chemtrails are real, though the motivation for this vast, multi-billion dollar project is unclear.

My best guess is that HAARP and similar large antennas are being used to push air masses around the globe with electrostatics and stratospheric heating, and that seeding the stratosphere with aluminum is part of a coordinated effort to send that radio energy to desired locations.  

At open house, scientists explain what HAARP can — and can't — do

Dane Wigington has done more than anyone to document this. He has an encyclopedic knowledge of the phenomena, but I don’t believe he understands the motivation for weather manipulation. This is his introductory video.

Droughts and cold snaps are being weaponized to reduce agriculture output. Hurricanes are being steered toward inhabited areas.

It may be that weather manipulation could be applied in a productive and broadly beneficial program, but evidence is that the opposite is being pursued. 

I believe that the long drought in California, floods in Texas, and the recent transport of smoke from Quebec to blanket the densely populated Eastern US are all examples of weather manipulation. I believe that these engineered weather anomalies are being put forward as evidence that CO2 is deranging the weather. I realize that it is difficult to prove that any particular weather anomaly is engineered, but Wigington’s evidence convinces me. 

There is no doubt that the technology of weather manipulation has been maturing for many decades, and present capabilities are unacknowledged. Who is manipulating the weather and what is motivating them? I think these are important, open questions.

The Bottom Line 

Please redouble your advocacy for environmental protection in all its forms. Please educate yourself about chemtrails and geoengineering. And don’t worry about CO2.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s substack, Unauthorized Science.

All images in this article are from the author

Como esperado, os EUA acusam mais uma vez a Federação Russa de interferir no seu alegado “processo eleitoral democrático”. Washington parece incapaz de reconhecer os seus problemas internos e de lidar racionalmente com os desafios políticos gerados pela polarização entre Republicanos e Democratas, tentando muitas vezes culpar um inimigo externo por questões de natureza absolutamente interna.

As acusações infundadas de interferência russa nas eleições parecem ter-se tornado uma espécie de “tradição política” nos EUA. Desde a primeira vitória de Donald Trump em 2016, o Partido Democrata e os seus apoiadores nas instituições norte-americanas têm acusado frequentemente Moscou de estar por detrás de alegadas manobras de manipulação eleitoral, tentando induzir o povo americano a escolher o candidato que alegadamente melhor serve os interesses russos. Embora nunca tenham sido apresentadas provas concretas desta manipulação, os meios de comunicação ocidentais insistem em repetir estas acusações, o que soa verdadeiramente ridículo para um país que afirma ser a maior potência mundial.

As acusações vêm de várias formas. Alguns afirmam que a Rússia promove contas pró-Trump nas redes sociais para espalhar narrativas fabricadas, notícias falsas e todo o tipo de manobras para encorajar votos no candidato republicano. Obviamente, as acusações aumentam ainda mais caso os republicanos vençam, o que é precisamente o caso. Os Democratas, que continuarão a controlar o aparelho de Estado até ao início do próximo ano, acusam Trump de ter sido favorecido pelos meios russos de guerra cibernética e de informação, com contas pró-republicanas nas redes sociais alegadamente controladas por “ativos russos”.

Para a imprensa democrata, parece simplesmente impossível que o americano médio possa escolher votar em Trump por livre arbítrio e por decisão individual. A mídia parece ver os americanos pró-Trump como pessoas absolutamente ignorantes, incapazes de decidir em quem votar e dependentes de “manipulação” para escolher Trump. Obviamente, estes mesmos jornalistas não conseguem explicar como, em tal situação, estes supostos “eleitores ignorantes” não escolheriam Kamala Harris, uma vez que a maior parte do trabalho de propaganda eleitoral é feito precisamente pelos grandes meios de comunicação americanos – a favor dos Democratas.

Alguns acusadores vão ainda mais fundo nas suas narrativas, alegando que Moscou não só manipula a opinião pública, mas também utiliza métodos de guerra cibernética para interferir diretamente no sistema informático americano, tentando assim favorecer Trump na contagem dos votos. Além de não haver evidências de ação ciber militar russa contra o sistema eleitoral norte-americano, a acusação parece interessante de ser feita justamente pelo Estado que se afirma hegemônico no setor tecnológico global. Em teoria, os EUA deveriam estar preparados para enfrentar qualquer tipo de ameaça cibernética, especialmente em setores críticos como o sistema eleitoral, mas Washington, ao inventar falsas acusações, admite involuntariamente que não tem capacidade suficiente para monitorizar o que se passa no seu ciberespaço.

Há um fator muito simples que refuta todas estas acusações contra a Rússia: a falta de interesse eleitoral de Moscou nas eleições dos EUA. Seria ingênuo acreditar que as autoridades russas estão realmente a apostar em Donald Trump como uma alternativa melhor. Apesar de o Presidente eleito dos EUA ter prometido parar de enviar armas para a Ucrânia, as possibilidades reais de vitória dele na luta contra o lobby pró-guerra são baixas, uma vez que a rede de empresários, funcionários e especuladores a favor da guerra contra a Rússia parece ser mais poderoso que a própria Casa Branca.

Para Moscou, uma vitória de Trump ou Harris significaria basicamente a mesma coisa, uma vez que o regime de Kiev, dada a sua ideologia neonazista e anti-russa, não interromperia as ações militares, mesmo que fosse ordenado a fazê-lo pelos seus patrões ocidentais. Obviamente, sem as armas americanas, as ações ucranianas seriam afetadas, mas isso não significaria o fim do conflito, mas sim o início do uso de métodos assimétricos, como a guerra de guerrilha e a expansão do terrorismo. No final, as hostilidades continuarão de qualquer maneira, sendo o fim da violência possível apenas através de uma vitória militar russa no campo de batalha.

O que os Democratas não parecem capazes de admitir é que a sua derrota é o resultado da incompetência da sua própria administração ao longo dos últimos quatro anos. O Partido Democrata, sob Biden, não conseguiu pacificar os EUA, apostando numa política irresponsável de rivalidade contra os republicanos. O resultado foi claro: como consequência natural da polarização, o povo americano entendeu que todos os problemas sociais que afetam atualmente o país são culpa dos democratas e decidiu apostar no único candidato que prometeu reverter este cenário.

Biden teve uma administração desastrosa, colocando o mundo em risco nuclear real. Além disso, os Democratas não conseguiram chegar a um consenso sobre o seu novo candidato, com alguns membros do partido a sabotar claramente o atual Presidente e a fazer lobby para que Harris concorra nas fases iniciais do processo eleitoral. Os americanos comuns viram que o partido no poder não parece sequer capaz de resolver os seus próprios problemas institucionais, sendo, naturalmente, inadequado para governar o país.

No final das contas, a eleição de Trump é resultado direto dos erros cometidos pelos democratas. Os russos nada têm a ver com isso e Moscou pouco se preocupa com o nome do novo presidente dos EUA, uma vez que o conflito na Ucrânia só terminará quando a Federação Russa compreender que os objetivos da operação militar especial foram alcançados.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : US again trying to blame Russia for its own domestic problems, InfoBrics, 7 de Novembro de 2024.

Imagem :  InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Tell Canadian Parliament: Recognize Palestinian Statehood Now!

November 7th, 2024 by Canadians for Justice and Peace in the Middle East

Palestine satisfies all the criteria for statehood according to the Montevideo Convention: it has a

  • permanent population,
  • a defined territory,
  • a government and
  • the ability to enter relations with other states.

Over 140 countries have already recognized Palestine, with Spain, Ireland and Norway joining the chorus just recently.

If Canada says it supports Palestinian self-determination, it should delay no longer, and recognize Palestine immediately!

Click here to send an email to the members of Parliament’s Foreign Affairs Committee, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, other political leaders, and your own MP. Recognize Palestinian Statehood now!

.

 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from CJPME

Donald Trump has staged a remarkable return to the White House, securing a victory in the U.S. presidential election and marking an unprecedented comeback after his earlier term. For many Americans disillusioned by the policies of President Joe Biden, Trump’s win represents the possibility of change, especially in areas where Biden’s approach has drawn criticism both domestically and internationally. Supporters of Trump argue that his leadership promises a shift away from Biden’s policies, particularly in foreign affairs, economic strategy, and national security.

The Biden Administration: A Period of Discontent

Throughout Biden’s presidency, critics have argued that his administration failed to act decisively on a number of key issues affecting American interests. Supporters of Trump see Biden’s approach as having prioritized international alliances and sanctions, sometimes at the perceived expense of American and even global stability. One of the clearest examples cited by critics has been Biden’s stance on the war in Ukraine. Biden’s support for Ukraine and his coordination with European allies to impose sanctions on Russia have, in the view of some, strained relations with EU-member countries and prolonged a costly conflict with global economic repercussions.

Beyond Ukraine, Biden’s Middle East policy has come under intense scrutiny, especially concerning the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. The situation in Gaza, marked by cycles of violence, humanitarian crises, and accusations of genocide, has fueled criticism that Biden’s stance did little to alter or alleviate the suffering in the region. Trump, on the other hand, has promised to pursue a policy that could potentially end both the war in Ukraine and what he has described as the “genocide” in Gaza, although specific strategies remain to be seen.

Trump’s Promises: Peace and Pragmatism?

Trump’s campaign was fueled by a promise to bring about sweeping changes on the international stage. During his speeches, he vowed to broker peace between Ukraine and Russia, a position that has resonated with Americans concerned about U.S. involvement in prolonged conflicts. Trump also spoke about addressing the ongoing violence in Gaza, calling for direct negotiations and signaling a potential break from longstanding U.S. support for certain regional policies.

His foreign policy approach suggests a shift toward “America First” pragmatism, promising to pull back on what he and his supporters see as costly foreign entanglements. Trump has criticized NATO’s current framework, suggesting a reevaluation or even dismantling of the alliance, which he claims has been used by past administrations to exert U.S. control over global events rather than to protect American interests. This stance appeals to Americans who are weary of their country’s extensive military commitments abroad.

The Shadow of the “Deep State”: Can Trump Deliver?

One key question surrounding Trump’s return to office is whether he can enact the transformative changes he has promised or if he will face insurmountable resistance from the so-called “deep state.” Many believe that U.S. presidents have limited power in the face of entrenched interests within the intelligence community, military-industrial complex, and multinational corporations that hold significant sway in Washington.

The “deep state” is seen by critics as a force that guides and influences American policies regardless of who holds the Oval Office. In his previous term, Trump frequently claimed that his policies were undermined by powerful actors within the government who opposed his populist agenda. This time around, he faces an uphill battle in attempting to dismantle or even weaken these longstanding power structures, and his success or failure in this regard will likely define his legacy.

The Global Stakes: Hopes for a Better Future?

Trump’s supporters at home and abroad see his presidency as a potential turning point for global peace and stability. The end of the war in Ukraine, a resolution to the crisis in Gaza, and a reevaluation of NATO are aspirations that resonate widely. While his critics argue that Trump’s policies could further destabilize some regions, his base remains hopeful that he can bring about positive change.

One key concern for both Americans and the world at large is Trump’s capacity to balance these aspirations with the realities of governance. As he returns to office, he inherits a divided nation with polarized views on his leadership and policies. His critics fear that his policies could create new divides, both domestically and internationally, while his supporters believe his unique approach could yield results where traditional diplomacy has faltered.

Conclusion: A Presidency Full of Unknowns

Trump’s return to the White House has brought both renewed hope and lingering skepticism. For supporters, he represents a leader who can challenge the status quo and prioritize American interests in ways that have been neglected by previous administrations. For others, his presidency raises questions about stability, accountability, and the risks of unconventional governance.

As Trump embarks on his second term, the world will be watching closely to see whether he fulfills his promises or is met with the constraints that come with governing a superpower. His tenure could reshape U.S. foreign policy, alter alliances, and change the landscape of international relations. But whether he will succeed in his bold vision remains to be seen.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Prof. Ruel F. Pepa is a Filipino philosopher based in Madrid, Spain. A retired academic (Associate Professor IV), he taught Philosophy and Social Sciences for more than fifteen years at Trinity University of Asia, an Anglican university in the Philippines. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Sources

“Explained: Impact Of Donald Trump’s White House Return On World Economy” . . . https://www.ndtv.com/world-news/us-elections-2024-explained-impact-of-donald-trumps-white-house-return-on-world-economy-6958803

“Trump promises to bring lasting peace to a tumultuous Middle East. But fixing it won’t be easy” . . . https://apnews.com/article/trump-mideast-netanyahu-israel-gaza-iran-wars-2e37305522d19bdc34e956586cce99bd

“What does Trump’s re-election mean for the rest of the world?” . . . https://www.dazeddigital.com/life-culture/article/65036/1/donald-trump-us-election-2024-foreign-policy-gaza-ukraine-taiwan

“Trump’s victory could mean US withdraws support for Ukraine in war with Russia” . . . https://edition.cnn.com/2024/11/06/politics/trump-election-ukraine-war-russia-intl/index.html

“Undoing the ‘deep state’ means Trump would undo over a century of progress in building a federal government for the people and not just for rich white men” . . . https://theconversation.com/undoing-the-deep-state-means-trump-would-undo-over-a-century-of-progress-in-building-a-federal-government-for-the-people-and-not-just-for-rich-white-men-234421

“What will Trump’s return to the White House mean for NATO?” . . . https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/06/what-will-trumps-return-to-the-white-house-mean-for-nato 

Featured image is by Gage Skidmore via Flickr

7 year old Maine boy Evan Briggs collapsed while playing football.

“I watched him run off with a football in his arm and I went and gathered my water bottles and when I turned around, he was down.”

“Their son went into sudden cardiac arrest”

The Bath Area YMCA said in a Facebook post that the child was part of their youth sports program and “collapsed while playing on the field” on Tuesday, Sept. 17. 

“Staff immediately performed CPR and called paramedics who quickly responded and transported the child to the hospital,” their statement added. “We were devastated to learn that, despite the best efforts of our staff and emergency responders, the young child passed away.”

The boy has been identified by his parents as Evan Briggs.

His father, Nathan, told NBC affiliate WCSH that his oldest son was trying out for the Bath YMCA’s new flag football team when he collapsed. 

“I watched him run off with a football in his arm and I went and gathered my water bottles and when I turned around, he was down,” he said. 

His parents told the outlet he had a cardiac arrest. “He pretty much died in my arms,” the dad added.

Evan was born with holes in his heart but had surgery to repair them. Still, the parents were shocked by his death, saying he was a healthy and active boy — never skipping a doctor appointment. 

.

.

Falkirk, UK – 9 year old Stevie McKinlay collapsed with a cardiac arrest and died on Sep. 30, 2024.

“He was immediately put on life support but despite the efforts of medical staff…there was no hope…died in her arms”

.

.

My Take…

Incredible phenomenon.

5-11 year olds are collapsing with cardiac arrests and dying, and parents are perfectly fine with this.

Are the kids 12-18 years old doing any better?

Not really.

15 year old Killian was a soccer player for at Kilmore Celtic F. He died on Oct. 22, 2024.

.

.

17 year old Killian Collins died unexpectedly at home on Nov. 1, 2024. He played for the Sam Maguire GAA.

.

.

Australia – teenage cricket star Kade Sutton had a cardiac arrest and was clinically dead for 5 minutes.

.

.

Brazil – 15 year old Nicole collapsed and died of Cardiac arrest while playing basketball at school on Oct. 18, 2024.

.

.

Canada, Montreal, Quebec – 18 year old Keayton Bijou Jurovich had a pulmonary embolism and a cardiac arrest and died suddenly on Sep. 26, 2024.

.

.

Three Tennessee High School Track stars ages 13, 15 and 18 collapsed and died suddenly in the past 2 moths.

Aug. 27 – 15 year old Tristen Franklin

Sep. 18 – 13 year old Katherine Lindsay Rust

Oct. 16 – 18 year old Janie Grace Moss

The kids are not alright.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.

Featured image is from COVID Intel


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Here’s What Trump’s Peace Plan Might Look Like and Why Russia Might Agree to It

By Andrew Korybko, November 07, 2024

More than likely, he’ll seek to freeze the conflict along the Line of Contact (LOC), wherever it may be by that time, as he’s not expected to coerce Ukraine into withdrawing from the regions whose administrative borders Russia claims in their entirety.

The Price of Eggs: Why Harris Lost to Trump

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, November 07, 2024

From foreign to domestic policy, Harris failed to distinguish herself as one able to depart from the Biden program in her own right. Instead, it was hoped that some organic coalition of anti-Trump Republicans, independents, Black voters, women and American youth would somehow materialise at the ballot box.

President Trump Reelected. What’s Next? Is the Deep State Divided? Has Putin Congratulated President-Elect Trump?

By Peter Koenig, November 07, 2024

The so-called Deep State seems to be divided. On the one hand, they let Trump win the elections (maybe the voter gap was too big to be rigged?); and on the other, they will not let go, and do everything possible to avoid Trump entering the White House on 20 January 2025.

What Comes Next for the Palestinians? Trump Unlikely to Oppose Netanyahu’s Genocide

By Philip Giraldi, November 07, 2024

During the lead-up to the presidential campaign, Trump sometimes referred to himself as the most popular politician in Israel, including a conceit that if he were able to run for office in that country he would be able to get elected to the highest offices without any problem.

Oh No, Now the US Will Have a President Who Does Bad Things

By Caitlin Johnstone, November 07, 2024

The reason US presidential elections are so close and US politics remain divided pretty much 50–50 is because both parties are constantly walking the tightrope of trying to give the donor class as much as possible while giving Americans as little as possible and still getting votes.

Russian Army Now the Strongest in the World: US News and World Report

By Ahmed Adel, November 06, 2024

The American magazine US News and World Report declared the Russian army the strongest in the world. This is because the Russian military has combat experience that no other army in the world has, not even Israel or the United States. More importantly, Russia’s combat experience is with wars of the 21st century, which are completely different from those of the previous century.

“The World As It Was”: A Masterly Documentary Film. “Four Died Trying”. JFK, Malcolm X, Martin Luther King Jr, R. F. Kennedy

By Edward Curtin, November 07, 2024

Here’s a film about the 1950s – “The World As It Was” – that will tell you a great deal about life in the U.S.A. today, while disabusing anyone of the notion that nostalgia for that mephitic decade is in order, for it was a time when “democracy” tended toward totalitarianism. 

As of noon US EST, President-Elect Donald Trump had 292 electoral votes and about 72 million popular votes; versus Ms. Kamala Harris’s 224 electoral votes and about 67 million popular votes. A difference of about 5 million, out of about 139 million ballots cast (3.5%) – quite a significant majority, under the circumstances of a highly propagandized anti-Trump media and judicial campaign during the past four years.

Twenty-two electoral votes still need to be attributed. It looks now, they may also go Mr. Trump’s way. That would bring the Trump total to 314, an almost 17% advantage over Ms. Harris.

The Republicans also win control of the Senate for the next two years; control of the House is still on knife’s edge as of this moment, though it looks like the Republicans will also have a majority.

This would give the new President substantial power to implement his campaign promises, like ending the wars in Ukraine and the Middle East, as Mr. Trump assured several times during his campaign.

This would mean a monumental shift in US policy vis-à-vis Russia and Israel. Will the new President be able to pull that through, despite the strong Zionist and war lobbies?

This uncertainty may be the reason why Russian President Vladimir Putin did not congratulate President-Elect Trump, and has no intention to do so, according to the Kremlin spokesperson, Dmitry Peskov.

“I am not aware of the president’s plans to congratulate Trump on the election,” Peskov said during the morning press briefing. He added, “Let’s not forget that we are talking about an unfriendly country that is both directly and indirectly involved in the war against our state.”

See this from Politico.

.

Screenshot from Politico

.

The so-called Deep State seems to be divided. On the one hand, they let Trump win the elections (maybe the voter gap was too big to be rigged?); and on the other, they will not let go, and do everything possible to avoid Trump entering the White House on 20 January 2025.

There are more than just random rumors that the Deep State is plotting against Trump moving into the White House in January 2025. The CIA is “prepping America for Martial Law”; see this by Neil Oliver and “Redacted”:

Under Martial Law the election results and the take-over of the new Presidency could be suspended indefinitely.

Let us hope that this will not happen, and the United States may look forward to a new era, where President Trump can implement his program.

The usual question at this point is, what will the new President do during the first 100 days?

First, according to his campaign promises,

  • Ending wars and bringing back the billions sent to Ukraine,
  • Stopping weapon deliveries to Ukraine and Israel, and,
  • Foremost, stopping NATO’s aggressions against Russia.

No easy tasks.

Second, he plans on addressing the huge issue of illegal immigration, including deportation of illegals, a continuous and long-term proposition;

Third, Making America Great Again (MAGA), which involves improving the economy – tax breaks and import tariffs were mentioned, reducing inflation so that the average American’s income will be able to properly support a family again; and

Forth, Make America Healthy Again (MAHA), also a long-term proposal, for which he delegated responsibility to Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who was remarkably absent during Mr. Trump’s Victory Speech in the early morning of 6 November, at his Mar-a-Lago HQ, Palm Beach, Florida.

If Donald Trump can begin to tackle all these tasks in the first 100 days of his Presidency, he ought to be congratulated.

Overall, most Americans and most of the world are hoping and looking forward to a new beginning, for a new cycle of Light and positive living, after the past four years of tyranny by an “invisible” Deep State.

Let us give the new President – and the New Future – a chance.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image source

Putin might agree to freeze the conflict along the Line of Contact in spite of prior rhetoric against this scenario in the event that Trump threatens to escalate the conflict as punishment if he doesn’t.

Trump’s pledge to resolve the Ukrainian Conflict in 24 hours is unrealistic, but he’ll inevitably propose a peace plan at some point in time, thus raising questions about what it would look like and whether Russia would agree to it. More than likely, he’ll seek to freeze the conflict along the Line of Contact (LOC), wherever it may be by that time, as he’s not expected to coerce Ukraine into withdrawing from the regions whose administrative borders Russia claims in their entirety.

Nor is Russia expected to obtain control over them by the time that Trump’s proposal is made. It still hasn’t removed Ukrainian forces from Donbass, which is at the heart of its claims, and therefore is unlikely to capture Zaporozhye city, that namesake’s areas on the side of the Dnieper River, nor Kherson Region’s aforesaid adjacent lands either. It might gain some more territory if Pokrovsk is captured, but the US might dangerously “escalate to de-escalate” to stop a run on the river if Ukraine is then routed.

This could take the form of threatening a conventional NATO intervention if the political will exists to spark a Cuban-like brinksmanship crisis, the odds of which would greatly increase if Russia made any move in that scenario to cross the Dnieper and thus risk the collapse of that bloc’s Ukrainian project. Be that as it may, no such run on the river is expected, with the most that Russia might do is lay siege to Zaporozhye city, but even that might not materialize by the time that Trump shares his peace plan.

Russia will therefore almost certainly be asked to freeze the conflict along the LOC, albeit without rescinding its territorial claims just like Ukraine won’t either, under the threat of Trump ramping up military support to Ukraine if the Kremlin refuses to cease hostilities. This prediction is predicated on summer’s report that some of his advisors suggested that he do precisely that as punishment for Russia rubbishing whatever peace plan that he ultimately offers it.

Considering his tough-talking personality and proclivity for “escalating to de-escalate” on his terms if he feels disrespected, which he flirted doing with North Korea during his first term as a negotiating tactic, he’s thus expected to comply with the aforesaid suggestion in that event. Given Putin’s consummate pragmatism as he understands his style to be and his aversion to escalations, he might very well comply, but he could also request that Trump coerce Zelensky into making concessions to facilitate this.

These might include rescinding 2019’s constitutional amendment making NATO membership a strategic objective, promulgating legislation that Russia considers to advance its denazification goals, freezing further weapons shipments to Ukraine, and carving out a buffer zone within part of Ukrainian territory. In the order that they were mentioned, the first one would be superficial after this year’s raft of security guarantees between Ukraine and several NATO countries already made it a de facto member of the bloc.

To explain, they all entail commitments to resume their existing military support for Ukraine if its conflict with Russia flares up again upon its eventual end, and this selfsame support arguably aligns with NATO’s Article 5. Contrary to popular perceptions, it doesn’t obligate them to send troops, but only to provide whatever support they believe is necessary to aid allies under attack. This is what they’re already doing, yet Russia never escalated in response to this being enshrined in their bilateral military deals.

As for the second speculative concession that Putin might request that Trump coerce Zelensky into making, the returning American leader and his team haven’t ever signaled any interest in helping Russia denazify Ukraine, and coercing it into promulgating legislation might be seen as bad optics abroad. Since Russia can’t force Ukraine to do this, that particular goal of the special operation will likely remain unfulfilled, in which case it probably wouldn’t be discussed much anymore by officials and the media.

Moving along to the third, Trump probably wouldn’t agree to freeze arms shipments to Ukraine, but they might naturally be curtailed as he refocuses America’s military priorities on containing China in Asia instead of continuing to contain Russia in Europe. About that, his reported plan to encourage NATO members to take more responsibility for their defense is already being implemented under Biden as explained here, and they might continue arms shipments even if the US curtails its own.

Even so, the potentially natural curtailment of US arms shipments to Ukraine could be spun as partially fulfilling Russia’s demilitarization goal, as could any buffer zone that Trump might agree to coerce Ukraine into carving out on its own territory to prevent it from shelling Russian cities. That’ll be a hard sell for Putin to make, and Trump might be pressured by the “deep state” (the permanent members of the US’ military, intelligence, and diplomatic bureaucracies) into resisting, but it can’t be ruled out either.

The reason for this cautious optimism is because it would provide a “face-saving” means for Russia to freeze the conflict despite not achieving its maximum objectives instead of risking a Cuban-like brinksmanship crisis by rejecting Trump’s expected proposal to “save face” at home and abroad. Trump wouldn’t make idle threats and certainly wouldn’t let Putin call his bluff even if that was the case so he’s expected to go through with arming Ukraine to the teeth if his peace deal falls flat.

That said, he also campaigned on ending the Ukrainian Conflict, and he’d personally prefer to replenish America’s depleted stockpiles in parallel with arming its Asian allies to the teeth against China instead continuing to arm Ukraine and risking a major crisis with Russia. His Sino-centric New Cold War focus is shared by a minority of the “deep state”, the majority of whom want to continue prioritizing Russia’s containment in Europe over China’s in Asia but who still never recklessly escalated with Russia thus far.

They’ve indeed escalated, but this was always preceded by signaling their intent to do so (such as via the provisioning of various arms) long before this happened, thus giving Russia enough time to calculate a response instead of risking an “overreaction” that could spiral into war with NATO. These anti-Russian hawks might therefore begrudgingly go along with any buffer zone that Trump might agree to if it avoids a potentially uncontrollable escalation like what he might threaten to do if Russia doesn’t take his deal.

Subversive “deep state” elements might even try to provoke such an escalation in order to avert that buffer zone scenario or any other that they consider to be unacceptable concessions to Russia, which remains a risk before and after his inauguration, but it’s clearly not their faction’s preferred scenario. This conclusion is arrived at by recalling on the abovementioned observation about how they always signaled their escalatory intentions far in advance thus far at least in order to avoid a major escalation.

Even if Trump doesn’t comply with any of Putin’s speculative requests to help the latter “save face” by freezing the conflict despite not achieving his country’s maximum goals in the conflict, he could always dangle the carrot of phased sanctions relief of the sort proposed by Richard Haas earlier this week. The former President of the hugely influential Council on Foreign Relations suggested that this could encourage Russia’s compliance with a ceasefire, and it’s possible that Putin might agree to this.

The Russian economy weathered the West’s unprecedented sanctions regime, but Russia’s grand plans to create alternative financial institutions and pivot to the non-West haven’t been as successful. This analysis here about how the latest BRICS Summit achieved nothing of tangible significance at all points out how none of this association’s ambitious initiatives were rolled out. It also hyperlinks to proof that the Chinese-based New Development Bank and the SCO Bank surprisingly comply with US sanctions.

Moreover, “Russia & China’s US-Provoked Payment Problems Caught Most BRICS Enthusiasts By Surprise” in early September after RT published a feature analysis about this politically inconvenient development, which shows that the Chinese centerpiece of Russia’s grand plans isn’t fully on board with them. There’s also the similarly inconvenient fact that Russia’s pivot to the non-West mostly only consists of resource sales to such countries and has yet to become anything more significant.

It accordingly wouldn’t be surprising if Putin appreciated promises of phased sanctions relief in exchange for agreeing to freeze the conflict along the LOC no matter how disappointing of an end this may be to its special operation in the eyes of its most zealous supporters. After all, Foreign Minister Lavrov told a group of ambassadors last month that Russia demands “the lifting of Western anti-Russian sanctions”, so it’s clearly on the collective Kremlin’s mind no matter what its perception managers claim.

Even if Trump makes such promises, however, keeping them would be difficult since many of America’s anti-Russian sanctions are codified into law after being voted on by Congress. They might go along with any request to rescind them, but they also might not, thus throwing a wrench in Russia’s plans. The US also can’t force the EU to rescind its respective sanctions, and anti-Russian countries like Poland and the Baltic States might create obstacles to the resumption of trade with Russia if the EU’s ties with it thaw.  

Should they be implemented even if only semi-successfully, then Trump could claim a victory in “un-uniting” Russia and China like he promised to do even if those two’s trade continues to grow (mostly through Chinese resource imports and replacing lost Western products on Russian shelves). He could also sell this phased sanctions relief proposal to anti-Russian “deep state” hawks and the Europeans on that basis to help secure their support and deflect from claims that he’s doing it as a favor to Putin.

Reflecting on the insight that was shared in this analysis, Trump’s peace plan isn’t expected to have any surprises, nor would it be surprising if Russia agrees to it for the reasons that were explained. The US holds the cards and will only agree to any of Putin’s speculatively requested concessions in order to make it easier for him to “save face” for freezing the conflict despite not achieving his maximum goals. Neither wants a major escalation and both are fatigued with this proxy war so such a deal might work.

It’ll therefore be interesting to see how the rhetoric from Russian officials and their global media ecosystem might change as reports leak out about what exactly Trump has in mind. He and the minority “deep state” faction that supports him are motivated by their desire to “Pivot (back) to Asia” in order to more muscularly contain China, hence their interest in wrapping up this proxy war. As for Russia, it’s beginning to realize that a compromise of some sort is inevitable and must thus prepare the public.

Something unexpected might of course happen to completely change this analysis such as if hawks on either side convince their respective presidents to double down on the conflict, but the arguments made therein cogently account for each side’s interests, especially Russia’s. If everything more or less unfolds as written, then observers can expect a “Great Media/Perception Reset” in terms of Russia’s narrative towards the conflict, which would be required to facilitate whatever compromises Putin might make.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. 

Featured image is from the author

Well, it’s over…or is it? Donald Trump will be the next president of the United States backed by a GOP-controlled Senate and possibly even a majority in the House of Representatives. And one should not discount the advantage derived from having a largely conservative Supreme Court, but much depends on who Trump appoints to key cabinet positions, a weakness in the first Trump presidency as he tended to select ideologues rather than candidates with relevant knowledge or experience. One hopes, for example, that neither the usual claque of neocons nor establishment characters like Mike Pompeo or Tom Cotton, who have been mentioned as possible candidates for Secretary of Defense, will appear on anyone’s list for high office.

During the lead-up to the presidential campaign, Trump sometimes referred to himself as the most popular politician in Israel, including a conceit that if he were able to run for office in that country he would be able to get elected to the highest offices without any problem. That was, at least in Donald’s mind, an expression of gratitude for how he had done so much for Israel in 2016-2020, including moving the US Embassy to Jerusalem, accepting the annexation of the Syrian Golan Heights, providing political cover for Israeli actions, and a declaration that the US would not do anything to interfere with military and police actions connected to Israeli settlement expansion on the nominally Palestinian West Bank. Israel also appreciated Trump’s appointment of his lawyer David Friedman as US Ambassador. Friedman proved to be a full time apologist for Israel, not representing or defending American interests. In the recent presidential campaign, Trump spoke frequently to Jewish Republican groups and declared himself to be Israel’s best friend and supporter among US politicians.

The Israeli media has also reported that the present Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu much preferred Trump over Kamala Harris, possibly because the PM has developed what is reported to be a close personal relationship with the Trump son-in-law Jared Kushner, who has apparently served often as a conduit to Donald. Netanyahu in fact was the first foreign head of state to telephone personally to congratulate Trump on his repeat victory at 2 a.m. on Wednesday. Netanyahu declared that Trump’s win was “historic” and said it “offers a new beginning for America and a powerful recommitment to the great alliance between Israel and America. This is a huge victory!”

.

Source: X

.

It is generally believed that Netanyahu also apparently harbors some deep suspicion of the Democratic Party in spite of the Biden Administrations generosity in arms and cash transfers, presumably in part because the Democrats harbor a small but active progressive wing which has been vocal about blocking arms sales to Israel due to its genocide of the Palestinians. The Republicans have no such tendencies apart from a persistent Tom Massie in the House and Rand Paul occasionally saying the right thing from the Senate. And key Republicans like current House speaker Mike Johnson are so in bed with Israel and all its works that he should perhaps consider moving there permanently as the average American gets nothing from the expensive and exceedingly bloody relationship apart from opprobrium from nearly the entire world for complicity in the extermination of the Palestinians. In other words, if one is expecting a return to sanity over what is going on in the Middle East, don’t expect it to come from Donald Trump.

And Netanyahu should be very pleased with the Trump victory for one other important reason, which is how he will be able to deal with an American president. The Wall Street Journal is already reporting from Israeli sources that Netanyahu is definitely expecting a “freer hand” from the new administration to do whatever he wants politically and militarily. Trump’s ego and his personal and spontaneous manner of governing is exactly the kind of relationship Bibi feels most comfortable dealing with. Netanyahu believes he can manipulate Trump and cultivate his personal relationship with the president to include dealing with him directly without worrying about any other players. Netanyahu will be in position to personally flatter, mollify, or confuse Trump even if the president were to surprisingly decide that it would be better if Israel backed off on its aggression. Netanyahu and his allies in the US Congress will be united in convincing Trump that this would be a bad idea.

Bearing in mind that Joe Biden will continue to be president for the next two months and he has demonstrated an infinite capacity to screw things up through his clueless proxies Antony Blinken and Lloyd Austin plus the comic interlude provided by State Department spokesman Matt Miller, who cracked a joke and laughed about the clearly demonstrated Israeli attempt to starve the Gazans to death. But possible Biden missteps notwithstanding, Israel should be on balance very pleased with the election result. Trump is, of course, fully supportive of the slaughter of the Palestinians and is quite willing to deal similarly with the Iranians if they should “spill one drop of American blood” by “spilling gallons of theirs.” His advice to the Israeli government has been that they should “finish the job” on dealing with the Pals not for either humane or political reasons but rather because Israel is getting a bad reputation for its openly espoused massacring of civilians, including in excess of 13,000 children. In a phone call with Netanyahu in October, Trump praised escalation of Israeli military actions in Lebanon. Senator Lindsay Graham, who was on the call, described how

“He didn’t tell him what to do militarily, but he expressed that he was impressed by the pagers [and] he expressed his awe for their military operations and what they have done. He told them, do what you have to do to defend yourself.”

undefined

Image: Miriam Adelson at the Republican Jewish Coalition’s 2023 Annual Leadership Summit at the Venetian Convention & Expo Center in Las Vegas, Nevada. (Copyright Gage Skidmore / Licensed under CC BY-SA 2.0)

Trump is also appreciative of the millions of dollars that went his way during the presidential campaign from Israel’s best friends in the US.

The reported $100 million that came from a single donor, casino billionaire Israeli Miriam Adelson, was allegedly in exchange for a Trump agreement to permit Israel’s annexation of what remains of the Palestinian West Bank. The multi-ethnic Arab country called Palestine in 1948 would thereby become the Jewish state of Israel de jure as well as de facto. And the expansion and warmaking with Israel’s neighbors as Netanyahu seeks to establish his country’s military dominance over the entire region will go on, with US garrisons illegally based in Syria and Iraq playing supporting roles. Trump could have removed them as well as carrying out a withdrawal from Afghanistan when he was last in office, but for reasons unknown chose not to, possibly due to pressure from the Israelis.

In short, based on the record in 2016-2020 and recent campaign rhetoric, there is no possibility that President Trump will put any pressure on Israel to cease and desist from what it has been doing in Lebanon, the West Bank and Gaza. This is potentially bad news for the Palestinians and Lebanese but it also is not welcomed by the likely majority of Americans who now oppose arming and funding Israeli genocide. It comes on top of Trump’s frequent denunciation of “useless wars” though he most often cites Ukraine in that context, promising to end that conflict “in one day” by virtue of his sheer star power, personal intervention and diplomacy. One hopes that is true, and, of course, Kiev has no powerful domestic lobby apart from the arms industry to object and continue to want to feed the fighting, so it is possible that Russia-Ukraine is actually moving towards some kind of end. Maybe if that fighting ends and sets a good example, someone in Washington will wake up and seek the same type of agreement to calm the Middle East.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is councilforthenationalinterest.org, address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected].

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: President Donald J. Trump and Vice President Mike Pence participate in an expanded bilateral meeting with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu Monday, Jan. 27, 2020, in the Oval Office of the White House. (Official White House Photo by D. Myles Cullen)

The Price of Eggs: Why Harris lost to Trump

November 7th, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

It takes some skill to make Donald J. Trump look good.  Two Democrats have succeeded in doing so: Hillary Clinton in 2016 and Kamala Harris in 2024.  The conceit of both presidential campaigns, and the belief that attacking a staggeringly grotesque moral character for being such, was laughable. (When a Clinton mocks groping philanderers and creepy molestersone must reach for, well, the Starr Report?)  In certain countries, abominating and execrating your political adversary for being a moral defective might work.  In the United States, such figures can draw benefit from being outside the constraints of law-abiding society.  They are quite literally outlaw spirits that still speak of that nebulous notion called the American Dream while encouraging everyone else to come for the ride. Realising it involves treading on toes and breaking a few skulls on the way, but that’s the expectation.   

From the start, the Democrats had tied themselves in knots by convincing President Joe Biden that he could not only last the tenure of his office but run against Trump.  Doing so, and deriding those wishing to see a change in the guard, created a needless handicap.  Throughout late 2023 and early 2024, it became clear that the party worthies were doing their best to shield Biden’s cognitive decline.  The sham was cruelly exposed in the June 27 debate with Trump.   

Panic struck the ranks. With little time to regroup, Vice President Harris was close at hand, selected by Biden as the appropriate choice.  But Harris landed with a punctured parachute weighed down by the crown of presumptive nominationThere were to be no opponents (the 2016 challenge of Bernie Sanders against Hillary Clinton which annoyed the party mandarins would not be repeated), no primaries, no effective airing of any challenge. It was easy to forget – at least for many Democrats – that Harris’s 2019 bid for the nomination had been spectacularly poor and costly.  An ailing president would also keep his occupancy in the White House, rather than resigning and giving Harris some seat warming preparation. 

While the change caused the inevitable rush of optimism, it soon became clear that the ghost of Hillary’s past had been working its demonic magic.  The Harris campaign was unadventurous and safe.  All too often, the vice president hoped that messages would reach the outer reaches of the electorate from cocooned comfort, helped by a war chest of fundraising that broke records ($1 billion in less than three months), and a battalion of cheerleading celebrities that suggested electoral estrangement rather than connection. 

Then there was the problem as to what those messages were.  These, in the end, did not veer much beyond attacking Trump as a threat to democracy, women’s rights and reproductive freedoms.  They tended to remain unclear on the issue of economics.  From foreign to domestic policy, Harris failed to distinguish herself as one able to depart from the Biden program in her own right. Instead, it was hoped that some organic coalition of anti-Trump Republicans, independents, Black voters, women and American youth would somehow materialise at the ballot box.  

In a September 16 meeting with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, longtime allies of the Democratic Party, Harris failed to convince its leaders that she would protect the livelihood and jobs of workers better than Trump. Within a matter of days, the union publicly revealed that it would not be endorsing Harris as Democratic presidential candidate, the first since 1996. 

Her interviews were minimal, her exposure to the outside treated with utmost delicacy. The Republicans, on the other hand, were willing to get their hands dirty with an extensive ground campaign that yielded electoral rewards in such battleground states as Pennsylvania.  The Early Vote Action effort of conservative activist Scott Presler proved impressive in encouraging voter registration and increasing absentee and early vote counts. His efforts in securing votes for Trump from Pennsylvania’s Amish community were strikingly successful. 

Trump, in sharp contrast to his opponent, was so exposed to the point of being a potential assassination target on two occasions.  He showed the electorate he was worth the tag.  He personalised with moronic panache.  He babbled and raged, and made sure he, as he always does, dominated the narrative.  Alternative media outlets were courted.  Most of all, he focused on the breadbasket issues: the cost of groceries, housing and fuel; the perceived terrors of having a lax border policy.  He also appealed to voters content with reining in the war making instincts so natural to Harris and neoconservatives on both sides of the aisle. 

Fundamentally, the Democrats fell for the old trick of attacking Trump’s demagogy rather than teasing out their own policies.  The Fascist cometh.  The inner Nazi rises.  Misogyny rampant.  Racism throbbing.  This came with the inevitable belittling of voters.  You cast your ballot for him, you are either an idiot, a fascist, or both.  Oh, and he was just weird, said the unknown and already forgotten ear-scratching Democrat vice presidential nominee Tim Walz, whatever that means in a land where weird is so frequent as to make it its most endearing quality.    

It is remarkable that Trump, a convicted felon, twice impeached in office, a person so detached from the empirical, the logical, and the half-decent, would be electable in the first placeEven more remarkable is that such a figure has won both the Electoral College and the popular vote.  The glorious Republic likes its show and elections like marketing exercises.  Its defenders often pretend that those reaching its highest office are not mirrors but transcendent figures to emulate.  Trump – in all his cocksure hustling and slipshod approach to regulation and convention – shows many in the electorate that the defect and the defective can go far.  

A few final lessons.  The Democrats would do best to listen to those who would otherwise vote for them.  Focus on the economy.  Talk about the price of eggs and milkDitch the lexicon on ill-defined terms of supposedly useful criticism such as fascism, a word the users almost always misunderstand. And always be careful about pundits and pollsters who predict razor small margins in elections.  Polls, and people, lie. 

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University.  He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]  

Featured image source

“Who Am I”, a Documentary Film

November 7th, 2024 by Dr. Gary Null

“Who Am I” is part of a long-term series on self-empowerment by Dr. Gary Null.

In this episode, we have to look back, and we can look back to the greatest generations who suffered through the Great Depression and WWII, years of deprivation, and yet they have enough character, courage, community, and family support, without all of the safety nets that we have today.

Click the image below to watch the full documentary.

.

Watch the documentary here

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Gary Null is host of the nation’s longest running public radio program on alternative and nutritional health and a multi-award-winning documentary film director, including his recent Last Call to Tomorrow. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

[First published by GR in May 2021.]

Reporters joke that the easiest job in Washington is CIA spokesman. You need only listen carefully to questions, say, “No comment,” and head to happy hour. The joke, however, is on us. The reporters pretend to see only one side of the CIA, the passive hiding of information. They meanwhile profit from the other side of the equation, active information operations designed to influence events in America. It is 2021 and the CIA is running an op against the American people.

Leon Panetta, once director of CIA, explained bluntly that the agency influenced foreign media outlets ahead of elections in order to “change attitudes within the country.” The method was to “acquire media within a country or within a region that could very well be used for being able to deliver a specific message or work to influence those that may own elements of the media to be able to cooperate, work with you in delivering that message.” The CIA has been running such ops to influence foreign elections continuously since the end of WWII.

The goal is to control information as a tool of influence. Sometimes the control is very direct, operating the media outlet yourself. The problem is this is easily exposed, destroying credibility.

A more effective strategy is to become a source for legitimate media such that your (dis)information inherits their credibility. Most effective is when one CIA plant is the initial source while a second CIA plant acts seemingly independently as a confirming source. You can push information to the mainstream media, who can then “independently” confirm it, sometimes unknowingly, through your secondary agents. You can basically write tomorrow’s headlines.

Other techniques include exclusive true information mixed with disinformation to establish credibility, using official sources like embassy spokesmen “inadvertently” confirm sub details, and covert funding of research and side gigs to promote academics and experts who can discredit counter-narratives.

From the end of WWII to the Church Committee in 1976, this was all dismissed as a conspiracy theory. Of course the U.S. would not use the CIA to influence elections, especially in fellow democracies. Except it did. Real-time reporting on intelligence is by nature based on limited information, albeit marked with the unambiguous fingerprints of established tradecraft. Always give time a chance to explain.

Through Operation Mockingbird the CIA ran over 400 American journalists as direct assets. Almost none have ever discussed their work publicly. Journalists performed these tasks for the CIA with the consent of America’s leading news organizations. The New York Times alone willingly provided cover for ten CIA officers over decades and kept quiet about it.

Long term relationships are a powerful tool, so feeding a true big story to a young reporter to get him promoted is part of the game. Don’t forget the anonymous source who drove the Watergate story was an FBI official who through his actions made the careers of cub reporters Woodward and Bernstein. Bernstein went on to champion Russiagate. Woodward became a Washington hagiographer. Ken Dilanian, formerly with the Associated Press and now working for NBC, still maintains a “collaborative relationship” with the CIA.

[First published by GR in January 2022.]

“Unhappy events abroad have retaught us two simple truths about the liberty of a democratic people. The first truth is that the liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of a private power to a point where it becomes stronger than the democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism—ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or by any other controlling private power. – Franklin D. Roosevelt (1882-1945), 32nd American President (1933-1945). (in ‘Message to Congress on Curbing Monopolies’, April 29, 1938)

“The flood of money that gushes into politics today is a pollution of democracy.” – Theodore H. White (1915-1984), American political journalist, historian and novelist, (in Time magazine, Nov. 19, 1984)

“Well, Doctor, what have we got—a Republic or a Monarchy?” —A Republic, if you can keep it”. – Benjamin Franklin (1706-1790), American inventor and U.S. Founding Father. (An answer to a lady’s question at the close of the Constitutional Convention of 1787)

Poll after poll indicates very deep political divisions among Americans, with indications that such divisions are deepening, and even widening as a consequence of the pandemic. Indeed, according to the most recent NPR/Ipsos poll, seven in ten Americans believe the country is in crisis and is at risk of failing.

Why so much pessimism and such disintegration?

Major Shifts in Domestic Policies Over the Last 40 Years

Over the last four decades, there have been two important structural shifts in the U.S. that have profoundly changed the functioning of its political and social systems in a most negative way.

The first was the decision by the Reagan administration (1981-1989) to open American airwaves to extremist political groups. Indeed, in 1986, the Reagan administration and the Federal Communications Commission (FFC) abolished the 1949 Fairness Doctrine rule in licensing the airwaves to radio and television operators. That policy required the  holders of broadcast licenses both to “present controversial issues of public importance and to do so in a manner that was honest, equitable, and balanced.” The policy was formerly repealed in 1987.

Secondly, on January 21, 2010, the U.S. Supreme Court made a controversial decision regarding the role of money in politics. Indeed, the court issued a 5-4 decision in favor of a plaintiff, Citizens United, which struck down restrictions on the amounts of money spent in the political arena by corporations, including nonprofit corporations, labor unions, and other associations, by declaring that “money is speech”, which could not be regulated under the First Amendment.

That 2010 Supreme Court decision was an important break with the past, because it reversed century-old campaign finance restrictions, and it has enabled corporations and other special interest groups to spend unlimited amounts of money in American elections.

To the traditional rule of “one person, one vote”, expressing the principle that citizens should have equal representation in voting, the U.S. Supreme Court has, in fact, added the rule of “one dollar-one voice” for corporations, nonprofit organizations and labor unions. The more dollars an outfit has, the stronger is its political voice and its political influence. As a consequence, this has moved the American electoral system closer to a de facto plutocracy and power politics for the super-rich and special interests. As former president Jimmy Carter (1924- ) said in 2015, the United States is now “an oligarchy with unlimited political bribery”.

These two influential decisions, in 1986 and in 2010—coupled with friendly fiscal measures by the U.S. government and an ultra-loose monetary policy pursued by the Fed in the aftermath of the 2007-08 financial crisis and during the 2020-22 pandemic—have been instrumental in entrenching the money oligarchy and the special interests of the ultra-rich in the United States. Their increased wealth has given them a dominant control over the political propaganda machine (print and electronic media), over the electoral process and the overall functioning of public institutions.

Income and Wealth Inequalities Are High and Increasing in the U.S.

Income and wealth inequalities in the United States are presently more severely skewed in favor of upper-income Americans than over the last 50 years, while the U.S. middle class, where a clear majority of Americans used to belong, is shrinking. For instance, according to the Pew Research Center analysis, the relative share of U.S. aggregate income of American adults in the middle class fell from 62 percent in 1970 to 43 percent in 2018—a significant drop. During the same period, the share of upper-income Americans rose from 29 percent in 1970 to 48 percent in 2018. Even the share of lower income Americans has fallen from 10 percent to 9 percent.

The shifts in U.S. aggregate wealth among upper-income families and middle- and lower-income families have been even more pronounced than income inequality and are growing since the early ’80s.

For example, also from Pew Research, the share of American wealth held by upper-income families was 75 percent in 1983, but surged to 87 percent in 2016. Middle-income families and lower-income families saw their share of U.S. wealth decline. The former’s share fell from 22.3 percent in 1983 to 11.8 percent in 2016, while the latter saw their share of wealth fall from 2.7 percent in 1983 to 1.2 percent in 2016.

Many factors can explain such a significant shift in the relative shares of income and wealth over the last half-century, in the United States, but also in the most advanced economies in Europe, in Canada and in Australia, in a less profound way.

The most relevant are:

The process of rapid technological changes, deregulation and the rise of new industries have produced a profound transformation in the way communications and information in general are being transmitted almost instantaneously, through a proliferation of television and radio networks and computer networks.

In this new context, unscrupulous media won’t hesitate to suppress information and offer superficial or biased analyses, going as far as to generate disinformationand fake news, where facts are denied and lies glorified. For this purpose, they can resort to psychological manipulation through the propaganda technique of the ‘Big Lie‘. In so doing, they can profoundly influence the masses in a chosen direction. This has opened the gates to demagoguery.

The advent of social media, for instance, was made possible by the Internet, with the support of ever more powerful microprocessors, and by interconnected computer networks. This is the technology that has allowed for the creation of numerous social communication platforms (Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, etc.) and which have generated enormous personal wealth for some individuals.

The development of a more globalized economy has also transferred political power in favor of multinational corporations and banks, at the expense of national governments. Indeed, in the mid-1990s, there was an acceleration of economic and financial globalization, when low cost communication networks intensified the international movements not only of goods and services through cross-border trade, but also of financial capital and direct investment, work and technology, from high wage countries to lower wage economies.

Also, in many advanced economies, there was a relative institutional decline of labor unions, and this played a role in widening the gap between more skilled and less skilled workers and in enlarging the gap between the rich and poor.

Governments have also played an important role in exacerbating income and wealth disparities through fiscal policies, which lowered taxes on high incomes and transferred subsidies and grants to the wealthy. This has also been the case with monetary policies, which have created financial bubbles in the real estate markets and in the stock market, thus favoring the wealthiest among owners.

One must also add the policies of mass immigration pursued by certain governments, which have had a disproportionate negative impact on low-wage earners, especially when such policies increase the competition between less skilled workers.

It is not surprising that all these important technological and economic transformations, and the concomitant shifts in income and wealth disparities, have created political and social resentment among many low-income earners. They strongly resent being pitted against low-wage earners in less developed countries through free trade and more imports of labor-intensive goods, and, at home, through mass immigration. For these workers, it’s a double whammy.

A substantial part of the current divisiveness and the refusal to compromise observed in the U.S. can be traced back to this increasing trend toward income and wealth inequalities between high income earners and low income earners.

Violence and Civil Tensions Are on the Rise in the U.S.

Money and guns seem to be the modern gods of America. [N.B.: In June 2018, a Small Arms Survey estimated that there were 393.3 million guns, some military guns, in civilian hands in the United States, i.e. 120.5 guns per 100 inhabitants.]

This could explain why violence of Americans against other Americans seems to be so deadly, and while this is increasing and even encouraged in some quarters. In only one year, in 2020, there were some 43,000 people killed by firearms in the United States, an average of over 100 deaths per day.

Politically, the violent storming of the U.S. Capitol by a pro-Trump mob, on January 6, 2021, failed in its objective of reversing the democratic results of the November 3rd 2020 election. However, evidence mounts that such a full-fledged and seditions attempted coup d’état had been well organized and planned in advance.

If so, this is likely to be a harbinger of unsavory things to come for the United States. About one third of Americans now think that violence against the government can be justified. Some observers are not even excluding a possible new civil war. They are troubled by the fact that the Pentagon pays to broadcast the conspiracy-prone Fox News network to its 800 bases around the world.

Domestically, some instances of economic anarchy have occurred in the San Francisco Bay area, where organized mobs have been charging and looting stores. It would not be a surprise to see such a phenomenon spreading to other large American cities, especially if a serious economic recession were to follow the current financial excesses.

Conclusion

In matters of politics and social affairs, wisdom calls for ruling at the center in order to unite rather than divide. Governing for extremist interests, either left or right, only encourages the fragmentation of a nation.

Currently, several indicators show that the United States has entered a phase of internal self-destruction, due to a series of political, economic and technological factors, and because of all the disruptions that ensue, some of which have been exacerbated by the on-going pandemic.

If the United States were to continue on the same path of extreme political divisiveness, social disintegration, hatred between groups and dangerous economic inequalities, this could have profound consequences for itself and for its democracy, of course, but also for the entire world.

The end result of it all could be more moral decline, more political extremism and gridlock, more costly conflicts abroad and more violence at home. This does not bode well for the future.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

This article was originally published on the author’s blog site, Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay.

International economist Dr. Rodrigue Tremblay is the author of the book about morals “The code for Global Ethics, Ten Humanist Principles” of the book about geopolitics “The New American Empire“, and the recent book , in French, “La régression tranquille du Québec, 1980-2018“. He holds a Ph.D. in international finance from Stanford University.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) 

Featured image is from Savvapanf Photo/Shutterstock


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The United States: A Push Toward Moral Decline, Political Extremism, Political Divisions and Violence?
  • Tags:

[We repost this article by the late Prof. Joseph H. Chung, first published by GR in July 2019. Prof. Chung was an indefatigable voice on the politics of Asia-Pacific, especially on the dynamics of the Korean Peninsula.

This article is of timely significance amidst Trump’s election victory.]

The Trump-Kim meeting at DMZ on June 30 took the world off guard; it was theatrical; it was historical. It gave a glimpse of hope for long waited peace on the Korean peninsula and the falling-down of the last frontier of the unholy cold war. 

Unfortunately, it seems that the media, think tanks and the political circles in the U.S. and elsewhere do not fully recognize the significance of the event.

I am asking two questions. What made the two world leaders to come to the meeting? What were the achievements of the meeting?

The objectives of the meeting can be different between Trump and Kim. We must remember how much Kim Jong-un was humiliated and angered by the failure of the Hanoi summit meeting in last February. We must remember that he took the one week-long painful train trip across China to show to the world how much he was sincere in solving the nuclear crisis.

But, he was betrayed by Trump. The Hanoi meeting has surely damaged his dignity, his pride and his leadership; he has lost his “face” in front of his people.

Since the Hanoi event, Kim had to do something to recover his leadership and find practical solutions to the nuclear issue and, at the same time, the problem of hunger and economic development.

He has taken some measures.

First, he has changed the negotiation team from the security team to the foreign affairs team possibly led by the first deputy minister of foreign affairs.

Second, this is important, Kim lost much of his faith in Washington; his mistrust about Trump, especially his advisors including John Bolton and Mike Pompeo has deepened.

Third, Kim might have abandoned the hope of freeing himself from never ending sanctions. It is possible that through the meetings with Xi Jinping and Putin, Kim has obtained the assurance for economic cooperation despite sanctions by Trump. In other words, Kim might have concluded that the relief from sanctions are not necessarily the first priority. This might have allowed Kim to meet Trump with a stronger bargaining position.

Fourth, Kim might have decided to focus, during the discussion with Trump on the preservation of his regime and national security. The regime preservation can be done through the establishment of liaison offices which will eventually become embassies.

It is likely to be easier for Trump to offer the regime preservation and security guarantee than the relief of sanctions for which the UN is involved.

If my assumptions regarding the sanctions and the regime preservation as well as security guarantee are correct, Kim might have come to DMZ without heavy burden; he might have come with a low level of hope. Therefore, he could be relatively easily satisfied with outcome of the meeting. In fact, after the 53-minute-chat with Trump, Kim looked pretty happy.

Fifth, it is important to know that it was not Kim who invited Trump; it was the latter who invited the former. This fact alone can contribute greatly the restoration of Kim’s dignity, his leadership and his “face” much tarnished in Hanoi.

In short, as far as Kim Jong-un was concerned, the DMZ meeting could offer decent rewards.

As for Trump, several factors seem to have led him to take the initiative for the meeting.

First, ever since the Hanoi event, Trump has not given up the hope for dialogue with Kim; in many occasions, he has been boasting about the good chemistry with Kim.

Second, he seems to regard the issue of North Korea differently from the Iran issue. Trump has taken much more belligerent approach to Iran, because Iran is capable of dominating the Middle East region, while North Korea has no capacity to dominate the region of East Asia. So, Trump could be more lenient toward Pyongyang.

Third, nuclear free North Korea could become friendly to the U.S. and it could be a part of China containment strategy.

Fourth, North Korea may be the true last economic frontier remaining in the region and the U.S. could participate, with ample benefits, in its economic development.

Fifth, owing to the devoted mediation of President Moon Jae-in of South Korea, the 70-year-old mutual mistrust between North Korea and the U.S. elite groups has been dissipated to some degree.

Sixth, the DMZ summit had the extraordinary timing to kill the huge impact of the second Democrats presidential election debate. The DMZ summit has completely eclipsed the media coverage of the Democrats debate. Thus, the summit was an important political gain for Trump.

Thus, both Trump and Kim had good reasons to come the summit meeting

Now, I am asking the question: “What are the summit’s accomplishments?” We may look at some possible positive results.

To begin with, the summit has proved that a summit could be organized with short notice, that it could take place with minimum cost and that it can take place often.

Moreover, the closed meeting of the two leaders lasted as long as 53 minutes, much longer than five minutes originally planned. Both Kim and Trump looked satisfied with the talk. Experts of Korean nuclear crisis suggest the following possible outcomes of the meeting.

First, Kim would have promised the dismantling of the Yongbyun nuclear facilities as well as missile launching pads. In exchange, Kim would have asked for his regime preservation and peace settlement. It appears that the relief of sanctions would have been given a lower priority.

Second, Trump might have accepted the “small deal” consisting of stepwise denuclearization in exchange of corresponding rewards by the U.S. That is, the Bolton’s idea of big deal could have been abandoned. By the way, Bolton was in Mongolia when the DMZ was taking place. This could mean a change in Trump’s strategy.

Third, it is true that the meeting did not produce concrete results; it is normal, because the meeting was not organized to produce them. The meeting was valuable in that it broke the stalemate of the nuclear dialogue and the reaffirmation of the mutual intention of continuing the dialogue.

On this point, the meeting was a success; new negotiation teams will be formed in a few week; the US team will be led by Stephen Biegun, US special representative for North Korea under Mike Pompeo, Secretary of State; the North Korea team could be led by Choe Son-hui, first deputy minister of foreign affairs under the direction of Ri Yong-ho, minister of foreign affairs.

Fourth, at the meeting, both leaders could have agreed to strengthen the top-down approach assisted by the bottom up consultations. It appears that the failure of the Hanoi summit was due to the lack of communication and coordination between the top and the bottom. It seems that now on, the top will more closely check the work of the negotiation teams.

Before closing my paper, I would like to add a few words about the reaction of media and politicians and brain-trust people. Most of these people are very negative about the meeting except Senator Bernie Sanders, leading Democrats president hopefuls and Pope Francis.

Their negative perception of the meeting is based on two main accusations, namely, the North Korea’s being not trustworthy and being a country of dictatorship.

As I pointed out in my previous Global Research papers, I am not sure which of the two countries is more untrustworthy. We must remember that the Framework Agreement of 1994 was broken by the U.S. and its allies, not by North Korea. In fact, if the U.S. and its allies respected the Agreement, North Korea would never have developed the nuclear weapons in the first place.

As for dictatorship, the history will tell you that the U.S. has supported countless terrible dictators all around the world. In South Korea, the U.S. has supported the merciless dictatorship of General Park Chung-hee and General Chun Doo-hwan. The argument that the U.S. would not deal with dictators is sheer hypocrisy.

The U.S. knew in advance that the government of General Chun would murder several hundred innocent citizens of Kwangju city on the 18th of May, 1980 with tanks and helicopters, yet the U.S. supported the criminals of the Chun government.

To sum up, I say this: I am glad that the DMZ summit took place. The FFVD (the Final Full Verifiable Denuclearization) is possible. But, Washington should abandon the “Big Deal” model and accept the stepwise denuclearization matched by relief of sanctions and other compensations leading eventually FFVD and lasting peace on the Korean peninsula. But the FFVD should guarantee North Korea’s self defence capacity.

However, to succeed in his attempt to denuclearize, Trump must free himself from the trap of demonization of North Korea perpetuated by the Washington Deep State oligarchy which goes for the maintenance of status quo of tension on the Korean peninsula so that they can sell more weapons to Korea.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Dr. Joseph H. Chung is professor of economics at Quebec University  in Montreal (UQAM). He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).

Featured image is a White House photo


Can you help us keep up the work we do? If you have the means to make a small or large donation to contribute to our fight for truth, peace and justice around the world, your gesture will  be much appreciated.